Control

503_error_production_terminal

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T11:42:58+00:00

Cause: Production Terminal not restarting service after reboot due to a Windows update. Event Viewer Log: Administrative events reflected warning:A process serving application pool 'pt' exceeded time limits during shut down. The process id was '284'.

a_case_study_for_a_smart_parts_product

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:21:55+00:00

Description This is intended as a case study description of the thought and steps to creating a live product which hopefully can help others do the same in less time or conceive and implement more clever applications of this extraordinarily powerful tool.

accepting_online_payments_from_customers

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:21:55+00:00

Online Checkout Once the customer either clicks the Pay Online button on their invoice or clicks the URL in their email, they will be routed to this page: The page consists of the following sections: * Logo - The logo of the company receiving the payment.

access_violation_when_attempting_to_print_to_a_networked_printer

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:21:55+00:00

This can occur when a printer is accessible via more than one method. Examples: * A standalone network printer is added to a computer, then shared over the network. * A network capable printer is hooked up via Ethernet AND Usb. Resolution: *

account_schema

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T11:59:09+00:00

Description The Account Schema is the logical relationship between tables in a Control database that deal with Customers and Contacts. * Account * AccountContact * AccountContactUserField * Address * AddressLink * Address

accounting

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T12:07:23+00:00

Control Accounting Every financial transaction (and almost every other thing that modifies data in Control) results in the creation of an Activity. From an accounting point of view, an activity corresponds to a discrete financial transaction, or General Ledger Journal Batch Entry. For this reason, activites are also referred to as Journal Entries.

accounting_ch_01-using_this_guide

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T12:08:35+00:00

This manual was created with the hope that it can answer the questions you will have as you become accustomed to your new software. Technical Support If we have not addressed your question in this manual, please contact our Technical Support team.

accounting_ch_02-setting_up_your_company

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:21:57+00:00

Once you have Control installed, you will need to go through the various options in the Setup Menu; you can refer to the Control Setup Guide for help with these. Generally, these options are handled by the system administrator. Chart of Accounts

accounting_ch_03-understanding_the_chart_of_accounts_and_accounting_activities

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:21:57+00:00

The Chart of Accounts contains a listing of the names of accounts that a company uses to record transactions in its general ledger. These accounts are broken down into balance sheet accounts (assets, liabilities, and equity) and income statement accounts (revenues, expenses, gains, and losses). Companies can expand and tailor the chart of accounts to fit their needs, such as adding accounts, as needed.

accounting_ch_04-orders

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T12:18:15+00:00

An order is a stated intention by a customer to purchase goods and/or services from your company. Their purpose is to help keep track of what you've sold, and to whom, and to ensure that you are getting the right products or services to the right customers. Please refer to Chapter 11, Estimates, Orders, and Service Tickets in the Users Reference Manual to see more about this topic.

accounting_ch_05-accepting_customer_payments

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:21:58+00:00

See Chapter 8, Payments and Accounting, in the Users Reference Manual to see more about this topic. Taking Payments with Multiple Divisions For stores with multiple divisions in the database, we have added the ability to set the division where the payment was taken in the payment screen. The program will remember what the combo is set to and use that division for the user until they change it again or log out. This field will be used in reports to know where the payment was taken.

accounting_ch_06-purchases_and_vendors

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:21:58+00:00

This section will cover setting up vendors and where applicable, the items you purchase from them for your company's inventory. Purchasing Cycle The general purchasing cycle in Control consists of the following documents: and the following steps:

accounting_ch_07-purchase_orders

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:21:58+00:00

Purchase orders are used to document purchases of items or services used to run your company. They can be sent directly to a vendor or used internally to help keep track of these items and services your company is buying. A purchase order can also serve as authorization to place an order. Information usually included on a purchase order are the vendor, the items or service being requested, quantity, price, delivery terms, and payment terms.

accounting_ch_08-receiving_documents

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:21:58+00:00

Receiving documents are similar to packing slips; they show what items were delivered, the purchase order number if applicable, and the ship method. Additionally, they show who received the shipment, and where. These are most commonly used by Accounts Payable to match with the purchase order and invoice so that payment can be made.

accounting_ch_09-bills_from_vendors

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T12:33:38+00:00

Another feature of the accounting module is the ability to manage bills, or invoices, out of Control. Similar to other accounting software packages, you can enter bills, create them from purchase orders, and pay bills as well. Purpose and Use Every company has bills; we all have to pay the electric bill and buy office supplies. The purpose of a bill is to request payment for goods or services previously supplied.

accounting_ch_10-managing_inventory

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T12:52:35+00:00

Managing Inventory Conceptual Overview Cyrious Control uses average cost methodology of accounting for inventory. Inventory in Cyrious Control is implemented through parts. Each part can be enabled for inventory tracking (though typically this only makes sense for material parts). For each part, the following three equations determine the current inventory levels:

accounting_ch_11-tracking_job_costs

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-02-05T17:08:12+00:00

Cost tracking is one of the most powerful features in Control. Control's abilities to automate bills of material, record material and labor usage, and then determine corresponding costs give the owner/manager a deep set of tools to understand their business. Control offers several ways to set up your costs. Deciding the right way for your business is an important consideration. This section tries to identify the options available to you in Control.

accounting_ch_12-managing_bank_accounts

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:22:01+00:00

Reports Reconciled Transactions Report This report will show a detailed listing of all reconciled transactions for a given reconciliation period. * Heading - Company information such as logo, address, phone, etc. * Report Name - Name of report currently being viewed

accounting_ch_13-financial_reporting

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T13:04:09+00:00

Key Reports Income Statement/Profit and Loss Statement This report will show the net income of the company in a chosen date range by taking the income account totals and subtracting the expense account totals. * Heading - Company information such as logo, address, phone, etc.

accounting_ch_14-financial_dashboards

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:22:02+00:00

The dashboard component is a new addition to Control 4.0, and one that we feel sure you will find useful. There are several actions associated with this new feature (explained below) that will help to organize the information in the dashboards, so please take advantage of these. You can also customize the instruments that are in the default dashboards for your own view.

accounting_manual

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:22:02+00:00

accounting Manual * accounting * timing_of_income_and_expense_recognition * product_driven_part_expenses * distributing_income_and_costs * off-balance_sheet_gl_entries * computed_costs_v_real_expenses (deprecated) * gl_account_types * guide_to_transitioning_to_full_accounting * gl_period_locking * automatic_close_outs * accounting_ch_01-using_this_guide * accounting_ch_02-setting_up_your_company * accounting_ch_03-understanding_the_chart_of_accounts_and_accounting…

adjust_part_cost

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:22:02+00:00

This screen allows users to adjust a part's cost. The user can search by part, category, and part number. The user can also select to view only a certain part by selecting it in the scroll box. Search Type This instrument allows you to search by part, notification part, category, and part number.

adjust_part_information

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:22:03+00:00

This window allows the user to update a part. By clicking on clone, a new window till open. (See the screenshot below) Active This box is checked if the part is active; can be edited in this screen. Part Name This column displays the name of the part; cannot be edited in this screen.

adjust_part_inventory

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:22:03+00:00

This screen allows the user to make adjustments to the part inventory. The inventory can be searched by part, notification point, category or part number. The user can also select a part using the scroll box and only those parts will be shown. Search Type

aggregated_parts_and_adding_usage

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T13:10:20+00:00

Purpose It is not uncommon for a given product or order to contain multiple instances of the same part used. For example, an electric box sign may use sheet aluminum for the top, sides, bottom and back. All of these may be represented as separate parts on the same product. Similarly, the labor applied for fabricating the aluminum may be included as separate parts. This separation is useful for the computation of costs, but can be cumbersome for production when they have to select between the di…

aggregated_parts_and_adding_usage_-_explanation_of_logic

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T13:12:05+00:00

Terms Estimated Quantity Actual Usage Used Estimated Unused Estimated Used Beyond Estimated Examples of these terms in various scenarios ~ Estimated Quantity~ Actual Usage~ Used Estimated~ Unused Estimated~ Used Beyond Estimated> 10

another_program_is_currently_using_this_file

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:22:04+00:00

Error Message Another program is currently using this file. Cause This error appears to occur when a Client PC Control users has Write and Read access to the Control.exe file. Resolution To resolve the issue immediately: * On the server, open Computer Manager and click on Open Shares.

application_failing_-_bex_error

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:22:04+00:00

Application Failure - BEX Error Description SSLIP or Control Crash giving you a “SSLIP has stopped working” or “Control has stopped working” pop up. The screen will offer problem details, expand to review. This solution applies to situations when the

ar_sql_report

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T17:33:57+00:00

Explanation of SQL This query provides the raw data used in the A/R report. Risk of Data Corruption if Run Improperly None. This is a selection query and no data is modified in the running of it. Modifications done through direct SQL are permanent and non-reversable

artwork_approval

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-02-20T10:25:15+00:00

Artwork Approval Setup and Use Articles This wiki is the home page for the Artwork Approval feature in Control. All articles that relate to setting up and using Artwork Approval are listed below. Setup artwork_approval_compatibility_requirements artwork_approval_setup New Concepts/Terminology artwork_approval_statuses Artwork Approval Roles artwork_approval_artwork_groups Using Artwork Approval

artwork_approval_-_artwork_dashboard_instruments

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:22:05+00:00

As with most explorers in Control, the Artwork Group Explorer is also available as a dashboard instrument. They can be used as regular explorer instruments or as sub-explorers. Artwork Group Explorer Instrument To access the Artwork Group Explorer Instrument, click the Add Instrument option on any dashboard. Then, select Explore > Artwork Group Explorer.

artwork_approval_-_artwork_group_explorer

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:22:05+00:00

The Artwork Group Explorer displays a list of Artwork Groups and is visible in the explorer menus when artwork is enabled for the company. Click Explorer > Explore Artwork Group Here's an example of what the Artwork Group Explorer will look like:

artwork_approval_-_automated_emails

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:22:06+00:00

Artwork Approval includes new emails that are automatically sent when the artwork status changes. The emails are sent by CHAPI and use the artwork_approval_setup, not the setting of the individual user. New Artwork Comment Artwork group comment notifications are sent to all roles when a new comment is added to the group.

artwork_approval_-_companys_artwork_tab

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:22:06+00:00

The company’s Artwork tab is displayed when Artwork Approval is enabled in Control. The tab is used to set (optional) defaults for the different Named Roles in the artwork process. The Named Roles set on the company record will be the default Named Roles for all orders for that company.

artwork_approval_-_how_to_for_customers

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:22:06+00:00

The Artwork Approval feature is made up of two main pieces. The first is for your employees (designer). They will be doing most of their work regarding artwork on the new Artwork tab on orders and estimates. The second piece is for your customers. They will access the Artwork CloudApp where they will view artwork, approve or reject artwork, make comments, etc

artwork_approval_-_how_to_for_employees

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:22:07+00:00

With the creation of the Artwork Approval feature, your employees in the design department will use Control more than they ever have. Tasks such as creating artwork groups, adding proof files, setting named roles, and routing artwork will primarily fall on the design department's list of duties, although CSR's may assist with some of these tasks. Let's take a detailed look at how each of these tasks will be performed. To make this a little easier, we've split up your employee's tasks in two grou…

artwork_approval_-_order_artwork_tab

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:22:07+00:00

The order's Artwork tab is displayed when an order is saved and the Artwork Approval option is enabled in Control. The tab is the primary place where employees manage the artwork process. The purpose of the order Artwork tab is to: * Show which line items belong to a particular artwork group

artwork_approval_artwork_groups

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T14:52:08+00:00

All proof files are organized into Artwork Groups. An order can have zero or more artwork groups. All artwork in an artwork group is acted on (approved or rejected) by the customer together. An artwork group: * contains zero or more Proof files.

artwork_approval_compatibility_requirements

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-02-20T10:31:55+00:00

Artwork Approval relies on several different technologies for the feature to work correctly. Since our customers utilize varying pieces of hardware and software, it is important that we perform several checks prior to allowing the user to enable artwork. By performing these checks we are helping to ensure that Artwork will properly function when enabled.

artwork_approval_configuration_guide

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:22:08+00:00

Source Contributor: Cyrious Software Date: 06/17/2016 Version: Control 05.75

artwork_approval_customer_cloudapp

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:22:08+00:00

The artwork approval portal is a CloudApp website used by a customer contact to approve artwork. It does not require a user login, but uses a “Fat URL” to identify the customer and the order. Each URL is uniquely associated with one Order and one Customer Contact. If multiple contacts are added as approvers, then multiple unique URLs are issued.

artwork_approval_named_roles

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:22:09+00:00

Each order that's entered into Control typically has a few key roles, like salesperson, CSR, designer, and artwork approver (customer). The actual person that plays each of those roles will differ from order to order, but the role itself is consistent for all orders. Another similarity between all orders is that once you're assigned to a role, you usually stay in that role until the order is completed. This is where the idea of creating Named Roles in Control stems from.

artwork_approval_setup

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T15:17:29+00:00

In order to use the Artwork Approval feature in Control, you must first run the Artwork Compatibility test. To learn more about this test, click artwork_approval_compatibility_requirements. If the Artwork Tab doesn't appear on the Order or Estimate, check for a solution artwork_tab_doesnt_appear. After running the Artwork Compatibility test and selecting your artwork approval monthly plan, please click the Enable Artwork button. This will open the Setup options for Artwork Approval. It is recom…

artwork_approval_statuses

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:22:09+00:00

Artwork Approval is a process that begins with an order and continues through the artwork's approval. To help track the different steps in that process, Cyrious has created Artwork Group Statuses. They are a unique set of statuses that apply to each artwork group.

artwork_tab_doesnt_appear

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:22:09+00:00

If the Artwork Tab is not showing in Control, check the following: * Ensure you are viewing a Order or Estimate. * Ensure the Order or Estimate is not in Edit mode. * Check the CHAPI Service and ensure user is running as is *Local System* and not as *.\chapi*

asp.net_-_it_is_not_possible_to_run_two_different_versions_of_asp.net_in_the_same_iis_process

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:22:10+00:00

Issue Production Terminal seems to lock up and become inoperable after 5 to 7 minutes. Upon further review you may find the following error in the Windows Event Viewer on the server where Production Terminal is installed. Error: It is not possible to run two different versions of ASP.NET in the same IIS process. Please use the IIS Administration Tool to reconfigure your server to run the application in a separate process.

asp.net_iis_registration

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-02-20T10:36:49+00:00

Requirements If you do not have .NET 4.0 installed, you will need to do so before continuing. ASP.NET Registration Tool aspnet_regiis.exe allows you to register ASP.NET in IIS and update the script maps for all application pools or specific paths. Run Command Prompt as Administrator.

auto-import_data_feature

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-09-24T18:21:32+00:00

The Auto-Import Feature in Control allows users to tie Control into other programs, such as web lead programs and external contact management. The SSLIP monitors a folder and when a file is placed into it uses Control's built-in import and mapping capabilities to try and import the data.

automatic_close_outs

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:22:11+00:00

As of Control 04.60.1205.xxxx, you can configure Control to automatically post daily, monthly, and/or yearly close outs. To access the feature, click Setup > Accounting Setup > Close Out Options. Then, select the accounting period to automatically close.

automatic_inclusion_of_on-drive_reports

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:22:11+00:00

Automatic Inclusion of On-Drive Reports Cyrious Control provides a mechanism whereby a report file place in the appropriate folder on a drive will automatically be added to the report menu. To achieve this, you will need to setup a folder structure that mirrors the Report Group structure under which you wish the report to print.

avalara_charges

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T15:23:24+00:00

Description Avalara charges based on the number of “chargeable transactions”. These are made up for the following: * Address Look-Ups. Each address look-up is considered a chargeable transaction. * The larger of these three numbers: * The number of invoices marked sale + invoices voided + edits after the order is a sale.

avalara_faqs

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2022-01-12T16:49:27+00:00

What does Avalara cost? The Online Tax Module costs $550 from Cyrious.For it to work, however, you must also sign up on a subscription for AvaTax with Avalara. How do I contact Avalara to sign-up? Avalara Contact Information: Craig Brown | Sales Executive

balance_sheet_sql_report

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-02-20T10:38:14+00:00

Explanation of SQL This SQL (Report) can be used to pull the Balance Sheet for any period in an easy-to-export format. Note: The Retained Earnings balance is not pulled into this report. The retained earnings amount calculation is shown in a separate SQL below, but is not included as a row in the report

bank_register_report_sql

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T16:03:59+00:00

Explanation of SQL This SQL produces a Check Register for a given payment (GL) account and time period. Risk of Data Corruption if Run Improperly None. This is a selection query and no data is modified in the running of it. SQL DECLARE @GLAccountID INT = 10118 DECLARE @StartDate datetime = '10/1/2014'; DECLARE @EndDate datetime = '11/1/2014'; -- two cases to consider: -- Deposits and Journal -> Just pull the journal -- Bill Payments -> Need to consolidate entries that are in the same…

bar_code_fonts

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:22:13+00:00

Some reports in Control require Bar Code fonts be installed on the local (client) pc. If they are not installed properly, the user will receive the following error when printing certain reports: Crystal Report Viewer UFL 'U2ldfont.dll' that implements this function is missing.

bar_code_scanning

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T16:08:45+00:00

Bar Code Scanning in Job Monitor This feature is only available with Production Terminal version 05.00.1104.2001 and later. The barcode feature not only allows the user to enter text with a keyboard or select a value with a mouse as usual, but to also accept input from a barcode scanner. USB Barcode Scanners simulate keystrokes of the keyboard. However, the information coming from the barcode is a numeric ID of the data and not the data itself, so Production Terminal has to manually handle bar…

batch_address_validation

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:22:13+00:00

Batch Address Validation Screen Note: This option is only available to users with the Avalara Online Sales Tax lookup module enabled. The Batch Address Validation is used to validate existing addresses already entered into Control (that are not already validated). It is most commonly used when you first turn on Avalara or after an import of new customers or vendors. There is no requirement to run this. If you don't validate the addresses en masse', each address will be validated upon first use…

batch_close_orders_in_sale_with_balance_due

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T16:13:00+00:00

Explanation of SQL Routinely users that only utilize Control for estimating will leave a large number of invoices in the status of Sale. This is due to handling the invoicing and payments in another accounting system instead of within Control. Later if a user intends on closing a batch of those orders in sale or potentially closing a group because they are about to start invoicing and payments in Control this query will help close those orders without having to handle them one by one. In the ex…

broken_fedex_shipmanager_integration

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:22:14+00:00

Broken FedEx ShipManager Integration Issue: The Integration option on FedEx ShipManager's menu has disappeared. Cause: A path or other configuration option in ShipManager's configuration files is incorrect. If the customer has recently changed from a 32-bit

c3s_credit_card_issues

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-02-06T10:52:05+00:00

Description Unmask credit card number only shows first four digits Cause Incompatible versions of the SSLIP and C3S Host application. Solution * For SSLIP versions 04.40.1003.0501 and later, update the C3SHost to version 1.0.1002.2601. If stored credit card numbers have this issue after an update to 4.4 from 4.3, perform the following steps:

c3s_error_-_another_service_is_running._attempting_to_stop_service

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:22:15+00:00

Description The C3S (Cyrious Credit Card Service) can only be run once on a server in the default configuration. Additional instances that you attempt to run will receive an error since they both operate on the same port and base endpoint. Problem

calendar_cloudapp

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T16:32:24+00:00

What is the Calendar CloudApp The Calendar Cloud App enabled Control Activity Manager calendars to be accessed from any mobile or desktop web browser. The calendar display adapts for both desktop, tablet, and phone devices. Desktop Week View ~ Mobile Day View

calendarapp_a_cyrious_cloud_connector_cloudapp

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:22:15+00:00

What is it? The Calendar Cloud App (CalendarApp) makes Activity Manager calendars available from any mobile or desktop web browser. It utilizes the Cyrious Cloud Connector to connect to your data directly to permit you to create, modify, update, and delete your activities.

cannot_insert_the_value_null_into_column_glaccountid

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:22:16+00:00

Symptoms Error when moving and order to Sale: Cannot insert the value NULL into column 'GLAccountID', table 'StoreData_New.dbo.Ledger'; column does not allow nulls. INSERT fails Cause This can happen when the TaxLink table references a tax account that no longer exists.

cant_print_-_access_violation_-_usp10.dll

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:22:16+00:00

Topic 1 User receives a Access Violation that mentions the file usp10.dll. Resolution Rename the DLL USP10.DLL to _USP10.DLL.Old. This DLL is located in the following places: * C:\Program Files\Common Files\Business Objects\3.0\bin * C:\Program Files\Common Files\Microsoft Shared\OfficeXX

capital_q

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T16:48:23+00:00

Capital Q markets the services of Elavon and is the only approved provider for credit card processing accounts through Cyrious Control. * The FreedomPay interface is the only interface that is certified as of Control 6.x. PA-DSS certification is not required because, starting with Control 6.0, Cyrious Control does not store or come in direct contact with any credit card numbers. They are vaulted in FreedomPay's vault.

cfl_ch_2-the_cfl_language

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2021-05-09T19:45:32+00:00

Syntax All CFL block consists of a series of instructions. Each instruction tells CFL what to do. An expression terminates when it reaches a semicolon (;) or no more text follows. Instruction Instruction Instruction Instruction Instruction; Instruction Instruction Instruction Instruction Instruction; Instruction Instruction Instruction Instruction // Comment on Instruction

cfl_ch_3-formulas_and_functions

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-07-15T20:48:43+00:00

The CFL Formula Builder is a powerful visual aide that helps complete and verify expressions. While typing a formula, the CFL checks the entry to assess the completeness, color-codes the information input, and offers suggestions as needed. The default formatting scheme for the formula editor is:

cfl_ch_4-constants

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-31T11:25:30+00:00

Many numbers used in computations are not easy to remember. As an example, whole books are written to calculate the value of PI to one million decimal places. CFL uses names to represent these constant values. These constant names can be used in a formula anywhere a number can be used. CFL will automatically replace the constant with its appropriate value.

cfl_ch_5-variables

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-31T11:26:57+00:00

Variables are the basic properties, or data points, associated with the product. The main purpose for creating variables is to capture the information necessary for pricing products. However, variables are just as valuable for capturing the information used in production.

cfl_ch_6-property_references

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-08-22T16:34:21+00:00

Overview CFL is a language used for pricing calculations. As such, CFL is commonly used when working on an order - specifically, for calculating (or recalculating) a line item within that order. Using CFL, it is possible to reach into other parts of the order, customer, contact, and employee and pull information that may need to be used or displayed.

cfl_ch_7-backus-naur_form

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:22:22+00:00

Backus-Naur Form (BNF) is a highly technical representation of an expression or programming language. As such, it describes with detail the inner workings of the Cyrious Formula Language (CFL) engine. Those not familiar with BNF can skip this section without missing anything. It is provided only as a reference for individuals who might already be familiar with the syntax.

cfl_function_-_calculatelayoutonroll

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-07-15T19:31:45+00:00

The CalculateLayoutOnRoll function is used to determine how to layout prints, signs, or other dimensional items on a Roll (of indefinite length). This is commonly used to determine the amount of roll material that will actually be required to produce the item.

cfl_function_-_calculatelayoutonsheet

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-07-15T19:32:31+00:00

The CalculateLayoutOnSheet function is used to determine how to layout prints, signs, or other dimensional items on a Sheet (of defined width and length). This is commonly used to determine the number of sheets that will actually be required to produce the item.

cfl_reference

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2020-05-18T10:56:28+00:00

The Cyrious Formula Language, or CFL, is the core of the Control pricing engine. All calculations occur within the constructs of CFL and knowing how to configure your pricing within Cyrious Control will require familiarization with this component. This manual intends to introduce the Control User to the CFL language, including the language syntax, the type of information it can work with, built-in formulas, and more. Power programmers as well as those barely familiar with Microsoft Excel work e…

change_last_statement_date_in_reconcile_bank_statement

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:22:24+00:00

Explanation of SQL This query will locate the last bank reconciliation that was posted within Control, it will then adjust the dates of that record to modify the last statement date as seen in the screen below. Risk of Data Corruption if Run Improperly

changes_to_control_4.4_to_support_pci

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:22:24+00:00

PCI-DSS refers to the credit card industries security compliance process for credit card merchants and software providers. More information on PCI-DSS on their offical website here. Control version 4.0 was the first version to meet the general conditions for PCI-DSS certification, however official (external) certification was not sought until Control 4.4.

changing_webviews_appearance

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:22:25+00:00

Description The newest version of WebVIew uses Cascading Style Sheets (CSS) to allow it's appearance to be changed to fit each company's purposes. Methods to Change Appearances Modify the Default Style.css file * In Windows Explorer, navigate to the WebView folder.

chapi

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-03-20T10:55:24+00:00

Description Control 5.1 and above utilizes a new service named Cyrious Host Application Programming Interface (CHAPI). CHAPI is responsible for handling server-side tasks for Cyrious Control. These tasks include things like ID generation for the SQL Database, Licensing and Validation.

chapi_-_chapi_local_user_account

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:22:25+00:00

CHAPI utilizes a local user account to run the CHAPI_ServiceHost service under services.msc This account is created by default during the installation of CHAPI. If this account is removed or the password is changed, the CHAPI service will not run successfully.

chapi_-_chapiurl_startup_option

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:22:26+00:00

CHAPI runs on port 12556 by default, you have the option of installing CHAPI to a different port during the manual installation of CHAPI. If this is done, you must add a startup option to the SSLIP so that is aware of what port it needs to communicate with CHAPI on.

chapi_-_command_line_creation_of_chapi_service

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:22:26+00:00

The CHAPI service should self-install when you run the .MSI installer for CHAPI, at times you may also not be able to manually register it via command-line using chapi_-_command_line_registration_of_chapi_service . Prerequisites * The CHAPI folder must exist and have the appropriate files in it.

chapi_-_command_line_installation_windows_7

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:22:26+00:00

CHAPI can be installed manually on Windows 7, Vista, Server 2008, Server 2008 R2 using the instructions below. Steps * Copy the CHAPI.Setup.msi to C:\Program Files (x86)\Cyrious\Control\ * Click on Start, All Programs, Accessories * Right-click on Command Prompt and choose

chapi_-_command_line_installation_windows_8

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:22:27+00:00

CHAPI can be installed manually on Windows 8 and Server 2012 using the instructions below. -This creates the FOLDER only, not the service. This is good to note when the service needs to be installed to a new drive. This installs the folder on the C drive regardless of where it is directed. If it needs to be moved, Cut and paste the entire CHAPI folder to the new location. You will probably need to then delete and re-register the Service to the new drive which is explained in the article linked …

chapi_-_command_line_registration_of_chapi_service

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:22:27+00:00

The CHAPI service should self-install when you run the .MSI installer for CHAPI. If you need to manually install it you can do so via a command line interface. -This creates the SERVICE only, not the folder. This is good to note when the service needs to be installed to a new drive. Prior to running this, copy the CHAPI folder to the new location. Then run the command as directed below.

chapi_-_creating_a_batch_file_to_restart_the_chapi_service

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:22:27+00:00

Creating a batch file to restart the CHAPI service. CHAPI is a windows service that automatically starts when you logon to Windows. CHAPI must be running in order for the SSLIP to obtain license information. CHAPI and the SSLIP both communicate with each other in order to allow users to access Control.

chapi_-_delete_chapi.servicehost_service

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:22:27+00:00

You can delete the CHAPI service from Windows through the following methods. CHAPI is required to run Control 5.1+ so this is not recommended except in cases where you are attempting to resolve a problem with CHAPI and a reinstall of the service is required.

chapi_-_logchapi_startup_option

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:22:28+00:00

CHAPI performs all of its logging in the CHAPI_Logging database, however at times you may need to log the actual events as they are passed back and forth between the SSLIP and CHAPI. You can enable this additional level of logging by utilizing the startup option LogCHAPI.

chapi_-_overriding_the_default_control_sql_user_and_password

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:22:28+00:00

Description If you need to change the standard SQL Server User or Password that Control is using, you can do so with settings in the Chapi configuration file. Steps * Open the Chapi configuration file, called CHAPI.ServiceHost.exe.config in the Chapi folder.

chapi_-_password_policy

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:22:28+00:00

Description The CHAPI service utilizes a local user account to run the CHAPI ServiceHost. This local user must have a password set, the CHAPI installer will set this password initially. Issue The password that CHAPI uses by default may not satisfy the local or group password policy of the machine its being installed on. Common password policies are:

chapi_-_service_url_registration

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:22:29+00:00

CHAPI runs as a NETWORK SERVICE and needs a URL registration for its HTTP listener. The installers automatically add this registration for us but we can also do it manually if required via command line commands. Cautions Warning - Do not perform when users are logged into Control.

chapi_-_setting_the_database_connection_strings_in_chapi.servicehost.exe.config

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:22:29+00:00

CHAPI must be setup to connect to specific databases, without these connection strings the Chapi.ServiceHost will fail to communicate with the databases. When doing an installation via the MSI the connection strings are setup automatically however if you do a manual installation you will need to specify the proper settings for each string.

chapi_-_the_chapi_service_is_not_available

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:22:29+00:00

Issue: CHAPI will sometimes not communicate with the SSLIP properly, and will provide this error on the startup of the SSLIP. There are a few basic things to check when you receive this error message, which is shown below. Issue 1: The Chapi service is installed properly and is simply not running.

chapi_home

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:22:30+00:00

Chapi Home Wiki Description Control 5.1 and Higher utilizes a new service named Cyrious Host Application Programming Interface (CHAPI). CHAPI is responsible for handling server-side tasks for Cyrious Control. These tasks include things like ID generation for the SQL Database, Licensing and Validation.

chapi_integration_reverse_proxy

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2022-10-12T16:24:00+00:00

Description CHAPI supports inbound requests on Port 12556. This was developed for internal use initially (monitoring CHAPI) but was expanded to include the ability for external webhooks to trigger SQL stored procedure. The stored procedures run using a

chapi_url_endpoint_listener

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2020-05-21T01:32:58+00:00

Description This page describes functionality in CHAPI that provides a TCP endpoint that a website can hit to trigger a stored procedure in the StoreData database. This functionality may be used in the following scenarios: * Allow a website to initiate an SQL import into Control

check_and_repair_primary_keys

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-02-20T11:03:28+00:00

Explanation of SQL This query will check all the tables in a database to ensure that the primary keys exist and are valid for Control table. * If an invalid primary key and/or clustered index is found on a table, it will be deleted. * If no valid primary key is found, or an invalid primary is found and deleted, a valid primary key will be created.

cloud_connector_rootpath

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:22:31+00:00

Overview The Cyrious Cloud Connector requires a company identifier (aka Cloud RootPath) to identify your company so that you can access any cloudapps that you wish to use for your business. If you do not know your rootpath then you can obtain it through any of the following methods.

cloud_control_-_change_rdweb_login_password

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:22:31+00:00

This wiki walks through the steps of resetting your password. This requires that you know the current password. If you have forgotten your password, please contact the Cyrious Software Support Department at 888.552.9823 option 2. Reset your existing Cloud Control password

code

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:22:32+00:00

coetl

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:22:32+00:00

This page moved to: Internal Wiki - CoETL

common_issues

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:22:32+00:00

This is a list of the known issues that are currently in the Production CloudApp Issues * Works best with the Chrome web browser on most devices * Sprint network using the Safari browser has difficulty processing some of the certificates for the site. Wifi worked on the same devices.

company

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-02-06T10:37:46+00:00

Company * Show Company flags when editing, cloning, converting, or changing status Orders or Estimates. If this option is selected, company flags will be displayed when editing, cloning, converting, or changing status orders or estimates. If this option is not selected, the flags will not be shown.

compare_on-order_po_line_items_and_on-order_inventory_quantites

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:22:34+00:00

Explanation of SQL This query shows any discrepencies between the On-Order Quantity of an inventoried Part and the total of all line items in Purchase Orders that are On-Order. Risk of Data Corruption if Run Improperly None. This is a selection query and no data is modified in the running of it.

comparison_of_user_types_in_control

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:22:34+00:00

Here are the different capabilities of a Full User and Basic/Plus Users in the Production CloudApp. Contact Sales For pricing information and to users to your Control system, contact a member of the sales team. Call: 225-752-2867 (Option 1) Email:

compress_macro_ids_in_a_dataset_using_sql

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-02-06T10:40:49+00:00

This document describes the process (and SQLs) used to compress the IDs in a table (or many tables). For example, if you started with a table with 100 records that were scattered between ID=1001 and ID=5873, this routine could compress them so that the IDs ranged from 100 to 200.

computed_costs_v_real_expenses

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-02-06T10:41:48+00:00

Control no longer uses Computed Expenses. Instead, each GL Account may now be used in an On-Balance Sheet GL Entry or in Off-Balance Sheet GL Entry. This avoids the need for a separate computed-cost chart of accounts, provides a simpler interface, and is an easier concept to work with.

concept_access_and_general_setup_menu

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-02-20T11:06:30+00:00

Concept A program as detailed as Cyrious Control can seem overwhelming, but we have set up some tools that will make it easier to learn. By configuring Cyrious to fit your needs, you will learn the software more quickly and get the most out of your investment.

concept_discussion_-_company_stages

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:22:35+00:00

Disclaimer Concept Company StagesThe choice of “Stage” was the pick of lesser evils. Another term may be better suited. Status, Disposition, Group, and Type were all discussed but bring with them other implicit ideas that make the meaning less clear. are used to group or classify the prospects and clients according to the life-cycle buying stage that best reflects them.

concept_discussion_-_company_tracking_system

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:22:36+00:00

Disclaimer Concept The Lead Tracking Feature in Control is designed to be a simple but effective way to implement your prospecting system. It can be extended to use with customer management, but this discussion will only cover its use in prospect management.

concept_discussion_-_document_management

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-02-07T10:08:01+00:00

2011-06-16> This document is identifies an idea Cyrious is developing for document management (DM). The attached document has gone through several rounds of internal and external reviews and idea generation. Because of the potential impact DM can have, Cyrious is opening this for a public comment before development starts.

concept_discussion_-_purchase_order_exploring_and_macros

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:22:36+00:00

The hope is to create a discussion of additional explorer options in the Advanced Explorer and Macro triggers for pulling Purchase Order data from the database. The PO system is simple and elegant and potentially an extremely valuable tool for sales, production, and the financial staff.

concept_discussion_-_text_messaging_via_email

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:22:36+00:00

Control can already send emails out via manual operation or automation. A logical next-step application of this functionality is to use it to send SMS text messages to mobile phones. Sending text via email is free to the sender and easy to implement. It could also be an attractive selling point when partnered with the flexibility of our Macro system.

control-to-control_customer_imports

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-02-07T10:28:57+00:00

This procedure documents how to import the customers from an existing Control database into a new Control database. The destination Control database MUST HAVE NOT CUSTOMERS. Since the IDs of the existing customer records are not regenerated, this routine can not be used to import customers into a database with existing customers in it.

control_-_exporting_to_external_program

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:22:37+00:00

Screens * exporting_to_quickbooks * exporting_to_peachtree * exporting_to_simply_accounting

control_-_smart_part_cfl_changes

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:22:38+00:00

Control - Smart Part CFL Changes New CFL Function Listing Smart Part Variables procedure ExecSearch(variable or variableName); Executes the Part Search on the specified PSV. If the variable is not a PSV, an error is raised. procedure AddSearchResultsToOrder(variable or variableName)

control_-_smart_part_filter_variable_and_grid

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-02-07T10:31:06+00:00

Part Filter Variable A new variable type, the Part-Filter Variable (PFV), is being used to track a filtered group of Transparts on the order. The PFV provides the data store for the parts in a Part Filter Grid (PFGrid) and access to those parts with CFL.

control_-_smart_part_introduction

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-02-07T10:32:10+00:00

The Smart Part Component System consists of several new visual and non-visual components. Visual Components 1) Part Search Grid The purpose of the Part Search Grid is to display all of the parts that match a specified search condition and allow them to be added to the order in a fast and efficient manner.

control_-_smart_part_search_builder

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-02-07T10:32:50+00:00

The PSBuilder component (SPSearch) automatically creates a series of user input fields. These search fields are then used to build the search criteria for a Part Search Grid based on user input. To use a PSBuilder component, search properties are specified in the PSV associated with the component. The PSBuilder component then builds a series of input fields with labels for the user to enter search criteria. The type of input field (text input, numeric input, drop-down, etc.) will be based on th…

control_-_smart_part_search_variable_and_grid

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-02-07T10:46:59+00:00

Part Search Variable A new variable type, the Part-Search Variable (PSV), is being used to track and manage the information associated with the Part Search. The PSV permits access to the information within a Part-Search Grid from within CFL. It also provides the mechanism for the persistent storage of settings, and for CFL manipulation of the values.

control_-_smart_part_summary

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-02-07T10:48:00+00:00

Part Summary Component The Part Summary component displays the information for a Part Summary Variable (PSumV), which is a summary of the total quantity, cost, and price of items from a PSV and/or a PFV. These totals may be grouped and sorted by one of the part properties (e.g. Size)

control_-_using_a_checkbox_to_update_a_variablepropertybag

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:22:40+00:00

Variable Property Bags are a way to store values and text and then utilize that information later for any number of different reasons. This article will cover 1 specific case where a particular customer was interested in capturing some notes each time an employee edited an order, changed a specific quantity variable and clicked Add. Upon change of that quantity variable the user wanted a text entry written to a variable that would serve as an edit log for the line item.

control_-_what_are_derived_products

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T17:17:15+00:00

Derived Products Flyer

control_-_what_is_smart_parts

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:22:41+00:00

[See this flyer as a PDF] Smart Parts Step-by-Step * Introduction * Part Search Variable and Grid * Part Search Builder * searching_with_part_search_-_categories_and_hierarchy * Part Filter Variable and Grid * Part Summary * Smart Part CFL Changes * how-to_setup_a_smart_part_product

control_5.1_-_setting_up_multiple_databases

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-02-07T10:49:54+00:00

OptionFileName (new Startup Option to be placed in SSLIP_Options.txt or Control_options.txt) * With the new CHAPI / SSLIP config, each database a customer wants will need its own instance of SSLIP. One CHAPI service can handle multiple SSLIPS. *

control_5.1_master_reference

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:22:41+00:00

Description This is a central reference point for all Control 5.1 related materials. Installation * Control 5.1 Migration * Control Recommend Computer Hardware Specifications * how_to_install_5.1_server_side_by_side_with_a_4.6_server * Control 5.1 Manual Installation * 5.1 Upgrade Macros * How to Run Macros on a Separate SSLIP wapic * wapic chapi * chapi Errors * 5.1 Troubleshooting * Control Support Extras * release_notes * setting_a_custom_filter_on_an_expl…

control_5.1_online_credit_card_changes

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:22:42+00:00

The changes made to Control will allow multiple credit cards accounts to be processed within Elavon. This way, a company can use multiple merchants with Control. Credit Card Setup Screen Generally with different divisions, lines of business, or businesses operating in multiple countries there is a need to support multiple credit card processors. In order to do this, several changes in the credit card processing were made:

control_6.0_credit_card_processing

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:22:42+00:00

Overview Control 6.0 was released to the general public in Jan 2017. Significant changes have been made to the credit card processing module in Control 6.0. It is important to understand these changes before upgrading. For details about what has changed in Control 6.0, please review the

control_6.0_detailed_credit_card_change_announcement

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:22:42+00:00

Significant changes are coming to how credit cards are managed in Control. On December 31st 2016, all versions of Control before 6.0 will STOP being able to process credit card payments. To CONTINUE to use credit cards within Control, you must:

control_base_programming_constants

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-02-07T11:11:01+00:00

Explanation of Information Below is a list of all constants utilized within Control. This information is helpful when attempting to determine certain classtypeid's, classification types, etc. for different types of records in the database tables. This information is best viewed with Microsoft WordPad or a similar text editor that supports formatting.

control_chromium_embedded_framework

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:22:43+00:00

Concept The Control Web Browser has been replaced by CEF3. All other rendering components in Control continue to use the old component. Relationships Chromium is the browser that Chrome is based on. CEF3 is a subset of Chromium that is embeddable in applications. DCEF3 is a library of bindings and constructs that allow Delphi to access a certain version of CEF3.

control_cloud

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:22:43+00:00

Overview Control on the desktop and Control Cloud which is on the cloud are the same software, feature for feature. The only difference between the two is who is responsible for hosting the software. Pros * It is accessible through the cloud. *

control_cloud_-_basic_login_steps

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-02-07T10:53:50+00:00

Cyrious provides the business software package for managing the operations within your business. This article will provide you with the information you need to access Cyrious Control Cloud. As with most things in the cloud, it is now much easier and more seamless to access Control online without the need for servers, backups, or other specific server and networking requirements.

control_cloud_-_detailed_login_steps

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-02-07T10:55:30+00:00

Cyrious provides the business software package for managing the operations within your business. This wiki will provide you with the information you need to access Cyrious Control Cloud. As with most things in the cloud, it is now much easier and more seamless to access Control online without the need for servers, backups, or other specific server and networking requirements.

control_cloud_-_logging_in_on_a_mac

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2021-05-17T10:49:25+00:00

Microsoft Remote Desktop To access Control Cloud on a Mac, you will need to obtain Microsoft Remote Desktop from the App Store. This requires OS X 10.7 or later and a 64-bit processor. * Open the App Store. * In the search box, type Microsoft Remote Desktop.

control_cloud_-_saving_file_to_local_drive_on_a_mac

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:22:44+00:00

Save files to local drive on a Mac To save a file from your Control Cloud Folders (Documents or ReportExport), please follow these steps: Note: File sharing will need to be turned on in Settings / File Sharing. * Open Documents Folder or ReportExport Folder in the Cloud.Cyrious.com dashboard.

control_cloud_payment_system

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-07-05T15:38:58+00:00

Control Cloud Payment System (Online Payments) What are Online Payments? How-To Articles * How-To Setup Online Payments in Control * How-To Send Invoices that can be Paid Online * How-To Accept Online Payments from Customers * How-To Void an Online Payment * How-To Add the Pay Online Button to a Report * Click here to watch a video instead! Online Payments Troubleshooting Articles All articles that relate to troubleshooting Online Payments are listed below:

control_cloud_payment_system_online_payments

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:22:45+00:00

What are Online Payments? How-To Articles * how-to_setup_online_payments_in_control * how-to_send_invoices_that_can_be_paid_online * accepting_online_payments_from_customers * how-to_void_an_online_payment * how_to_add_the_pay_online_button_to_a_report Online Payments Troubleshooting Articles All articles that relate to troubleshooting Online Payments are listed below: * Rollback Notes / Breaking Changes * CCPS Common Issues Other Useful Articles * FreedomPay Registrat…

control_custom_reports_and_sqls

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-07-05T18:12:32+00:00

This page is intended to serve as a central repository for customized reports and for SQLs (which can be used as SQL reports)that have been written to pull information from the system. Crystal Reports SQLs Accounting * gl_listing_by_batch_sql * gl_account_tree_sql * gl_ledger_totals_by_month_sql * trial_balance_sql_report * balance_sheet_sql_report *

control_database_tables

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-02-07T10:58:25+00:00

Updated: 2014-04-28 Version: Control 5.1 List of the tables used by Control Tables Used Directly By Control Account AccountContact AccountContactUserField AccountUserField Address AddressLink AdvQuery AssemblyLink CalendarLink CalendarStatus

control_derived_product_advanced_overriding

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:22:46+00:00

Pricing Form Overriding The pricing form on a derived product may be different than that of its base product. The derived product may use a much simpler pricing form, or one more tuned to specific derived product type. To override the pricing form, go to the advanced tab and click the dropdown on the Change the Pricing Form to option. By default, this option should read

control_derived_product_categories_and_quick_products

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:22:46+00:00

Categories When a Derived Product is created, it will default to being placed in the same category as the Base Product. However, you may place it in any category you like, or as a top-level product. Example Bob has created quite a few derived products since he got started. Bob would like to remove the difficulty in choosing the right product by moving some of his new derived products to a new product category.

control_derived_product_derived_from_line_item

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:22:47+00:00

Deriving products from Line Item is by far the fastest way to set up derived products. A base product can be set up with all the pricing and calculations in place and then be overridden with only those small differences that make it easier and faster to get orders into the system. A derived product can be created from a derived product line item. The same steps are used as a base product.

control_derived_product_modifier_overriding

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:22:47+00:00

Overriding a modifier allows modifier values to be pre-filled on derived products with different values than the base product. A derived product can only have modifiers overridden that are already linked to its base product. Overridden modifiers will be added when a derived product is created from a line item only if the modifier on that line item has a different value than the base product. Overridden modifiers can also be added or modified later by editing the derived product

control_derived_product_setup

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:22:47+00:00

Derived Product Setup Derived Product setup is similar to standard Product Setup, but greatly simplified. Derived products are set up in product setup. They are displayed at the root product level or under a product category the same way standard products are displayed in the product tree and are searchable by name from the drop-down list above it. They have a unique icon that identifies them as a derived product.

control_derived_product_support_breaking_changes

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:22:48+00:00

Changes When upgrading to Derived Products, the following changes should be noted: * Derived Products requires a new version of CHAPI. It is NOT backwards compatible. * A DerivedProduct table will be created. * The CustomerGoodsItem table will be renamed to

control_derived_product_support_setup

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:22:48+00:00

No additional steps are necessary to set up derived products. Upon first open of Control with this feature, the table updates will occur, setting CustomerGoodsItem -> Product, adding DerivedProduct, and adding the CustomerGoodsItem view.

control_derived_product_variable_overriding

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:22:48+00:00

Overriding a variable is one of ways to set up derived products. A base product can be set up with all the pricing and calculations in place and then the derived product only has to have those variables which are overridden with the unique differences to make it easier and faster to get orders into the system. Additionally derived products can be modified after they are created to correct or add other values as needed.

control_documentation_home

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-07-05T17:30:05+00:00

Getting Started Documentation * Quickstart Checklist * Installation Instructions * PCI-DSS Compliance Implementation Guide User Documentation * Release Notes Online Users Manuals Control Users Manual * CH 01 Using this Guide * CH 02 Getting Started * Password Requirements * users_manual_ch_03-navigating_in_cyrious * system_setup_ch_11-user_options_setup (see Setup Manual below, Chapter 11) * system_setup_ch_4-system_setup (see Setup Manual below) * system_setup_ch…

control_errors

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-02-07T11:31:34+00:00

This section contains information and potential resolutions to Errors to problems you may encounter when using Cyrious Control and other products that integrate with it. Please feel free to add additional information as you see fit or email your information to

control_faqs

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-07-05T17:06:44+00:00

Frequently Asked Questions We Have Encountered with Cyrious Control. General I cannot access the Edit/Save buttons. They are grayed out. * Restart your Cyrious program. You have probably encountered an Access Control Violation sometime during your session and the system has become unreliable.

control_home_under_construction

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-02-07T11:33:31+00:00

include component="navigation" UNDER CONSTRUCTION!! Getting Started Documentation * quickstart_checklist * installation_instructions * pci-dss_compliance_implementation_guide User Documentation * Release Notes PDFs of User Manuals * Control 4 Users Guide Online Users Manuals production_floor_tracking_system_profits users_manual * This section covers basic introductory overviews of Control usage.

control_how-to_guides

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2024-02-15T11:07:34+00:00

How-To Guides for Control This section contains helpful How-To instructions provided by Cyrious staff and users. Please feel free to add your own or email your How-To Guide to support@cyrious.com. CFL How-To * How-To Check Part Cost is Current for Version 4.5 Higher * How-To Check That a Part Cost is Current * How-To Check That Height and Width Dimensions are Within Range * How-To Autofill Line Item Description When Pricing * How-To Set Transaction UDF Fields Based on Product Charac…

control_how_to_get_notified_of_wiki_updates

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-18T13:59:51+00:00

Purpose of this page This page is set up to help users with the process of becoming subscribed to certain wiki articles. Being subscribed to a wiki will allow you to get notifications when the page is updated with any changes. This is useful for pages like the Release Notes, and any others that may change often.

control_locked_files_chapiddler_corrections

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:22:50+00:00

Concept The CHAPI service is responsible for all locking, unlocking, and refreshing of database records within Control. At times these locks can be held in the system even when there is not an active version of Control running that has the file locked. You can utilize the Chapiddler utility to release any locked records once all other possible actions have been attempted. Chapiddler simply serves as a tool to submit calls directly to the CHAPI service.

control_macro_ideas

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:22:51+00:00

Description This page is dedicated to providing ideas for macros that users of Control have used before. This certainly isn't a full list of all the possibilities but should help to spark ideas for those users that are looking into automating different things within Cyrious Control. If you are using some macros that are not listed, please edit this WIKI page to add your macros so that they can be shared with the community.

control_marketing_and_adv_explorer_manual_ch_1_-_using_this_guide

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-02-07T11:39:14+00:00

This document outlines the changes in the marketing functionality in Control 4.2. These changes were incorporated to provide greater flexibility and functionality coupled with increased usability. Technical Support If we have not addressed your question in this manual, please contact our Technical Support team.

control_marketing_and_adv_explorer_manual_ch_2_-_overview

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-02-07T11:39:42+00:00

Overview The various changes incorporated in this document can be summarized into the following points: * Decomposition of advanced explorer into search instruments. * Instruments for existing functionality in marketing/searching: * Creation of instruments to simplify the use of existing macros.

control_marketing_and_adv_explorer_manual_ch_3_-_default_marketing_dashboard

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:22:52+00:00

Most people would agree that it is easier to see a car in motion and understand how it works than it is to have the engine described to you. The purpose of this section is to provide some sample dashboard screens that illustrate how you can create tailored solutions for specific problems and goals. Review these sample screens prior to the detail for each instrument to help provide a reference for you to picture as you read the details in the following sections.

control_marketing_and_adv_explorer_manual_ch_4_-_search_results_instruments

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:22:52+00:00

The Search Results Instrument is the results instrument. Almost all other marketing instruments are used to configure and specify the data to pull (Configuration Instruments), or use its the results for further actions (Processing Instruments). Each of these categories of instruments will be discussed in the following sections.

control_marketing_and_adv_explorer_manual_ch_5_-_search_configuration_instruments

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:22:52+00:00

This instrument allows the user to select the type of search to be performed. Valid choices are: * Customer * Contact * Order/Service Ticket * Estimate * Activity Almost every other instrument subscribes to the result type and adjusts based on its selection. If it is not found, customer will be the assumed result type by all instruments.

control_marketing_and_adv_explorer_manual_ch_6_-_result_processing_instruments

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:22:52+00:00

Many of the marketing related instruments use the results obtained in the Search Results Instrument and take action on them. This section of the manual describes these instruments. Report List instrument This instrument displays all of the reports.

control_marketing_and_adv_explorer_manual_ch_7_-_data_export_and_macro_listing_instruments

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:22:53+00:00

Two instruments were designed specifically to make exporting of data flexible and easy for the user, the Export Field Chooser Instrument and the Export Template Instrument. Export Field Chooser Instrument This instrument allows the user to : * select the desired fields for exporting

control_marketing_and_adv_explorer_manual_ch_8_-_macro_trigger_changes

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-02-20T11:20:52+00:00

The Macro Trigger screen has been reworked to enable you to setup macros more easily. Depending on which type of macro you are creating, you will see different options in the Change Event list to select. For example, in the macro shown below, it will only run when an order has it's status changed to Sale.

control_marketing_and_adv_explorer_manual_ch_9_-_examples_using_marketing_instruments

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:22:53+00:00

Using Search Categories, Search Criteria, and Search Results Action: In Search Type, select Order, then in Search Categories, select Company Criteria > Dates > Last Order Sales Date > Over 3 Months Ago and then click Add. The Search Tree should display your selections. If Auto-Execute is selected, the search results should display some orders. If not, click Execute to display your results.

control_order_board_web

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-02-07T11:46:16+00:00

Order Board Explanation This page will explain the Order Board's purpose, setup, and will enable you to use it yourself. 1. Purpose The purpose of the Order Board was to be used as a compressed model file for clients to have a place where they can keep their placed orders. It was made to use simple code that any developer can take and tweak to the client's liking. It is not limited to orders however. It can be used as a Grid View for any data, and is especially set up to connect to a SQL dat…

control_pricing_units

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-02-07T11:47:01+00:00

Description Control utilizes a base set of units for all calcuations, centimeters for length, milliliters for volume, grams for weight, and seconds for time. Below is a list of all units available for use within Control and their relevant factor formulas that are used internally by Control to calculate the conversion.

control_recommended

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-04-04T17:30:52+00:00

control_recommended_minimum_computer_hardware_specifications

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-04-29T17:38:54+00:00

Important Notes: Unsupported Client and Server PC Configurations: Virtual Machines of any type: (VMWare, Virtual Box, Terminal Servers, Terminal Services, Parallels [Windows based VM for Macs], and Hyper-V's) Exchange Servers: Control should not be installed on Exchange Servers as they are SQL based and resource intensive. This configuration is known to cause performance issues with Control.

control_release_notes

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2024-06-25T20:13:26+00:00

Control Release Notes * Version 6.1 * Version 6.1.2406.2501-06/25/2024 * Version 6.1.2405.2801-05/28/2024 * Version 6.1.2307.0501-07/05/2023 * Version 6.1.2306.1601-06/16/2023 * Version 6.1.2305.0301-05/03/2023 * Version 6.1.2205.3101-05/31/2022 * Version 6.1.2107.0701-07/07/2021 * Version 6.1.2105.1101-05/11/2021 (Hot Fix) * Version 6.1.2104.2801-04/28/2021 * Version 6.1.2101.0701-01/07/2021 * Version 6.1.2011.0201-11/02/2020 *

control_release_notes_-_next_version

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:22:55+00:00

Please note: These are issues that Dev has worked on but are not yet released. Please check the official release notes pages to see if the issue you are looking for has been released. We use a standard format for all the suggestions and fixes listed below to help ease any difficulties you may have when looking for a specific issue.

control_release_notes_-_searchable

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:22:58+00:00

Control Release Notes - Next Version Please note: these are issues that Dev has worked on but are not yet released. Please check the official release notes pages to see if the issue you are looking for has been released. Defect Fixes Reports * The OrderStatusMaster report correctly sorts by Order Station Name and Line Item Station Name. (164534.002)

control_release_notes_4.3.0902.1601

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:22:58+00:00

Accounting Features & Changes * Journal Entry Editing - Lookup as you type is now implemented more consistently through out the program. * Changed “View Account Register” to display times of entry as well as date. * Changed Make Deposits to deposit amounts manually entered into those accounts, not just payments received.

control_release_notes_4.3.0904.0902

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:22:58+00:00

Features & Changes * Credit Card Enhancements * Added Voided Transactions to Processed Credit Card report. * Added an option to “Allow Overpayment to be applied to Customer Credit” on Customer Payment Methods * Added a check list of processed payment types to Credit Card Options screen

control_release_notes_4.3.0906.2501

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:22:59+00:00

Features * Part Usage Card Changes * For usage cards not clocked into an order, costs are immediately expensed. * For usage cards clocked into line items but not parts, costs are accrued while the order is in WIP and Built. * For usage cards clocked into an order but not a line item, costs are accrued while the order is in WIP and Built.

control_release_notes_4.3.0907.1501

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:22:59+00:00

Report Changes and Fixes * GL Detail by Order Report * Completely Reworked. Much Faster. * Fixed several issues with actual costs not pulling correctly * Added new options to display. * Actual v Estimated Cost Report * Deleted from the system.

control_release_notes_4.3.0908.0301

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:22:59+00:00

Short Version #: 4.3 Full Version #: 4.3.0908.0401 Release Date: 8/4/2009 New Features * Added the ability to override the payment due date in a bill; instead of using a fixed payment type like Net 30, there now exists the possibility to choose a custom payment date.

control_release_notes_4.3.0908.0401

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:23:00+00:00

control_release_notes_4.3.0908.0701

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:23:00+00:00

Defect Fixes * Fixed an issue where editing a part and changing the fixed cost was not saving the change. This was also occurring when cloning a part and changing the cost. Backwards Compatibility This change is backwards compatible with the previous version of Control.

control_release_notes_4.3.0908.1701

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:23:00+00:00

Features Explorer * Added field on Bill Explorer to search by check number. Customer and Vendors * Added Credit Approval feature: * If a customer is over their credit limit, no new orders will be created for them; there will be an option to Save as Estimate. Note: Administrators and Owner/Managers will still be able to save new orders for those customers.

control_release_notes_4.3.0908.1702

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:23:00+00:00

control_release_notes_4.3.0908.2501

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:23:01+00:00

Defect Fixes * Fixed issues in the Adjust Product Information screen that could cause access violations and refresh issues when redrawing the screen after saving or canceling changes. Backwards Compatibility This change is backwards compatible with the previous version of Control.

control_release_notes_4.3.0909.1501

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:23:01+00:00

Features Payroll * Streamlined the clocking-in process from 3 pop-ups to 1. * Added a display for the amount of vacation/sick time taken below the current vacation/sick time balance. * Added a W-2 Name section to the Payroll Information tab in Employee Setup with First, Middle, and Last Name fields; these correspond to the same fields on the W-2 Report.

control_release_notes_4.3.0909.2802

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:23:01+00:00

Features * Added the W2 report to the main Reports menu (under Payroll). This report was reworked to show the W2 name fields in the Payroll Information tab on Employee Setup instead of the employee name fields. * Modified the Sales By Customer (Volume) Simple report to include contact name, phone number, and changed the layout from landscape format to portrait to reduce paper consumption when printing.

control_release_notes_4.3.0910.1501

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:23:01+00:00

Changes * Reordered Adjust Part Information Setup to appear before Adjust Product Information Setup in the Pricing Setup menu. Defect Fixes * Fixed an issue where the Account Reconciliation screen would lock up. * Fixed an issue where occasionally the SaveDateTime would get set and not get unset, so subsequent entries would have the same date and time.

control_release_notes_4.4.0910.2902

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:23:02+00:00

Important Upgrade Notes * Concerning Password Changes ... * Immediately after upgrading, the administrator will need to login and will be prompted to enter the credit card encryption phrase for the business. * Logins with a blank password will be disabled during the upgrade. The administrator will have to enable the login and reset the password before they can login.

control_release_notes_4.4.0911.0901

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:23:02+00:00

Changes * Added an option in System Setup>Estimate Options>Accrue Costs on Estimates to Accrue Estimate Costs while Estimates are Pending. Defect Fixes * Fixed an issue where the wrong address was being used to calculate taxes online. * Fixed an issue where occasionally after processing a credit card, a warning message would be returned with a repeated phrase.

control_release_notes_4.4.0911.2002

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:23:02+00:00

CHANGES * Added Vendor Payment Terms column to Company Explorer. * Added an option to create a negative Purchase Order and convert it to a Vendor Credit. DEFECT FIXES * Fixed an issue where voiding a Bill payment for multiple bills would not apply the correct amounts back to each bill.

control_release_notes_4.4.0912.1601

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:23:03+00:00

FEATURES COMPUTED COST FEATURE * Computed cost/Assigned expense accounts removed via a table update. These glaccounts are deprecated and are no longer used. * GL Table has been renamed to Ledger and a SQL View named “GL” has been created to display the same information from the old GL table. This change will minimize the amount of report changes needed. Unless off balance sheet/computed costs are specifically needed, reports should use the GL View instead of the Ledger Table.

control_release_notes_4.4.1001.0702

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:23:03+00:00

CHANGES * On the Parts tab for Orders and Estimates, a subdetail grid was added to display any usage cards associated with a selected part. * On the Production - Batch dashboard, the Create Part Usage Card instrument will now display the Fill section by default, and the Part Usage Card List instrument has been added to the dashboard by default.

control_release_notes_4.4.1001.1801

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:23:03+00:00

Defect Fixes Production Terminal * Automatic refresh no longer causes issues while parts screen is open. * Modifiers now show correctly in Production Terminal. * All parts on a line item with a part having a base stocking unit of “(none)”

control_release_notes_4.4.1002.2201

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:23:04+00:00

Features * Product Driven Part Expenses * Users will now have the ability to define on a product level which GL Accounts are used for expenses. Previously most expense accounts used would come straight from the part that was selected. More information on this new feature can be found here:

control_release_notes_4.4.1003.0502

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:23:04+00:00

Defect Fixes * Part lists popup no longer shows just one part after editing part setup. (131353.001) * Converting POs with Inventoried parts to Bill or creating orders no longer produce 'Could Not Load Record' entries in the error log. (131284.001)

control_release_notes_4.4.1003.0902

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:23:04+00:00

Features * Option to use Assumed hours worked per year for hourly employees when calculating vacation and sick time implemented, instead of actual hours worked. This option can be found on the Payroll Setup Options screen. (118312.017) * Most users will calculate vacation and sick time based on assumed hours worked for salary employees and actual hours worked for hourly employees. This option was added for users who may want to calculate these using assumed hours for hourly employees.

control_release_notes_4.4.1003.2501

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:23:05+00:00

Features * WebView Shipping Information (131036.001) * Customers who have WebView and UPS or FedEx interface will now be able to access shipping information for their orders where applicable. * The tracking number will be displayed as a link that goes to the tracking information on UPS or FedEx respectively.

control_release_notes_4.4.1003.3102

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:23:05+00:00

Defect Fixes * Inventory for parts in a Purchase Order now changes correctly if the converted PO has different quantities from the bill. (132706.004 and 132706.005) * Totals field has been expanded to allow display of numbers in the ten millions. (132799.001)

control_release_notes_4.4.1004.2901

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:23:05+00:00

Features * Warehouse Feature (132910) * The ability to have multiple warehouses to hold inventory was added in this version. Each Division has a default warehouse, with the option to add additional warehouses. Inventory is distributed to each warehouse through Inventory Transfers.

control_release_notes_4.5.1005.1001

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:23:05+00:00

Features * Changing the appearance of WebView with Style Sheets (CSS) (135251) * Users can now alter the appearance of WebView by making changes to the CSS file. See changing_webviews_appearance for instructions on altering the CSS file. * Added the ability to have Part and Product UDF's load from and save to an XML. This will allow for a much larger number of UDF's to be created for Parts and Products. (134787)

control_release_notes_4.5.1005.1101

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:23:06+00:00

Defect Fixes * Swiped credit cards will now be correctly submitted to C3S. (135408.001) * Overriding a tax class to a taxable tax class on an order now allows the taxes to be calculated even if the company is tax exempt. (128447.002) * Scroll bars have been added to the

control_release_notes_4.5.1005.1401

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:23:06+00:00

Defect Fixes * Fixed an issue where users did not have permission to open the Adjust Part Inventory & Cost screen. (135370.005) * Fixed an issue where viewing a Part's Inventory tab, then selecting another Part, would not display any information on the second Part. (135370.007)

control_release_notes_4.5.1005.2501

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:23:06+00:00

Defect Fixes * Order Analysis report when grouped by product now calculates properly. (131835.001) * Added Grand totals to the OrderAnalysisMaster report. (131835.002 and 131835.003) * Fixed an issue where items in the bank account reconciliation screen were disappearing after being checked and saved as postponed. (134071.002 and 135370.003)

control_release_notes_4.5.1005.2803

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:23:07+00:00

Defect Fixes * Fixed an issue where when migrating to online tax lookup there are some instances where an out of balance of $0.01 occurs due to the conversion of an old estimate that were not set to use online lookup. (134007.001) * Control is no longer treating the request as an adjustment instead of a new transaction for Avalara when changing tax classes to Online Tax for the first time. (134007.002)

control_release_notes_4.5.1006.1701

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:23:08+00:00

Defect Fixes * NonInventoried parts that track costs now show in Adjust Part Inventory & Cost screen (136805.002). * Part costs are saving in the adjust part information screen (136805.001). * Fixed an issue where manual journal entries were not appearing in the Check Register report. (136951.001)

control_release_notes_4.5.1006.1801

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:23:08+00:00

Defect Fixes * Fixed an issue where users received errors when recalculating Sales Tax for existing Estimates and Orders. (137330.002) * The reserved quantity for a part is now removed when the option to create usage cards for materials is set to Never. (137564.001)

control_release_notes_4.5.1006.3001

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:23:08+00:00

Defect Fixes * Fixed an issue where when two machines are running Control, if they have different times, this would cause issues when trying to process credit card payments. (130214.002) * Paying a bill with a discount no longer reposts the inventory amounts. (138566.001)

control_release_notes_4.5.1007.1601

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:23:08+00:00

Defect Fixes * Fixed an issue where the subtotal was being cut off on the Pending-By Primary Salesperson report. (138597.001) * The filter combo for the Part Category column in the Adjust Part Information screen has been moved back to the correct location and is functional again. (137458.001)

control_release_notes_4.5.1008.0202

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:23:09+00:00

Defect Fixes * SMS to Control Conversion * Default payment term are now set appropriately when converting from SMS to Control. (93566.001) * The promotions from SMS are now converting correctly into Control. (98952.001) * Conversion queries now use the StoreID. (109058.001)

control_release_notes_4.5.1008.1701

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:23:09+00:00

Changes * Added a Backordered status to Purchase Orders. (134036.001) * Added a customer filter to the Credit Applied report. (122054.001) Defect Fixes * Non-default inventory warehouse records are now being created when editing a part. (138897.002)

control_release_notes_4.5.1009.0101

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:23:09+00:00

Features * Added a Crystal and SQL report parameter that allows the user to choose a warehouse. (140840.001) Changes * Updated Control to use new Avalara adapter that allows up to 1000 line items. (142369.001) * Updated the Alternate Estimate report to remove extra characters before the estimate number. (108048.001)

control_release_notes_4.5.1009.1001

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:23:10+00:00

Defect Fixes * 142893.002 - Fixed “unable to save” errors when the a child line item is attached to a Purchase Order, Bill, or Receiving Document. * 140631.001 - In Production Terminal, the note entry field on the Order Information and Line Item information popups now appears correctly when you have permission to edit production notes.

control_release_notes_4.5.1009.2202

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:23:10+00:00

Defect Fixes * 142329.002 - Fixed an issue with usage cards created multiple times for the same time card when the time card is adjusted without closing the adjustment screen after running the Create Time Cards from Usage Cards tool. * 141693.003 - De-attaching a part from PO now detaches it from the Order as well.

control_release_notes_4.5.1009.3002

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:23:10+00:00

Defect Fixes * 144183.001 - The write-off account was incorrectly classified as an income account; it is now correctly classified as an expense. * 144183.002 - Finance charges are now being reported to Avalara. * 144183.003 - Cyrious is no longer doubling some GL entries when a taxable order is marked paid and sale at the same time.

control_release_notes_4.5.1010.1501

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:23:11+00:00

Features * Enabled Employee Contribution for Workers Compensation feature. (144959.001) Defect Fixes * Fixed 'SSLIP failed to create IDs' error when printing the Daily Closeout quick reports. (142878.001) * Re-added ability to export entire product list. (140647.001)

control_release_notes_4.5.1010.2202

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:23:11+00:00

Defect Fixes * Fixed a rounding issue that was causing out of balance errors in the GL. (145337.002) Backwards Compatibility These changes are backwards compatible with the previous version of Control.

control_release_notes_4.5.1011.0801

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:23:11+00:00

Defect Fixes Reports * 113510.001 - Fixed the Activity report to account for divisions. * 113625.001 - Fixed the Sales - Yearly Sales by Salesperson report to show accurate numbers. Also added an option to the report to group by months to produce the Sales - Yearly Sales by Month report.

control_release_notes_4.5.1011.2201

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:23:11+00:00

Defect Fixes Reports * Financial Summary is now handling divisions correctly; also fixed an issue with payments in this report. (133024.001) * Financial Summary is now accounting for GL entries with a date but no time, which caused it to display incorrect totals. The Income Statement is showing these entries. - (141327.002)

control_release_notes_4.5.1012.0302

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:23:12+00:00

Changes * For customers using inventory, they will now see a popup when saving an order that uses parts with a low inventory (red or yellow notification point). (120365.001) * “Lost” SQL connections are now restored/recaptured in Control 4.5. (138764.001)

control_release_notes_4.5.1012.0701

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:23:12+00:00

Hot Fix Defect Fixes * No longer receive an error when opening Composition and Shipping Pricing Froms in OOB. (148461.001) * Fixed an issue where users were getting fractional out of balances in some sale accounts. (147314.002) * Fixed an issue where a certain sequence of events caused an Order's costs to go to zero. (148445.001)

control_release_notes_4.5.1012.0901

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:23:12+00:00

Defect Fixes * Fixed an issue where the Deposit Listing showed duplicate deposits. (147314.003) * When using Progress Billing, the AR Summary report was not showing Orders using Progress Billing when Show WIP/Built was checked, and was doubling the WIP/Built total. (148370.003)

control_release_notes_4.5.1012.1601

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:23:13+00:00

Defect Fixes * Fixed the line item Packing Slip report so that a blank record does not show on the top of the report. (139233.003) * Line Item Shipping Address not being properly set in the database which results in the incorrect address appearing on the work order. (148103.002)

control_release_notes_4.5.1012.2902

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:23:13+00:00

Defect Fixes * Fixed an issue where deleting the Vendor name in a Purchase Order gave an “Attempting to load NoID for TCustomer_BR” error (146692.002) * Fixed an issue with Orders getting an out of balance error. (149012.001) * Dynamic selection lists no longer truncate part names. (147060.001)

control_release_notes_4.5.1101.0701

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:23:13+00:00

Defect Fixes * Fixed an issue with Security Rights that will now allow users to create parts if they have a part category selected. (115435.001) * Pricing Families export and import correctly. (140647.002) * Security Right to view payments is now available. (148765.002)

control_release_notes_4.5.1101.2101

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:23:14+00:00

Defect Fixes Reports * The Sales - Order Discount report is now showing the correct price, discount, and subtotal. (97204.001 ) * The Estimated vs. Actual report is now displaying usage for all parts. (120486.001) * Cost Analysis by Order report options to include WIP and Built are now working. (148130.001)

control_release_notes_4.5.1102.0401

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:23:14+00:00

NOTE: the C3S update is required when updating to this version Defect Fixes Accounting and GL * Voiding Bill payments no longer doubles the Ledger amounts. (150784.002) * Fixed an issue where Control was not ignoring manual journal entries made against Orders, so the next time the Order was edited or paid on, the system was making the adjusting entries in an attempt to correct the accounting of the order. (151373.002)

control_release_notes_4.5.1102.1801

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:23:14+00:00

Defect Fixes * False price change notifications no longer showing when using Family Pricing variables. (153196.002) Backwards Compatibility These changes are backwards compatible with the previous version of Control.

control_release_notes_4.5.1103.0402

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:23:15+00:00

Features * Made some changes to the Line Item and Service Ticket instruments to allow users to change the Station and the Assign To in one step. This action was also added to the Service Ticket and Line Item Explorers for use in Group mode. More about this addition can be found

control_release_notes_4.5.1103.2201

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:23:15+00:00

Features * Fulfillment Feature - This will allow users to print or create large numbers of a product (such as a business card shell) at one time and store until needed. Each “shell” will be it's own part. Users will be able to add these “shell

control_release_notes_4.5.1103.2502

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:23:15+00:00

Defect Fixes * Reworked the data loaded by the Schedule Tab on Orders to increase speed. (141299.002, 151154.002) * Fixed an issue where creating an Order using a Company with many Contacts and a Product with an XSL Product Layout caused delays when adding Line Items. (155035.002)

control_release_notes_4.5.1104.0701

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:23:16+00:00

Changes * Expanded the Outstanding Orders section on the Company Financial tab. (129807.001) * Reworked the way the Warehouse Inventory screens load to improve the speed of the load time. (140673.007) * Added the ability to set default Estimate and Order notes. This can be found in System Setup under Orders, Estimate, and Service Tickets. (154718.001)

control_release_notes_4.5.1104.2001

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:23:16+00:00

Features * Job Monitor Feature in Production Terminal (156284) * This feature allows users to view all jobs assigned to them, and to change the Station and Assigned To on multiple jobs in one step. Read more about this feature job_monitoring and bar_code_scanning. Defect Fixes

control_release_notes_4.5.1105.0903

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:23:17+00:00

Defect Fixes * Fixed an issue with the naming scheme for WebView that was not allowing images to appear. (113117.001) * Added a filter option for Division to Production Terminal. (113150.001) * Production Terminal no longer allows users to clock on without a part if payroll is disabled. If payroll is enabled, it will be optional. (127152.010)

control_release_notes_4.5.1105.2002

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:23:17+00:00

Features * Added a Quick Add Address option to Contacts on Orders and Estimates. Read up on this handy new feature how-to_use_the_quick_add_address_feature. (158874.001R) Defect Fixes * Columns on Adjust Part Inventory and Cost screen will now keep their size when cycling through Parts. (146581.005)

control_release_notes_4.5.1106.0601

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:23:17+00:00

Defect Fixes * Fixed an issue where converting an Estimate to an Order did not set the default Order station correctly. (150611.003) * Fixed an issue with Inventory numbers not being updated correctly when changing Purchase Order status. (154794.002, 159181.001, 159181.002)

control_release_notes_4.5.1107.0501

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:23:17+00:00

Defect Fixes * Fixed an issue with Family Pricing that was causing delays when editing Orders and Estimates that used Family Pricing. (160938.002) * Fixed an issue with MeAndSonsSubtotalPrice not holding the correct value of parent and child items. (160908.001)

control_release_notes_4.5.1107.2101

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:23:18+00:00

WARNING If you use the timeclock function, do not update to this release; a defect was found that will prevent you from editing any timecards. This defect is fixed in the next release. We apologize for any inconvenience this may cause you. Features

control_release_notes_4.5.1108.0301

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:23:18+00:00

Defect Fixes Payments Tab and Screen * Rearranged Add Payment and Delete buttons on Payments screen for better viewing. (117884.001) * Added the Invoice No. lookup field to the Payments (Receipts) screen. (158043.001) * In the Payments tab on Orders, added a Payments Method column and removed the Type column; the Type column actually refers to the Activity type. (162829.002)

control_release_notes_4.5.1108.1202

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:23:19+00:00

Defect Fixes * For non-Avalara customers, the total taxes for a line item are no longer showing on each shipment. (164788.001) * Users can now add new line items to shipments that have already been created. (164788.002) * Shipments are no longer changing when new line items are added(Ex: SAA is now SAC). (164788.003)

control_release_notes_4.5.1108.1901

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:23:19+00:00

Features * Set Default Display Unit for Parts (164661) This feature allows users to Set a Default Display Unit for a Part. Currently, Parts display the units which they are purchased and stocked in, also called Inventory units, but users may not use these Inventory units when talking about how much of a part is needed. Going forward, users will be able to display Parts in units that are more commonly used rather than the Inventory unit.

control_release_notes_4.5.1108.3101

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:23:19+00:00

Features * Added Line Item Due Date (166163) Due Dates can now be set on the Line Item level instead of just on the Order level. Learn more about this feature how-to_use_the_line_item_due_date_feature. Defect Fixes * Fixed a pricing change issue that was occurring on some custom dashboards. (164927.001)

control_release_notes_4.5.1110.0601

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:23:19+00:00

Defect Fixes * Orders for non-default Divisions are now reserving and consuming parts from the correct division instead of the default division. (165452.002) * When Orders are marked Built, the Reserved quantity is now updating correctly. (165452.003)

control_release_notes_4.5.1110.2901

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:23:20+00:00

Features * One Time Use for Company and Contact (164770) When shipping items using the Shipping tab, there is the option to use an Address only for that shipment. This concept was expanded on and now you can use a Company and Contact the same way without having to create a new company record.

control_release_notes_4.5.1112.2003

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:23:20+00:00

Defect Fixes Parts in Orders/Estimates and Parts in Purchase Orders * When choosing a part in the Create Part Usage Cards instrument in the Production - Batch dashboard, the part lookup no longer uses the description instead of the part name. (168413.012)

control_release_notes_4.6.1201.0401

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:23:21+00:00

Defect Fixes * Fixed an issue where choosing a different Contact in an Email Activity would not update the email address. (114953.3) * When emailing from Control to Outlook, text should no longer be double spacing/ (119891.2) * Fixed some spacing and formatting issues that were occurring when sending emails out of Control. (137111.2)

control_release_notes_4.6.1202.0301

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:23:21+00:00

Defect Fixes Accounting and Payroll * Credit Memos that have been backdated are now showing in Avalara as the backdated date instead of the original date. (174277.001) * Fixed an issue where payments were not being saved on Quick Bills. (174516.001)

control_release_notes_4.6.1202.1601

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:23:21+00:00

Defect Fixes * The FedEx Shipment Manager integration with Control was reworked to link the correct fields in Control to FedEx Shipment Manager. (170150.001) * After entering a one-time use company, contact, and address and saving the order, you can now go back and edit that information. (172569.001)

control_release_notes_4.6.1203.1601

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:23:21+00:00

Defect Fixes * Fixed an issue where a SQL macro was not updating every order selected. (138895.001) * Added a field on Purchase Order and Bill Macro setup for “Status changed to/from”. (139453.001) * Journal.JournalActivityType is now being saved when you send an email from a macro. (148451.001)

control_release_notes_4.6.1203.3001

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:23:22+00:00

Defect Fixes * Fixed an issue where some users experienced a 1-2 second delay after receiving an error message. (148544.001) * The AP Historical Aging Report has been corrected to reflect “closed bills”. (176499.001) * Users are no longer allowed to delete a GL account without reassigning it to any other account if the account has only been associated with manual journal entries. (177845.001)

control_release_notes_4.6.1204.2001

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:23:22+00:00

Defect Fixes * Can now select all stations using the station tree popup. (150611.006) * One time use customers shipping info is now being pulled into UPS Worldship. (170851.001) * The Insured Value now pulls in the Declared Value field in UPS Worldship. (170815.003)

control_release_notes_4.6.1207.0201

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:23:22+00:00

Sprint 6 and Sprint 7 items included in this release Features * GL Period Lock (180738) Cyrious has added the ability to lock closeout periods in Control. Read more about this feature gl_period_locking. Defect Fixes Security Rights * Added security rights to allow users to open a PO line item from the PO Item Explorer. (181320.001)

control_release_notes_4.6.1208.0201

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:23:23+00:00

Defect Fixes Banking, Bills, GL * Fixed an issue where when reconciling a bank account, Save as Postponed would not always save multiple bill payments that had been checked. (187192.001, 183688.001) Backwards Compatibility These changes are backwards compatible with the previous version of Control.

control_release_notes_4.6.1210.0101

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:23:23+00:00

Defect Fixes * Fixed an issue where modifier inclusion formulas for parts were not evaluated properly causing extra parts to append to orders. (180218.001) * Fixed an issue with the balance due changing to $0.00 if you deleted and reassigned one company to another company. (186877.001)

control_release_notes_4.6.1210.0101_report_update_5.02.2013

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:23:24+00:00

Advanced Explorer * Fixed SQL syntax error you receive when attempting to add Stage Criteria to Company advanced explorer query. System Report Changes / Additions * Increased the length of the Description field for the line items on the Invoice report.

control_release_notes_5.0_requirements

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:23:24+00:00

Control 5.0 utilizes several new technologies to enhance the speed and responsiveness of the system. Among the chief mechanisms are a smarter caching engine and better use of multi-core technologies. The recommended specifications for Control 5.0 are now:

control_release_notes_5.1.1302.0701

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:23:25+00:00

Discontinued Features * Integrated Credit Card Processing with the following merchant services (Merchant Warehouse, USA ePay, PC Charge). For more information on our preferred vendor for the last 5 years, please visit capital_q. Defect Fixes Reports *

control_release_notes_5.1.1303.0401

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:23:25+00:00

Defect Fixes Macros * Access Violation when using a change station macro. (3208) * Macros which triggered additional macros failed to consistently execute on scheduled basis. (3175) Reports * Standard Invoice now displays proper balance due, was previously showing $0 if progress billing was set on report and invoice was not set to be progress billed. (3785)

control_release_notes_5.1.1304.1501

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:23:25+00:00

Defect Fixes Reports * All Customer Facing Reports - Rework all system reports to utilize Division View to pull address, phone number, and other information directly from the division within the employee groups. * All Reports - Rework all parameters to remove existing default parameter values and insert new ones to speed up reports generation.

control_release_notes_5.1.1306.0501

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:23:26+00:00

Defect Fixes Setup * Company Stage - Unable to save any edits made to Company Stages in System Setup (4367) Access Violations * A/V filling columns for job costing (3799) * A/V when filling columns on a particular order using a specific database provided (3801) (3799)

control_release_notes_5.1.1307.1501

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:23:26+00:00

Defect Fixes Email * Email signatures in Control have extra line breaks (3757) * Email signature gets double-spaced and loses formatting when message is created in Outlook (4560) * Email signature doesn't save (4661) * Email Options - TButtonColor not found (4664)

control_release_notes_5.1.1307.1601

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:23:26+00:00

control_release_notes_5.1.1309.1801

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:23:27+00:00

Defect Fixes Email * Message field - Lines are using paragraph spacing (4869) * Email - Default font size is too small at 8 pt (4870) * ShipmentItem merge fields not being populated when used in email macro (4987) * Email Error External Exception C0000006 (3782)

control_release_notes_5.1.1310.1401

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:23:27+00:00

Defect Fixes Products, Parts, Pricing * #226520 - Product Setup - PartByVariableName functions not calculating during normal runtime use (5477) * Pricing Setup - Adjust Part Information Setup - Print/Export to a file (View on Screen) causes Format Invalid file name error (5392)

control_release_notes_5.1.1311.0401

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:23:28+00:00

Defect Fixes Access Violations * #226970 - Purchase Orders - A/V when using a negative number on a PO (5581) Products, Parts, Pricing * Pricing Setup - Adjust Part Information Setup - Print/Export to a file not working with Excel format (5541)

control_release_notes_5.1.1312.2001

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:23:28+00:00

Defect Fixes Orders * #230685 - Order Entry - Errors when checking record lock when editing or cloning and order with users data (5929) Products, Parts, Pricing * #230143 - Parts - Unable to edit Parts in Control after license limit has been reached for the month (5904)

control_release_notes_5.1.1401.0801

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:23:28+00:00

Please note: these are issues that Dev has worked on but are not yet released. Please check the official release notes pages to see if the issue you are looking for has been released. Defect Fixes Access Violations * Trying to specify the Temporary file path for a backup causes A/V when you click the ellipses (6204)

control_release_notes_5.1.1403.0301

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:23:29+00:00

__Changes__ Inventory * Change default behavior for Transfer Inventory and Stockroom Manager (5375) * The Transfer Inventory and Stockroom Manager menu options will only be available now depending on how many divisions/warehouses you actually have, and whether or not

control_release_notes_5.1.1404.1501

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:23:29+00:00

__Changes__ Divisions * As a User, I have a centralized area to setup Divisions. (Phase 1) (6819) * how_to_create_a_new_division * how_to_delete_a_division SSLIP * Add option to SSLIP to reset TCP Listener (6951) * We have seen issues where the SSLIP has stopped accepting new connections, though users already running are fine.

control_release_notes_5.1.1405.0201

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:23:29+00:00

Changes Payroll * #241685 - Print Checks option not working for payroll adjustment checks refundable to employees (6759) * If you're making an adjustment, for a single employee, the user has the option to make a check for the payroll adjustment. On the adjustment screen, there will be a button, in place of the bank account drop down, that has to be clicked to create the check when the adjustment is complete.

control_release_notes_5.1.1406.1601

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:23:30+00:00

Changes * Additional Security right added to Security Setup for Adjusting Part Usage * Setup > Security Setup> Transactions > Orders > Adjust Part Usage * As a User with Post Usage rights, I can post part usage cards from an Order explorer via modal dialog (7070)

control_release_notes_5.1.1406.2501

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:23:30+00:00

Defect Fixes Inventory * Inventory - Stockroom Manager not appearing when Enable Inventory Tracking is checked (5375) Orders * #251982 - Taxes are not being calculated on estimates/orders before it is saved when not using Avalara module (7346)

control_release_notes_5.1.1406.2701

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:23:30+00:00

Defect Fixes Miscellaneous * UDF columns not displaying proper data types. i.e. Date UDF appearing as checkbox (7376). Backwards Compatibility These changes are backwards compatible with the previous version of Control.

control_release_notes_5.1.1407.0203

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:23:31+00:00

Defect Fixes Activity Manager * #253800 - Calendar not displaying items in weeks other than the current week Avalara / Shipping * #251982 - Taxes are not being calculated on estimates/orders before it is saved when not using Avalara module if Price is Overridden (7346)

control_release_notes_5.1.1407.0302

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:23:31+00:00

Defect Fixes Activity Manager * Activity Manager - Items not appearing on initial load of Activity Manager (7414) * Activity Manager - Labor group appearing in the Activity Manager (7283) Products, Parts, Pricing * Pricing Forms - #244906 - Control isn't paneling correctly with materials using sheets (6925) (Rework)

control_release_notes_5.1.1407.0903

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:23:31+00:00

Defect Fixes Activity Manager * Activity Manager - Notes area not expanded enough by default on Work Assignments (7422) Dashboards * Dashboards - #232608 - Floating dashboards are still accessible after screen lock is enabled (6074) Email

control_release_notes_5.1.1409.2902

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:23:32+00:00

Changes Activity Manager * Miscellaneous - Need to change the background color of the activity types on the calendar (7473) Avalara / Shipping * Shipments - Add Shipped Due Date and Shipped Date to Import Addresses feature. (7466) Explorers

control_release_notes_5.5.1410.2703

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:23:32+00:00

[[whats_new_in_5.5|What's New In Control 5.5]] With the release of Control 5.5 there were a handful of new major features added to the program, as well as a slew of various bugs fixed and other non-major features that have been tweaked since 5.1.

control_release_notes_5.5.1411.1402

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:23:32+00:00

Changes Explorers * Add SeqID field to all Explorers - Explorers - #265922 Miscellaneous * Left and Top Justify Column Headings in Adjust Part Information (8122) * Increase the size of the Open Activity screen (8123) * Order/Product Export to Standalone SQL Database - (7999)

control_release_notes_5.5.1411.2602

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:23:33+00:00

Changes Explorers * Change the default columns and their order on the Parts tab of Orders/Estimates - Explorer (8265) Defect Fixes Access Violations * Error evaluating default value of modifier - Access Violation (8272) * A/V when changing the Default Cost Multipliers already applied to an Estimate - Access Violations (8271)

control_release_notes_5.5.1412.1001

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:23:33+00:00

Changes Explorers * Add the Firm Date checkbox option to the popup for Change Due Date option from Explorers (8482) Defect Fixes Access Violations * A/V trying to display a contact that is (unassigned) - Not assigned to a Company (8493) Activity Manager

control_release_notes_5.5.1501.2801

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:23:33+00:00

Changes Avalara / Shipping * #264125 - Shipments - Add Tax Class as part of Shipping Address Import (8071) Explorers * Add Tax Class as a column for the Order/Estimate explorers (8373) Imports * Import process (of any kind) will now prompt with a message about making a backup (8903)

control_release_notes_5.5.1502.2501

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:23:34+00:00

Changes Avalara / Shipping * Calc. Taxes button showing up on a database that isn't using Online Tax Lookup (9032) Company & Contacts * #263594 - Add Company name next to Contact name when you using the Quick Lookup tool (8994) * Company Quick Lookup popup will be formatted like the new Contact screen (9033)

control_release_notes_5.5.1503.0401

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:23:34+00:00

Changes Company & Contacts * Add ability to search from Quick Lookup tool via a Company number (9148) Explorers * Add the ability to reference various totals for line items in Advanced Queries (9165) Orders * #271849 - Add an area in System Setup that allows people to modify the default Do Not Ship option (8946)

control_release_notes_5.5.1503.0601

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:23:34+00:00

Defect Fixes Email * Unable to email using Office 365 STMP servers (9321)

control_release_notes_5.5.1503.0901

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:23:35+00:00

Changes Orders & Estimates * #276450 - Add option to prevent line items with inactive products to be converted from Estimates (9177) * Option is located in System Setup under “Orders, Estimates, and Service Tickets”. Miscellaneous *

control_release_notes_5.5.1503.2001

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:23:35+00:00

Changes Accounting * Set the 4 areas that show a dollar amount in Account Register to 4 decimal places to match SQL (9393) Company & Contacts * The 2nd salesperson and 3rd salesperson fields are now active before filling in the primary salesperson. (9365)

control_release_notes_5.5.1504.2301

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:23:35+00:00

Changes Accounting * #276855 - Add a “Show Off Balance-Sheet” button to View Account Register screen and adjust the Current Balance shown (9180) * Current Balance displayed will be based off of the GL when Off Balance-Sheet entries are not shown.

control_release_notes_5.6.1505.2001

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:23:35+00:00

Changes Speed, Speed, and more Speed!! We have made some major improvements in the area of Speed with this release. Below outlines some of those changes without going into too much technical detail. Changes under the hood: * SQL Data Retrieval

control_release_notes_5.6.1505.2901

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:23:36+00:00

Changes Orders & Estimates * Add an option in System Setup to reset the Order Production Notes to the default in Control for a New Order (9917) * Option is located in Setup > System Setup > Orders, Estimates, and Service Tickets - When cloned, automatically clear the Internal Use Notes.

control_release_notes_5.6.1506.1801

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:23:36+00:00

Changes Company & Contacts * Add a Store.PrimaryPhone Merge Field (10066) * This is the Phone number field defined in System Setup for your company Explorers * Enable fields to allow copy/paste when you click twice on its entry for Explorers (10080)

control_release_notes_5.6.1506.2201

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:23:36+00:00

Changes Explorers * Improve Explorer Query Writing Skills (9809) Defect Fixes CHAPI * Chapi is not giving any indication of error when it does not start properly (10246) Products, Parts, Pricing * #289145 - Products not showing the drop down even with the correct UDF's (10267)

control_release_notes_5.6.1507.0201

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:23:37+00:00

Changes Activity Manager * #272767 - Specific Activity Manager views will have the tab be labeled with that name instead of “Activity Manager” (8780) * Activity Manager button needs to always load the My Calendar View (10290) Explorers

control_release_notes_5.6.1507.2701

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:23:37+00:00

Changes Accounting * Removed the “Can give cash back in change” option in Payment Methods (10374) Activity Manager * #290671 - Add Priority as one of the column options for Activity List view in Activity Manager (10309) Orders & Estimates

control_release_notes_5.6.1509.0302

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:23:37+00:00

Changes Orders & Estimates * Added options for Locks in This Line Item (including Children) (10434) * Allow the user to specify the same salesperson multiple times on an estimate or order. (10702) Payroll * Added two options to the Special Payroll's Process Payroll screen

control_release_notes_5.6.1509.2801

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:23:38+00:00

Changes CHAPI * Chapi will now clear out the ChapiPubSubMessages table in SQL automatically in order to keep the database size smaller. Explorers * Disable Load All / Load More when all Explorer Records are Loaded (10799) Reports * Adjusted visibility of certain reports based on the usage of the modules they are applicable to.

control_release_notes_5.6.1510.2102

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:23:38+00:00

Changes Accounting * Created ACH Payment Type (10858) CHAPI * Add ability to refresh multiple records at one time using Chapi's refresh monitor (11228) * Note: RefreshRecords stored procedure does not work with SQL 2005 * * Change Chapi logging to have hourly names, just log the ActionLog (10800)

control_release_notes_5.7.1512.0701

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:23:38+00:00

We use a standard format for all the suggestions and fixes listed below to help ease any difficulties you may have when looking for a specific issue. The format is as follows: * # The Service Ticket number we have in our Internal records (not always applicable)

control_release_notes_5.7.1601.1301

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:23:39+00:00

control_release_notes_5.7.1602.1701

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:23:39+00:00

control_release_notes_5.7.1603.2301

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:23:39+00:00

control_release_notes_5.7.1606.0601

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:23:40+00:00

control_release_notes_5.7.1606.2301

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:23:40+00:00

control_release_notes_5.7.1607.0801

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:23:40+00:00

control_release_notes_5.7.1607.2201

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:23:41+00:00

control_release_notes_5.7.1608.1201

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:23:42+00:00

control_release_notes_5.7.1609.0101

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:23:42+00:00

control_release_notes_5.75.1610.0301

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:23:42+00:00

control_release_notes_5.75.1610.1101

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:23:42+00:00

control_release_notes_5.75.1610.1801

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:23:43+00:00

control_release_notes_5.75.1610.2101

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:23:43+00:00

control_release_notes_5.75.1610.3102

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:23:43+00:00

control_release_notes_6.0.1701.1901

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:23:44+00:00

control_release_notes_6.0.1702.1401

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:23:44+00:00

control_release_notes_6.0.1703.2101

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:23:45+00:00

control_release_notes_6.0.1705.0801

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:23:45+00:00

control_release_notes_6.0.1705.1501

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:23:46+00:00

control_release_notes_6.0.1706.2101

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:23:46+00:00

control_release_notes_6.1.1709.0501

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:23:47+00:00

We use a standard format for all the suggestions and fixes listed below to help ease any difficulties you may have when looking for a specific issue. The format is as follows: * (The case number used by the Development Team) * Description of the feature added or issue resolved

control_release_notes_6.1.1709.0801

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:23:47+00:00

control_release_notes_6.1.1710.0901

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:23:48+00:00

We use a standard format for all the suggestions and fixes listed below to help ease any difficulties you may have when looking for a specific issue. The format is as follows: * [The case number used by the Development Team - link is for Cyrious use only]

control_release_notes_6.1.1710.2001

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:23:48+00:00

control_release_notes_6.1.1711.3001

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:23:48+00:00

control_release_notes_6.1.1712.2102

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:23:49+00:00

control_release_notes_6.1.1802.1601

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:23:50+00:00

control_release_notes_6.1.1804.1001

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:23:50+00:00

control_release_notes_6.1.1805.1001

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:23:51+00:00

control_release_notes_6.1.1807.0201

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:23:51+00:00

control_release_notes_6.1.1808.3001

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:23:52+00:00

control_release_notes_6.1.1810.1001

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:23:52+00:00

control_release_notes_6.1.1811.1501

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:23:53+00:00

control_release_notes_6.1.1901.1001

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:23:54+00:00

control_release_notes_6.1.1902.0501

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-02-11T18:03:58+00:00

control_release_notes_6.1.1904.0301

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2020-06-16T14:46:11+00:00

control_release_notes_6.1.1904.1801

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-04-18T17:21:37+00:00

control_release_notes_6.1.1907.2302

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-07-24T16:19:25+00:00

control_release_notes_6.1.1910.0902

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-10-11T16:41:56+00:00

control_release_notes_6.1.2001.0201

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2020-01-07T12:10:52+00:00

control_release_notes_6.1.2005.0501

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2020-05-13T13:19:38+00:00

control_release_notes_6.1.2005.2001

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2020-06-16T14:27:27+00:00

control_release_notes_6.1.2007.2901

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2020-07-31T19:26:43+00:00

control_release_notes_6.1.2008.1801

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2020-08-20T13:45:47+00:00

control_release_notes_6.1.2010.0801

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2020-10-12T18:16:43+00:00

control_release_notes_6.1.2011.0201

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2020-11-05T10:07:21+00:00

control_release_notes_6.1.2101.0401

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2021-01-06T16:02:14+00:00

control_release_notes_6.1.2101.0701

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2021-01-07T13:47:04+00:00

control_release_notes_6.1.2104.2801

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2021-04-29T22:42:54+00:00

Control Search Admin Site Tools Page Tools Show page Edit this page Backlinks Manage Subscriptions We use a standard format for all the suggestions and fixes listed below to help ease any difficulties you may have when looking for a specific issue.

control_release_notes_6.1.2105.0701

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2021-05-09T19:25:44+00:00

control_release_notes_6.1.2105.1101

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2021-05-11T15:37:08+00:00

control_release_notes_6.1.2107.0701

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2021-07-20T17:33:23+00:00

control_release_notes_6.1.2205.2701

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2022-05-30T18:18:58+00:00

control_release_notes_6.1.2205.3101

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2022-05-31T19:51:09+00:00

control_release_notes_6.1.2305.0301

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2023-05-08T20:09:45+00:00

control_release_notes_6.1.2306.1601

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2023-06-20T13:26:48+00:00

control_release_notes_6.1.2307.0501

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2023-07-10T12:01:00+00:00

control_release_notes_6.1.2405.2801

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2024-05-28T15:03:48+00:00

control_release_notes_6.1.2406.2501

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2024-06-25T20:02:22+00:00

control_requires_network_logon

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:23:55+00:00

Network log on required[[toc|toc]] This is an issue with Windows. In the following example a Windows XP machine hosts Cyrious and both a Windows 7 and Windows XP client cannot access Control via a WorkGroup Network: Here is what the user saw when attempting to launch Control

control_security_rights_tree

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:23:55+00:00

Explanation of SQL This query will provide you with a list of all security rights organized into a “formatted path”. This can only be executed by Cyrious technical support, as the information on all security rights is contained with the SystemData.mdb file and must first be imported into a temporary SQL table named SystemSecurityRightTmp.

control_slowness

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:23:56+00:00

The software seems slow or freezes when making adjustment. Periodically crashes when saving data. Concept The item rarely ever produces an error message. Commonly this is the result of communication to the server or the SQL Database for a brief moment. The issue is better defined by weather it is intermittent or continuous.

control_sql_import_processes

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-05-03T13:29:08+00:00

Control SQL Import Processes Steps to Import Customer Part Spreadsheets Description This document describes the process of importing a customer parts list from the template developed during the 4DX process. The document may be a Google Document and shared with the customer while they are filling it in, but will be exported to Excel to work with it.

control_standard_sql_functions_and_views

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:23:57+00:00

This article describes the SQL Functions, Stored Procedures, and Views that are automatically added to the Control database. Functions ---------- BillIDFromNumber SELECT dbo.BillIDFromNumber(1000) SELECT * FROM VendorTransDetail WHERE TransHeaderID = dbo.BillIDFromNumber(1000)

control_startup_options_-_longwaitlogtime

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-02-07T13:17:53+00:00

The LongWaitLogTime Startup Option allows up to troubleshoot slow systems by logging instances of methods that take over a certain number of seconds. The value of the LongWaitLogTime indicates the number of seconds considered a long wait. Log File

control_training_resources

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2024-08-13T13:58:04+00:00

Central Repository of links to resources that will assist you in mastering Control. Concept Create a Wiki listing with video or step-by-step training on specific tasks which users can key word search for by topic. ---------- Webinars New Employee Orientation

control_users_manual

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:23:58+00:00

Control Users Manual * users_manual_ch_01-using_this_guide * users_manual_ch_02-getting_started * password_requirements * users_manual_ch_03-navigating_in_cyrious * system_setup_ch_11-user_options_setup (see Setup Manual below, Chapter 11) * system_setup_ch_4-system_setup (see Setup Manual below) * system_setup_ch_2-machine_setup (see Setup Manual below, Chapter 2) * users_manual_ch_07-employees * users_manual_ch_08-payment_and_accounting * multi-division_accounting * …

copy_stationid_from_time_card

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:23:59+00:00

Explanation of SQL This query will set the StationID of part usage cards created from time cards to the StationID of its time card. This is fix for a defect in the earlier versions of Control 4.4 that generated part usage card without properly setting its StationID.

copy_values_between_sql_tables_with_different_structures

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:23:59+00:00

Explanation of SQL This SQL query creates a stored procedure that can be used to copy values from one table into another even if the two databases are not identical. This is helpful is the field layout of the source and destination table are different, for example. Or if not all of the fields in one table are found in the other.

correcting_formulas_for_advanced_labor

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:24:00+00:00

Issue: Advance Labor formulas in Control Out-of-the-Box Product Dataset reworked to more easily and accurately capture labor time and costs. Datasets Affected: * OOB v2.50, v2.51, v2.52, v2.60, v2.61, v2.62, v2.63, v2.64 Products Affected:

cost_of_built_repair_for_company_64845

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:24:00+00:00

Explanation of SQL We discovered, on Company 64845's system, a number of instances of orders that have Cost of Built balance in the GL, even though the order has been marked sold. Risk of Data Corruption if Run Improperly High. Data is modified in this query. Do not run this except under the direction of a Cyrious Technical Support staff member. Doing otherwise may result in lost or contaminated data. All data modifications done through direct SQL

cost_of_wip_built_breakdown_sql_report

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:24:00+00:00

Explanation of SQL This query provides a breakdown of the Amounts in the Cost of WIP & Built Report. This report is available in Control, the name of the crystal report template is Accounting_CostofWipBuilt. This report is It is formatted as an SQL Report. To run it for all time, set the End Date beyond the current date.

create_a_new_crystal_report

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:24:01+00:00

How to create a Crystal template for a new report to pull select data from the Cyrious database. This example is intended less so prospective Crystal report writer will be able to recreate this particular report than to provide examples of how a report is created which can be extrapolated to the creation of other reports specific to the user's need. After a little familiarity with the Crystal program and how Cyrious uses and links its tables, writing custom reports is no more difficult than crea…

create_crystal_cross-tab_report

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-02-07T13:32:05+00:00

Description Create a report which presents sales data by year across the top in columns similar to an Excel layout. Can be exported to Excel and easily manipulated. Shows the annual sales results for employees who have entered Orders during the chosen period.

create_crystal_report_showing_purchase_history

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:24:01+00:00

Describes how to create a report using Crystal to show a customer's purchasing history. Concept Uses Control's Account and Transheader tables Cautions None Steps * Create a Blank Page in Crystal. Select the Account Table and the Transheader Table. You may use the Inner Join or the Left Join for this application although it is generally advisable to Left Join all tables.

creating_a_task_to_start_sslip_on_startup_without_uac

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-02-07T13:35:45+00:00

*These are generic instructions for creating a highest-privilege Task. Where these examples use CCleaner.exe, we will use SSLIP.exe.* 1.Open the Start Menu, then type taskschd.mscin the search line and press enter. NOTE: This will open Task Scheduler. This file is located at:

creating_a_wiki_page

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2020-03-26T14:55:37+00:00

Creating a Wiki Page: When working on Support Tickets a technician will find at times the need to reference information or guides on how to resolve the current issue that they are working on. For this there cyriouswiki.com. In order to have articles to reference a Support Technician must first create the article. On this page Support Technicians will be able to find how to create a proper Wiki Page for personal reference as well as to assist technicians in the future.

creating_the_jdf_user_in_sql

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:24:02+00:00

This page details how to create the JDF user in your database that is then used by Cyrious' JDF monitor program. Overview The JDF user in SQL Server is used by the JDF Monitor program to access the Control database for information necessary to build the JDF job ticket. This requires

crystal_guide_ch_2-_using_crystal_reports_with_cyrious_programs

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-02-07T13:36:59+00:00

Overview Purpose Technology Requirements General interface Design Good Design Practice Page Size (A4 v Letter) Control is used in countries that employ both Imperial and Metric units. With a few careful considerations, the same reports can be designed to operate in both regions without conflict.

crystal_guide_ch_4-_control_specific_issues_with_crystal_reports

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-02-07T13:38:03+00:00

Control Specific Issues with Crystal Reports Accessing System Option Information Often you may need to access options that are configured in Control. Rather than access them from the database (which is possible through the UserOptions table), which can be difficult, you can

crystal_guide_ch_7-_crystal_reports_repository

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-02-07T13:39:57+00:00

Standard Headers Cyrious implements 8 standard page headers that should be used on all reports, excluding perhaps the Invoice and Estimate reports. For aesthetic reasons, the Invoice and Estimate will probably not use the standard header. The 8 Standard Headers are:

crystal_reports_-_dynamically_load_reports_from_a_file_structure

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:24:04+00:00

Many users have custom reports they have developed in Word or Crystal Reports (or had developed for them). The process of adding these reports to the menu has involved multiple steps that must be repeated for every report or for report changes. Control 4 permits an alternate way of attaching reports to the menu. You can reconstruct the report menu as a file structure in your reports folder (C:\Program Files\Cyrious\Control\Reports by default) and then drop the files into the correct folder an…

crystal_reports_-_report_rules_fx_functions_and_system_parameters

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-02-07T13:47:16+00:00

System Report Rules * Any text used inside a formula must be wrapped in the translate() function. This function can be found in the Crystal Repository. * Any Date or DateTime field must be set to use the System Default Short Format. * When the $ is used for showing currency the System Default Currency Format must be used. The Crystal function ccur() can be used to convert a value to currency.

crystal_reports_implementation_guide

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-08-08T17:06:41+00:00

This document was created to provide instruction for Crystal Report Designers with the information used in designing reports for Cyrious Control, Cyrious SMS, and Cyrious Reporter. Note: This guide is NOT designed to teach Crystal Reports. It is simply a repository of information a skilled Crystal Report Programmer would need to know to effectively develop reports for Cyrious SMS, Control, and BMS.

crystal_reports_previews_show_up_as_blank_black_screens

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:24:05+00:00

Crystal Reports previews come up as blank black fields Problem: Crystal Reports will not preview on a display whose color settings are 16-bit (256 color) or lower. Solution 1: Change the color depth in Windows' Display settings to at least 24-bit.

customer_credits

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-02-07T13:48:58+00:00

Cyrious Control tracks the customer's credit balance in the customer record. The customer credit may be increased or decreased in several ways. Adjustments to Customer Credit The following actions adjust the customer credit: * Applying a customer credit to an order.

customer_payments_with_divisions

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:24:05+00:00

Concept When multi-division accounting is being used in Control, there are two divisions that might come into play when an A/R payment is received from a customer: * The division the payment is applied to (for). * The division the payment is

customer_sales_for_a_period_sql

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:24:06+00:00

Explanation of SQL This query returns customer sales from the GL for a given time frame. Risk of Data Corruption if Run Improperly None. This is a selection query and no data is modified in the running of it. SQL for Control 4.x declare @StartDateTime datetime; declare @EndDateTime datetime; set @StartDateTime = '1/1/2009'; set @EndDateTime = '1/1/2010' select * from ( Select A.AccountNumber, A.CompanyName, M.ItemName as Industry, AC.Title, (AC.FirstName +' '+ AC.LastName) as ContactName,…

customer_webview

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:24:06+00:00

PURPOSE OF THIS GUIDE This document was created to provide instruction for the WebView module for online web production tracking for Control. Using Webview Overview Purpose Cyrious WebView is a web interface that allows the customers of a Cyrious Control user to interact with their information in Control, all in real-time. The following information can be viewed from within WebView:

cv_partudfbyrow_view

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-02-07T13:51:13+00:00

Explanation of View This view provides a list of all of the UDFs for a part, with each UDF value being on a separate row. WARNING This view will only work in SQL 2005 and above. SQL 2000 does not support XML data manipulation and anyone needing these features must upgrade. All support for SQL 2000 will be end with Control 5.0.

cv_productudfbyrow_view

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-02-07T13:51:43+00:00

Explanation of View This view provides a list of all of the UDFs for a product, with each UDF value being on a separate row. Sample Data This View produces a result set with these columns: ~ ID~ VariableName~ UDFValue1002CommissionRate101002RoyaltyRateOnProduct

cyrcon

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:24:07+00:00

Description CyrCon is a training conference for all Cyrious Control users. It offers all users a venue in which they can obtain Control training, an opportunity to network with their peers, and share ideas. When is it Held? The conference is generally held every 12-24 months coinciding with the

cyrious_application_launcher

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:24:08+00:00

Overview The Cyrious Application Launcher is a program that resides on a client machine to locate and launch Cyrious Control. It is designed to be the only thing that needs to be installed on the client. Details When run, the typical sequence the Cyrious Launcher goes through is:

cyrious_cloud_connector

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-02-07T13:53:34+00:00

What is the Cyrious Cloud Connector The Cyrious Cloud Connector is a technology that connects your local Cyrious server to Cyrious' cloud (CloudSpace). This technology enables Cyrious to offer a number of Control features and program extensions through the Internet.

cyrious_credit_card_service_c3s

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-02-20T11:34:08+00:00

Installation And Setup New Installation Control 4.4 and later requires the Cyrious Credit Card Service (C3S) program to run in order to store sensitive credit card information in the database using the PCI-DSS standards. CS3 requires that Microsoft .NET 3.5 Framework be installed on the machine it will run on. The C3S Host installer will automaticallly download and install the .NET framework if it detects that it does not exist.

cyrious_ecommerce_release_notes

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2021-02-08T16:39:42+00:00

Ecommerce Release Notes How to Get Notified of WIKI Updates * Ecommerce Release Notes - Feb 09, 2021 * Ecommerce Release Notes - Jan 20, 2021 * Ecommerce Release Notes - Nov 17, 2020 * Ecommerce Release Notes - Nov 03, 2020 * Ecommerce Release Notes - Oct 11, 2020 * Ecommerce Release Notes - Sept 30, 2020 * Ecommerce Release Notes - Sept 18, 2020 * Ecommerce Release Notes - Aug 27, 2020 * Ecommerce Release Notes - Aug 19, 2020 * Ecommerce Release Notes - Aug 04, 2020 * Ec…

cyrious_launcher_release_notes_-_next_version

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:24:09+00:00

dashboards

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-02-08T11:39:41+00:00

… extracted from Control 4 Changes Manual … The dashboard component is a new addition to Control, and one that we feel sure you will find useful. One of the real-world challenges brought to the Cyrious team was how to allow the varying users to consolidate what they do and monitor most onto one screen. A dashboard in Control is a window that a user creates (or customizes) to bring together the areas of the program most frequently used.

data_export_and_macro_listing_instruments

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:24:10+00:00

database_connector_error

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:24:10+00:00

Error Message (in Control) Database Connector Error: '[Database Vendor Code: 601 ]' Error Message (in SQL Server) Msg 601, Level 12, State 3, Line 67 Could not continue scan with NOLOCK due to data movement. * This error is received when trying to run the report SQL query in SQL Server.

database_connector_error_-_income_statement

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:24:10+00:00

Error Message (in Control) Database Connector Error: '[Database Vendor Code: 8153 ]' Error Message (in SQL Server) Msg 512, Level 16, State 1, Line 22 Subquery returned more than 1 value. This is not permitted when the subquery follows =, !=, = or when the subquery is used as an expression.

database_diagrams

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-02-08T11:41:12+00:00

This page displays visualizations of some commonly used database relationship diagrams. These diagrams are slices of the database links. They are not meant to be complete pictures because that tends to be too crowded to be helpful. Note: Tables are as/of Control 5.7

database_option_-_numeric_roundabort

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:24:11+00:00

Explanation of SQL This query will set the database option for Numeric_RoundAbort to false. This option is necessary for certain queries to function properly. For example, the how-to_write_sql_to_extract_an_xml_value_from_a_database_field requires this option to be set, this query will globally set the option, so that it is not necessary for be called each time the query is executed.

database_schema_descriptions

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-02-08T11:42:06+00:00

Description The Schema is the logical relationship between tables in a database. This page links to the schema for several logical units within Control. * account_schema * Customer Transaction Schema for Orders, Estimates, and Recurring Orders * Vendor Transaction Schema for POs, RDs, and Bills Source Contributor: Cyrious

database_table_by_object_type_and_classtypeid

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-02-08T11:42:59+00:00

Updated: 2009-09-16 Version: Control 4.4 Purpose, Usage, and Notes This document displays a table showing the linkages between ClassTypeIDs, the Class of the object, and the database table that it is stored in. Table ~ ClassTypeID~ Object Type~ System Data

database_table_structure

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-02-08T11:44:01+00:00

This page lists the standard tables used in Control for all database information. For security purposes, tables or field are excluded from this listing if they are associated with user security or might contain sensitive credit card information. Table List

database_tables_and_diagrams

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:24:13+00:00

PrCA Database Tables Source Contributor: Cyrious Software Date: 06/16/2017 Version: Control 6.1

database_views

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:24:13+00:00

Cyrious Control uses pre-defined views or creates them for the use of reporting. The purpose of this document is to record these views and their current SQL. Accounting * GL View - Display all real (on-balance sheet) entries in the ledger table. Products

default_marketing_dashboard

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:24:13+00:00

delete_duplicate_catalog_items_from_vendors

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:24:14+00:00

Explanation of SQL This query will remove all duplicate catalog items from each vendor except for those duplicate items that have been utilized on an existing Purchase Order, Receiving Document, or Bill. Risk of Data Corruption if Run Improperly

derived_product_overview

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:24:14+00:00

Derived Products Very often, common products may be sold in several different “standard” configurations. For example, a “4×8 MDO Construction Sign” and a “4×8 ReMax Sign” may both be forms of a general MDO product. But currently there may be only one general product, “MDO Signs”. This means the specific information for each of these types has to be entered each time an order is placed.

direct_cost_from_bills_repair

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2022-07-01T11:21:17+00:00

Explanation of SQL These are the steps to repair the data for users with incorrect Direct Costs from Bills. The total amount of all Ledger entries for Direct Cost from Bills should always equal zero. This repair will only make adjustments to Direct Costs entries attributed to orders and bills. If there are any manual entries, the direct costs amount still be incorrect. The user will have to make adjusting entries in this case.

direct_costs_from_bills_assigned_to_orders

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2021-08-23T17:24:08+00:00

Part of the strength of integration within Control is to be able to associate the costs entered on a bill with an order. Control allows you to associate these costs and have them automatically treated as part of the order and accrued until the order is completed.

distributing_income_and_costs

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-02-08T11:49:09+00:00

Income Distribution It is important to consider first whether distribution of Income is necessarily a function of the GL or used to evaluate performance as a function of management. In the latter case, Control is very flexible in its ability to retrieve, manipulate, and present data generated in the system regardless of the GL. You may wish to consider reporting options in lieu of detailed distribution of Income to the GL. If GL distribution is a requirement, the following applies.

document_management

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-02-08T11:54:37+00:00

Introduction The purpose of this document is to outline features found in the Document Management portion of Cyrious Control. Document Management is a term meant to cover the broad aspects associated with file management associated with customers and orders. This includes artwork, but also PDFs, Word Document, checklists, and other documents from customers or generated in the production of orders and estimates.

document_management_api

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:24:16+00:00

CDAS contains a REST API that can be found on port 12555, on the /dm/ path. The API is hosted on HomeGate and is accessible locally and from the CloudSpace. Troubleshooting CDAS has a webpage that allows testing of the Document Management API. This page is hosted at

domain_login

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:24:16+00:00

Introduction In order to facilitate larger users, this feature allows Cyrious Control users to use domain user credentials to identify the employee rather than a separate user name and password. SSLIP.exe must be running as a domain user For domain login to work, SSLIP.exe must be running as a domain user. You can check to see which user you are logged into by opening a command line and typing

dynamic_part-based_selection_lists

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:24:16+00:00

Dynamic Part-Based Selection lists are used to automatically link a Part Category to a Selection List. This allows you to set up a list with parts quickly, because the list items are automatically created and linked for you. If you want to add a new part and item to your list, you only have to create the part in the correct category, and it will automatically be added for the next time that list is used.

ecommerce_-_file_download

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2020-05-01T18:25:32+00:00

File Downloads The File Download feature allows you to upload files, such as templates or product images, that are available on the Store's Product page for customers to download. Files uploaded as product assets will be available to any visitors from the

ecommerce_-_file_upload

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2020-05-01T18:12:28+00:00

File Upload File Upload in Ecommerce allows customers to upload their files when selecting Products for purchase in Ecommerce. Enabling File Upload File Upload must be enabled on the Store level and the Product level from the Admin Panel in Ecommerce.

ecommerce_-_setting_up_a_custom_storefront_url

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2020-06-15T16:18:44+00:00

Creating Custom URLs The Cyrious Ecommerce platform allows customers to request custom URL's for each Store in addition to using the default URLs that are provided when your system is provisioned. You can configure these using a Wildcard SSL or a Standard SLL. If you have multiple Stores, you can mix and match, meaning, one Store can be configured with a WildcardSSL, and another can be configured with a Standard SLL.

ecommerce_addons_mapping

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2020-05-15T16:17:52+00:00

Add-On Import Mapping In this step, you will be given the tools to map your Ecommerce Add-On, variable data, to your Control Products through variables or modifiers. If a variable in Control exists with the same name as the Ecommerce Add-On, the value from the import dictionary will be imported into that variable. If the variable exists in Control, but with a different name as the Ecommerce Add-On, an import mapping will need to be set up in Control for that product.

ecommerce_addons_setup

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2020-06-04T15:34:06+00:00

Add-Ons Setup In this article, we will be outlining the Add-On section of the Admin Panel. If you would like more specific information about a given topic, please reach out to the Ecommerce Training Staff at ecommerce@cyrious.com. Add-On Menu + (Add-On)

ecommerce_adminpanel_logins

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2020-05-01T11:01:51+00:00

Setup Admin Panel Access In this article, you will learn to setup Control Employee record(s) to allow access to the Ecommerce Admin Panel. Control Employee Access * Inside of Control, navigate to Employee Setup: * Click Setup. * Click Employee Setup.

ecommerce_adminpanel_overview

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2020-05-13T11:13:41+00:00

Overview of the Admin Panel In this article, you will learn the navigation menu for the Admin Panel. The admin panel hosts the backend settings for your Ecommerce websites. You will use the navigation bar on the left to access the different areas of the Admin Panel.

ecommerce_catalogs_setup

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2020-05-15T15:34:42+00:00

Catalogs Setup In this article, we will be outlining the Catalogs section of the Admin Panel. If you would like more specific information about a given topic, please reach out to the Ecommerce Training Staff at ecommerce@cyrious.com. Catalogs Menu

ecommerce_category_setup

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2020-06-25T10:07:24+00:00

Collections Setup In this article, we will be outlining the Collections section of the Admin Panel. If you would like more specific information about a given topic, please reach out to the Ecommerce Training Staff at ecommerce@cyrious.com. Collections Menu

ecommerce_customize_theme

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2020-06-04T15:35:28+00:00

Customize Theme Setup In this article, we will be outlining the Customize Theme button in My Stores of the Admin Panel. If you would like more specific information about a given topic, please reach out to the Ecommerce Training Staff at ecommerce@cyrious.com.

ecommerce_documentation_home

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2021-01-08T14:47:52+00:00

Getting Started Documentation * Troubleshooting Guide What's New * Release Notes Ecommerce Admin Panel How-To's Admin Panel Overview * Logging into Admin Panel * Admin Panel Overview My Stores * My Stores Merchandise * Catalogs * Collections * Products * Legacy Online Designer - Product Settings * Online Designer- Beta Testers Only * Add-Ons Settings

ecommerce_localization

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2020-12-14T15:15:12+00:00

Setting Localization Defaults In this article, you will set your Localization Defaults. If you would like more specific information about a given topic, please reach out to the Ecommerce Training Staff at ecommerce@cyrious.com. Localization Setup

ecommerce_newonlinedesigner

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2020-07-29T11:18:37+00:00

Online Designer This article will provide resources to our Beta Testers of the new online designer. If you are interested in more information, please reach out to the Ecommerce Training Staff at ecommerce@cyrious.com. Main Articles * Overview of the Online Designer * Using Markers in Templates (For Advanced Users)

ecommerce_onlinedesigner

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2020-06-04T15:32:46+00:00

Overview of the Legacy Online Designer In this topic, we will discuss the basic options available within the Ecommerce Legacy Online Designer. In the Admin Panel, the Legacy Online Designer is used to create a template for the end user. On the Store, the end user makes customizations to the artwork template before purchasing Products.

ecommerce_onlinedesigner_additionaltemplates

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2020-07-29T11:25:57+00:00

Adding additional Surfaces to a Template A surface represents a side of a product. For example, a two sided business card would have two surfaces in the Online Designer. This article will show how to add additional surfaces to an existing template.

ecommerce_onlinedesigner_boundaries

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2020-07-29T11:17:26+00:00

Configuring & Using Surface Boundaries Surface Boundaries warn your customers about placing designs too close to the edge of the product in the Online Designer. Surface Boundaries can be entered for Art/Text Safety, Cut, Bleed, and/or Crop Configuring & Using Surface Boundary Presets:

ecommerce_onlinedesigner_importingtemplates

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2020-07-29T11:24:27+00:00

Importing a Template into the Online Designer Online Designer uses templates that are built outside of the application in either Adobe Photoshop (preferred) or Adobe InDesign. This article will cover how to import a template into the Online Designer.

ecommerce_onlinedesigner_managingtemplates

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2020-07-29T11:28:00+00:00

Managing Templates & Groups Products in Ecommerce can have more than one template. If the product has multiple templates, the templates can be organized into one or more Groups. When a user on the Store is viewing a customizable product in the Online Designer that has more than one template, they will be able to select from different templates to build out their customized artwork.

ecommerce_onlinedesigner_markers

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2020-07-29T13:33:19+00:00

Using Markers in Templates (For Advanced Users) In the Online Designer, the primary way to build out a template is to start with either an Adobe Photoshop or InDesign file. While it's possible to simply upload either a Photoshop (PSD) or InDesign (IDML) file, the Online Designer supports an extensive set of markers that can be used within the PSD or IDML to define functionality within the Online Designer. For example, you can set certain elements to be locked, or to allow an image to be swapp…

ecommerce_onlinedesigner_presets

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2020-07-29T13:34:41+00:00

Configuring & Using Design Editor Presets Design Editor Presets are set in the Settings of the Admin Panel. These presets control several settings for the designer, including editor permissions, canvas settings, and image outputs. Creating Design Editor Presets:

ecommerce_onlinedesigner_settings

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2020-05-15T16:48:18+00:00

Online Designer Settings In this topic, we will discuss the advanced options available within the Ecommerce Online Designer. For certain customers, you may need to support custom colors and/or fonts. Colors This option hosts all colors used by the Online Designer swatch. It will come preloaded with a list of standard colors, but it will allow you to create custom colors as well.

ecommerce_orderapprovals

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2020-05-15T15:28:32+00:00

Overview of the Order Approvals In this topic, we will discuss the basic setup and use of Order Approvals. By default, this feature is turned off for all Ecommerce customers. If you are interested in using the feature, please contact the Ecommerce Training Staff at

ecommerce_overviewonlinedesigner

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2020-07-29T11:10:32+00:00

Overview of the Online Designer The new Ecommerce Online Designer was rebuilt from the ground up and has extensive functionality that was not previously available. These new features will make it easier to create customizable artwork templates as well as having granular control over what the end-user can do, such as replace images in placeholders, manipulate elements, support for multiple sides (surfaces), and basic preflight checks.

ecommerce_product_defaults

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2020-05-15T15:43:19+00:00

Setting Product Defaults In this article, you will set your Product Defaults. In the case of your Default Product, this is the fall back product inside of Control in case no other mapping options are available. In the case of your Default Shipping Product, this is the product used to create the shipping line item for your Control order. The shipping value of the Ecommerce order will be added to this line item so it will display on any Control invoices.

ecommerce_product_setup

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2020-05-15T16:43:09+00:00

Products Setup In this article, we will be outlining the Products section of the Admin Panel. If you would like more specific information about a given topic, please reach out to the Ecommerce Training Staff at ecommerce@cyrious.com. Products Menu

ecommerce_product_variable_mapping

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2020-05-15T16:44:42+00:00

Product Variable Mapping In this step, you will be given the tools to set your production information, such as printer or material, for a Control product as it relates to an Ecommerce product. This will only set variable data for a parent line. Available Merge Fields from Ecommerce Products

ecommerce_release_notes_-_april_23_2018

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-02-08T12:06:48+00:00

An update was released to all systems. Following are release notes related to new features, changes made to existing features and functionality, and fixes for previously reported issues. If you have questions, please contact our support department for assistance by emailing

ecommerce_release_notes_-_august_04_2020

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2020-08-06T14:47:31+00:00

ecommerce_release_notes_-_august_19_2019

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-08-19T23:17:11+00:00

ecommerce_release_notes_-_august_19_2020

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2020-08-19T21:53:46+00:00

ecommerce_release_notes_-_august_27_2020

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2020-09-08T10:49:27+00:00

ecommerce_release_notes_-_december_29_2017

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-02-08T12:07:08+00:00

ecommerce_release_notes_-_february_10_2018

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-02-08T12:07:23+00:00

ecommerce_release_notes_-_february_12_2020

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2020-02-13T09:35:00+00:00

ecommerce_release_notes_-_february_23_2019

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-02-22T23:15:19+00:00

ecommerce_release_notes_-_jan_20_2021

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2021-02-08T16:40:15+00:00

ecommerce_release_notes_-_january_25_2019

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-02-08T12:07:40+00:00

ecommerce_release_notes_-_january_27_2018

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-02-08T12:07:56+00:00

ecommerce_release_notes_-_january_27_2019

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-02-08T12:08:11+00:00

ecommerce_release_notes_-_july_11_2020

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2020-07-12T11:51:46+00:00

ecommerce_release_notes_-_july_28_2020

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2020-07-28T10:38:57+00:00

ecommerce_release_notes_-_june_03_2020

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2020-06-03T23:04:30+00:00

ecommerce_release_notes_-_june_10_2020

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2020-06-11T09:58:04+00:00

ecommerce_release_notes_-_june_19_2020

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2020-06-20T14:31:27+00:00

ecommerce_release_notes_-_june_23_2018

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-02-08T12:08:27+00:00

ecommerce_release_notes_-_march_23_2019

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-03-22T15:14:08+00:00

ecommerce_release_notes_-_march_25_2018

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-02-08T12:08:41+00:00

ecommerce_release_notes_-_may_05_2020

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2020-05-07T15:50:36+00:00

ecommerce_release_notes_-_may_13_2018

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-02-08T12:08:56+00:00

ecommerce_release_notes_-_may_20_2020

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2020-05-26T09:46:20+00:00

ecommerce_release_notes_-_may_24_2019

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-05-24T22:01:39+00:00

ecommerce_release_notes_-_nov_03_2020

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2020-11-03T22:31:26+00:00

ecommerce_release_notes_-_nov_17_2020

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2020-11-18T11:52:09+00:00

ecommerce_release_notes_-_oct_11_2020

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2020-10-12T10:07:10+00:00

ecommerce_release_notes_-_october_15_2018

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-02-08T12:09:14+00:00

ecommerce_release_notes_-_october_29_2018

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-02-08T12:09:34+00:00

ecommerce_release_notes_-_sept_18_2020

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2020-09-20T21:37:11+00:00

ecommerce_release_notes_-_sept_30_2020

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2020-10-01T10:11:35+00:00

ecommerce_release_notes_-_september_12_2018

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-02-08T12:09:54+00:00

ecommerce_release_notes_-_september_27_2019

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-09-28T01:43:31+00:00

ecommerce_shipping_setup

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2020-05-15T15:49:51+00:00

Shipping Method Setup In this article, we will be outlining the default Ecommerce Shipping Methods section of the Admin Panel. If you would like more specific information about a given topic, please reach out to the Ecommerce Training Staff at ecommerce@cyrious.com.

ecommerce_shipping_xps

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2020-11-11T17:31:44+00:00

XPS Shipping Carrier Shipping Rates allow live shipping rates to be calculated during customer checkout based on your XPS account. If you would like to utilize this feature, please reach out to the Ecommerce Team at ecommerce@cyrious.com. Shipping will be calculated using the weight of shipping boxes and the shipping address. To ensure that shipping will be calculated correctly, carrier rules must be set under Shipping Methods, shipping boxes must be created, and individual products must be en…

ecommerce_storefront_golive

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2020-05-15T16:16:05+00:00

Setting Your Store Live In this article, you will set your Store Integration live. Once you turn the Store live, all orders placed on the Store will create Control Orders. Do NOT make this change until you are ready to turn the website over to the customer. If you would like to test the integration before giving the link to your customer, it is highly recommended you set a default order station (at minimum) so the order will not go into production.

ecommerce_storefront_logins

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2020-07-14T15:05:11+00:00

Controlling Store Access In this article, you will learn how to setup and maintain an existing Control customer inside of Control so they have access to your Ecommerce Store(s). NOTE: Each username must be unique; therefore, an email address can only be used once inside your Control database. You will need to update any duplicate records before granting access to Ecommerce. This includes employee records. If any employee would like a login to Ecommerce, it is suggested they use an email alias …

ecommerce_storefront_overview

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2020-05-15T16:13:04+00:00

Overview of Store In this article, we will discuss the hierarchy of your Store. NOTE: In order for a Product to be viewed on the Store, it must be assigned to a Collection. That Collection must be associated to the Catalog assigned to the Store. Customer's Perspective of Store

ecommerce_storefront_setup

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2021-03-03T08:29:14+00:00

My Stores Setup In this article, we will be outlining the My Stores section of the Admin Panel. If you would like more specific information about a given topic, please reach out to the Ecommerce Training Staff at ecommerce@cyrious.com. *NOTE* When creating a storefront please reference your sales paperwork for ecommerce to know your available number of stores. If you create a new storefront beyond the amount you're allowed, a Store Domain/

ecommerce_troubleshooting_guide

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2020-05-13T11:12:31+00:00

Troubleshooting Issues with Ecommerce In this article, we will answer some commonly asked questions and provide helpful tips for logging support requests with Ecommerce. Issues with Admin Panel Login Issues * Issue: Ecommerce Admin Panel will not let me login.

ecommerce_v2dataset_variablelookup

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2020-05-15T16:14:50+00:00

Identify Variable Names Dataset v2 In this step, you will be given the tools to identify your Control product variable names. You will use these names to map variable data from Ecommerce Products and Add-Ons to Control Products. NOTE: Cyrious Software offers two distinct product datasets. Follow the steps offered on the Ecommerce Training Website to determine your dataset.

ecommerce_v3dataset_variablelookup

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2020-05-15T16:15:18+00:00

Identify Variable Names Dataset v3 In this step, you will be given the tools to identify your Control product variable names. You will use these names to map variable data from Ecommerce Products and Add-Ons to Control Products. NOTE: Cyrious Software offers two distinct product datasets. Follow the steps offered on the Ecommerce Training Website to determine your dataset.

ecommerce_version_lookup

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-07-25T10:46:23+00:00

Identify Control Version It is important to determine what version of the Control dataset you are running before attempting any Ecommerce mapping. * Navigate to Setup>Pricing Setup> All Pricing Setup inside of Control. * Navigate to User Constants in the left column panel.

email_will_not_go_out_over_internal_option

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:24:22+00:00

Problem: The user has Control configured to use the Internal email option. No emails are going out. No error may be thrown or various socket connection errors may be thrown. Solution: Check if the User's email provider or server requires SSL encryption. If they do, Internal mail cannot be used. The User will have to install a full version of Outlook on any machines that will be sending mail. Outlook Express or Windows Mail will not work.

employee_password_reset_via_email

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-02-08T12:11:14+00:00

Introduction Previously in Control, one of the major support challenges occurred when users lost their password. Though another administrative user could reset their password, many choose to call Cyrious Support for assistance in resetting their password.

employee_time_card_data_associated_with_line_items_sql

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:24:23+00:00

Explanation of SQL This query provides the basic information for employees detail timecards. This does not include the overall clock in and clock out, but only the time cards that are created for production purposes. This query filters out any time clock entries where the employee did not clock into a line item. This query is useful to determining the average productive hours for an employee per day, week, year, etc. versus their actual clocked in hrs.

employee_time_card_data_sql

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:24:23+00:00

employee_tree_sql

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:24:24+00:00

Explanation of SQL This query produces a SQL of the Employee Tree. It can be used as is, but it is often useful as a basis for other Employee based SQL's where the data should be displayed in tree format. Notes Risk of Data Corruption if Run Improperly

enumerated_types_used_in_pricing_form_objects

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-02-08T12:17:47+00:00

pmd Values pmd values are used to control what information displays on a component or in the mouse-over hint for that component. The primary properties that rely on pmd values are DisplayedInfo and HintDisplayedInfo. The most commonly used pmd values are bolded below.

equipment_specification_sheets

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-02-08T12:18:23+00:00

Description This page contains links to equipment specification sheets for equipment that may be pre-configured in Cyrious. Cutters * [martin_yale_pl262.pdf]

error_-_division_by_zero_-_during_startup

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:24:25+00:00

This page does not address the “division by zero” errors that can occur when evaluating formulas. This page deals with repeated “division by zero” errors a user may experience while booting or starting Control. Explanation of Error A user or users across the network attempts to login to Control and receives repeated errors,

error_-_record_not_found_on_nova_network

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:24:26+00:00

Cause The credit card processor only allows a short window of time to reverse a credit card transaction. This error indicates you are past that period of time. Solution From the order, go to the Action menu and choose Give Refund. Choose the same payment account that was used to make the payment. Enter the amount of the refund and the customer's credit card information, and click OK. This will refund the customer's credit card in the amount specified.

error_freeing_dependent_object

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:24:26+00:00

Error Freeing Dependent Object There is currently no info on this error in the Wiki, but it has been spotted in customer logs. When we have more information, delete this paragraph and replace it with diagnosis and solution info.

error_hosting_serviceactivationfailed_in_production_terminal

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:24:25+00:00

Cause This error is typically caused by your web server or domain containing multiple sites on the same bindings. Solution To correct this, * Open the web.config file within the ProductionTerminal folder * Find the line containing the tag *

error_loading_tglaccount_storage_could_not_load_record

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-02-08T12:24:15+00:00

Symptoms Customer's Control Error Log file contains multiple entries for the following error: Cause This can happen when the TaxLink table references a tax account that no longer exists. Resolution 1 In order to resolve the error, the invalid record in the TaxLink table must be removed. The easiest way to do this is to edit the Tax Class. Please follow these steps:

error_message_-_no_response_from_sslip

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:24:27+00:00

Error Message No Response from SSLIP when creating IDs Symptoms * Occurs when printing/previewing report. * Saving an order. Cause The root cause of the issue is undetermined. However, this error appears to happen when the SSLIP is frozen or

error_message_-_unable_to_save_without_an_id

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:24:27+00:00

Error Message Unable to save without an ID. Symptoms * Occurs when printing/previewing report. * Saving an order. Cause The root cause of the issue is undetermined. However, this error appears to happen when the SSLIP is frozen or “locked up

error_retrieving_license_information

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-02-08T12:27:08+00:00

Full Error Error retrieving license information: ERROR (EldSocketError): Socket Error # 10061 Connection refused. Issue 1: The error occurred when upgrading Control (CHAPI). Cause The cause of this error was due to a TCP port being blocked by a hardware firewall. The TCP port will need to be open to allow communication to and from the Cyrious License Manager

error_sending_email_-_connection_closed_gracefully

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:24:27+00:00

This article is about the issue where your emails are not being sent out and you receive an error in the log. You may receive this error if you are attempting to use a separate SSLIP to run your macros. Potential Causes * You have the wrong credentials in your email setup. Check your email address and port for the email info in both User Options and System Setup.

estimate_to_order_cost_transfer

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:24:28+00:00

Introduction A user operating a sign and graphics business spends time and materials in some cases creating estimates for their customers, it could be design mockups, or smaller scale signs, etc. that are needed in order to bid on a project. For those users interested in tracking the total costs associated with a project it is important to capture the costs attributed to the estimating phase of that project in addition to the actual order.

examples_using_marketing_instruments

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:24:28+00:00

Using Search Categories, Search Criteria, and Search Results Action: In Search Type, select Order, then in Search Categories, select Company Criteria > Dates > Last Order Sales Date > Over 3 Months Ago and then click Add. Expected Result: The Search Tree should display your selections. If Auto-Execute is selected, the search results should display some orders. If not, click Execute to display your results.

exception_occurred_while_checking_for_cyclic_part_categories

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:24:28+00:00

Explanation of SQL This is used to determine any part categories that may be incorrectly set in a circular loop. This means that a sub-category has accidentally been set as the parent group for the group that it is in itself. An example of this is explained below:

explorer_options

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:24:29+00:00

Explorer Options Default window type for explorer to open in : . This option allows you to select a default window type that explorer will open in. *  Auto-search in explorer enabled at startup - When this option is selected, the explorer will auto-search for information. If this option is not selected, the explorer will not auto-search for information.

explorer_totals_bar_and_enhancements

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:24:30+00:00

Introduction The enhancements to Control described in this document are as follows: A modification was made to simplify the Explorer Toolbar and reposition some of the actions. A summary line was added to Control (optionally) that will provide aggregate totals for the numeric columns.

export_aps_to_quickbook_sql

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:24:30+00:00

Explanation of SQL To export the APs to Quickbooks requires two queries to be run, saved, and imported. * Vendors with Open Bills * Open Bills Risk of Data Corruption if Run Improperly None. This is a selection query and no data is modified in Cyrious in the running of it.

export_quickbooks2019

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-04-15T11:29:47+00:00

In the desktop version of Quickbooks 2019, the IIF import was recently changed to add file validation. Due to limited resources and support from Quickbooks on the new feature, Cyrious has limited information in order to resolve issues certain customers are seeing when using the new import functionality. Below are the steps recommended by Cyrious for using Quickbooks 2019 to import information.

exporting_to_peachtree

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:24:30+00:00

Peachtree is mapped similarly to Quickbooks and Simply Accounting, however the Account Number is used to associate the accounts instead of the Account Name. In addition, a separate Accounts Receivable account will need to be set up inside Peachtree that is solely for Control A/R imports.

exporting_to_quickbooks

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:24:30+00:00

Control - Exporting To Quickbooks This document will discuss how to export accounts from Control's Chart of Accounts into Quickbooks' Chart of Accounts. Preparing the Export File * Under Setup --> Reporting Setup, whether it be “Close Day” or

exporting_to_simply_accounting

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:24:31+00:00

Control - Exporting To Simply Accounting This document will discuss how to export accounts from Control's Chart of Accounts into Simply Accounting's Chart of Accounts. Preparing the Export File * In Reporting Setup, whether it be “Close Day”

family_pricing

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:24:31+00:00

Family pricing allows the summing of a variable in all line items of the same family. Family pricing in Control is a mechanism that allows you to link pricing between different line items. This is primarily used for linking discounts between similar products (in the same

fedex_integration_process

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-02-20T11:48:57+00:00

This article describes the overall process used by Cyrious to integrate shipping with Fed Ex. It expands on the how_the_shipping_integration_works article. Using UDFs (Drop Ship option turned OFF / not enabled) * In Fed Ex, the order information is pulled from Control's database using the

florida_state_tax_cap_limits

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:24:32+00:00

Question Florida allows a cap on the County sales tax (a.k.a. Surtax) at $5000. How does Cyrious address this? Answer Cyrious researched the question of the cap on the surtax (a.k.a County Tax) in the state of Florida. The best description of the tax comes from

foreign_key_constraint_when_saving_a_po_receiving_doc_or_bill

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:24:33+00:00

Explanation of SQL This SQL query will insert a Sales Tax Paid GL Account into your Chart of Accounts. This account is necessary for users of the full accounting module, the Sales Tax Paid account is utilized when taxes are specified on a PO, Receiving Document, or Bill. This account was mistaken removed from the OOB v2.72 - OOB v2.75 databases so if you do use full accounting you will need this account.

fulfillment_details

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:24:33+00:00

*Note: This feature is available in versions 04.50.1103.2201 and later The fulfillment feature enhances Cyrious Control's use in the printing, screen-print, ADA, and membrane switch industries. Due to the high setup time/cost associated with some production in these industries, it is often more economical to print/create a large number of a product at one time and store it until it is needed.

fulfillment_overview

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:24:33+00:00

*Note: This feature is available in versions 04.50.1103.2201 and later. Description The fulfillment feature enhances Cyrious Control's use in the printing, screen-print, ADA, and membrane switch industries. Due to the high setup time/cost associated with some production in these industries, it is often more economical to print/create a large number of a product at one time and store it until it is needed.

gl_account_tree_sql

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:24:34+00:00

Explanation of SQL This query produces a SQL of the GL Accounts Tree. It can be used as is, but it often useful as a basis for other GL SQL's where the data should be displayed in tree format. Notes * The query only shows real accounts (no computed costs).

gl_account_types

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:24:34+00:00

Account Types A brief description of the GL Accounts in Control is provided in the following sections. Asset Accounts * Bank Account - Bank accounts are a special type of current asset usually used for tracking liquid assets in a checking or savings account. Some features, like reconciliation, are only available for bank accounts.

gl_ledger_totals_by_month_sql

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:24:35+00:00

Explanation of SQL This SQL provides a “dump” of all of the GL data for each month in the report period, organized by the GL accounts in a tree fashion. This is a good source of data for Cross-Tab reports (Pivot-Table in Excel) for budgeting.

gl_listing_by_batch_sql

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:24:36+00:00

Explanation of SQL This SQL is used to pull a summary of all GL changes for a given time period. It can be cut and pasted as a SQL Report in the menus. Risk of Data Corruption if Run Improperly None. This is a selection query and no data is modified in the running of it.

gl_period_locking

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:24:36+00:00

As of Control 04.60.1205.xxxx, you can configure Control to lock the general ledger to prevent changes in prior time periods. These setting are located in the Close Out Options screen, in Accounting Setup. You have the option of locking the ledger for before:

glaccounttree_sql_function

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:24:37+00:00

Explanation of SQL This SQL function can be used to return a tree'd representation of the GL Accounts. It should be used as the basis for any financial report that uses the GL Account structure. Risk of Data Corruption if Run Improperly None. This is a selection query and no data is modified in the running of it.

guidance_for_requirement_12_-_maintain_information_security_policy

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:24:37+00:00

GUIDANCE FOR REQUIREMENT 12: MAINTAIN AN INFORMATION SECURITY POLICY Requirement 12: Maintain a policy that addresses information security for employees and contractors A strong security policy sets the security tone for the whole company and informs employees what is expected of them. All employees should be aware of the sensitivity of data and their responsibilities for protecting it. For purposes of this requirement,

guidance_for_requirements_1_and_2_-_build_and_maintain_a_secure_network

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-02-08T12:41:25+00:00

Overview COMPLIANCE STANDARDS Cyrious Control currently operates on Windows 2000, Windows XP Pro, or Windows Vista Business. To ensure that the program runs at its best capacity, we recommend the following system requirement changes to your server:

guidance_for_requirements_3_and_4_-_protect_cardholder_data

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-02-08T12:46:04+00:00

GUIDANCE FOR REQUIREMENTS 3 AND 4: PROTECT CARDHOLDER DATA Requirement 3: Protect stored cardholder data Protection measures such as encryption, truncation, masking, and hashing are critical components of cardholder data protection. If an intruder circumvents other network security controls and gains access to encrypted data, without the proper cryptographic keys, the data is unreadable and unusable to that person. Other effective methods of protecting stored data should be considered as poten…

guidance_for_requirements_5_and_6_-_maintain_a_vulnerability_management_program

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-02-08T12:48:54+00:00

GUIDANCE FOR REQUIREMENTS 5 AND 6: MAINTAIN A VULNERABILITY MANAGEMENT PROGRAM Requirement 5: Use and regularly update anti-virus software or programs Malicious software, commonly referred to as “malware”—including viruses, worms, and Trojans—enters the network during many business approved activities including employees' e-mail and use of the Internet, mobile computers, and storage devices, resulting in the exploitation of system vulnerabilities. Anti-virus software must be used on all system…

guidance_for_requirements_7_8_and_9_-_implement_strong_access_control_measures

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-02-08T12:49:58+00:00

GUIDE FOR REQUIREMENTS 7, 8, AND 9: IMPLEMENT STRONG ACCESS CONTROL MEASURES Requirement 7: Restrict access to cardholder data by business need to know To ensure critical data can only be accessed by authorized personnel, systems and processes must be in place to limit access based on need to know and according to job responsibilities.

guidance_for_requirements_10_and_11_-_regularly_monitor_and_test_networks

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-02-08T12:51:01+00:00

GUIDANCE FOR REQUIREMENTS 10 AND 11: REGULARLY MONITOR AND TEST NETWORKS Requirement 10: Track and monitor all access to network resources and cardholder data Logging mechanisms and the ability to track user activities are critical in preventing, detecting, or minimizing the impact of a data compromise. The presence of logs in all environments allows thorough tracking, alerting, and analysis when something does go wrong. Determining the cause of a compromise is very difficult without system ac…

guide_to_transitioning_to_control_full_accounting

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:24:40+00:00

Description Many users use Control in conjunction with another accounting system. In this scenerio, Control is usually used to manage Estimated, Orders, A/Rs, and Payments. In essence, all the real-time customer-focused activities. This section is not for these users.

historic_inventory_asset_account_valuation_sql

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-02-20T11:51:12+00:00

Explanation of SQL This query totals the inventory value for inventoried parts for each GL Asset Account as of a specific point in history. Risk of Data Corruption if Run Improperly None. This is a selection query and no data is modified in the running of it.

historic_inventory_tracking_sql

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:24:40+00:00

Explanation of SQL This query is still a work-in-process. The purpose of this query is to produce a historical tracking of all inventory movements for a part. It combines entries from the GL, InventoryLog, Journal, and PartUsage tables. Risk of Data Corruption if Run Improperly

historic_inventory_valuation_sql

Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:24:41+00:00

Explanation of SQL This query will return the inventory levels and values as of a specific point in history. Risk of Data Corruption if Run Improperly None. This is a selection query and no data is modified in the running of it. SQL


DECLARE @HistoricDate DATETIME;
SET @HistoricDate = '12/31/09 23:59';
DECLARE @LastUnitCost TABLE(PartID INT PRIMARY KEY, LastInvLogID INT, UnitCost FLOAT);
INSERT INTO @LastUnitCost
(PartID, LastInvLogID)
SELECT   IL.PartID, MAX(IL.ID) ID
FROM     In…



historical_payment_updates_for_pci
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:24:41+00:00
Updating Historical Payments Using PCI-DSS Standards Screen

When first upgrading to Control 4.4 from an earlier version, this popup will appear for the first login. After a 10-15 second delay, the process of updatign historical credit card payments will begin. If the screen is closed, the updated is stopped and will not show up again until the next login.


home
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2020-03-25T15:59:03+00:00
Cyrious Control © WIKI

Control is a business management software developed by Cyrious Software for the sign and graphics industry. It covers the following primary business functions: Quoting and Pricing, Estimating and Invoicing, Work-Order, Costing and Job Tracking, Contact Management, Marketing, Accounting, Procurement, and Inventory Management.


homegate
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-02-11T09:59:05+00:00
What is it?

HomeGate is a service that runs on a SSLIP server and implements the cyrious_cloud_connector on the local SSLIP computer. When enabled in Control, HomeGate establishes the cyrious_cloud_connector link which allows Control Cloud Apps to function. It is best explained with this simplified diagram:


homegate_-_password_validation_failed
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:24:42+00:00
Error Message



Error setting up login in Control database while creating login:

System.Data.SqlClient.SqlException (0x80131904): Password validation failed. The password does not meet the requirements of the password filter DLL.

Overview

Artwork Approval and Online Payments stopped working. The HomeGate server was running, however it was logging the above error in Event Viewer. The System Administrator was not aware of any changes to the system in regards to security or password filtering. …


how-_to_generate_a_gl_export
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:25:19+00:00
Regenerate an export for a closeout period. 

Concept

This page will walk you step by step through regenerating a GL Export for the accounting software your business uses to handle accounting. I will refer to QuickBooks and iif files as these are most common, but the steps are the same regardless of the third party software.


how-to_-_a_basic_sales_management_approach
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:25:20+00:00
This WIKI article describe a basic sales management approach that use Contact Activities“Contact Activity” is the term used to describe all calls, meetings, appointments, and to do's performed by employees that are associated with prospects and customers. for sales tracking. This WIKI discusses features available in Control version 4.4 and later. Other articles cover more advances sales tracking processes.


how-to_accept_online_payments_from_customers
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-07-05T15:20:50+00:00
Accepting Online Payments from Customers

Online Checkout

Once the customer either clicks the Pay Online button on their invoice or clicks the URL in their email, they will be routed to this page:



The page consists of the following sections:

	*


how-to_add_or_edit_shipping_method_carriers
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:25:20+00:00
This page will describe the steps to add or edit Shipping Methods and Carriers for use with the Shipping Tab feature. You can also view training videos outlining this feature on the customer website; log into www.cyrioussoftware.com and click Training on the main menu, then 3. Basic Training on the submenu.


how-to_add_production_notes_on_the_production_cloudapp
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:25:20+00:00
You can use the Production CloudApp (PrCA) to add Production Notes to an Order from the Job Details card

How to Add Order Production Notes

	*  Use either the search tool at the top of the app to find the Job you are looking for, or locate it on a Job Board


how-to_add_the_pay_online_button_to_a_report
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-07-05T15:27:33+00:00
This wiki describes how to add the Pay Online button to a report. The Pay Online button is used in conjunction with the online payments feature in Control. When clicked, the customer is directed to a webpage where they can enter their credit card information to pay an invoice. For more info, see the


how-to_adjust_vacation_and_sick_time_balances_at_years_end
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:25:21+00:00
Currently in Control, there is not a straight-forward way to update employee vacation and sick time balances at the end of the year.

Until this feature is added to Control, this article can be used make any necessary updates.

Steps

	*  Download the


how-to_autofill_line_item_description_when_pricing
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:25:21+00:00
We wanted to make it easier to finish an Estimate or Order by having Cyrious automatically fill in the details in the description line which would create more consistent and understandable results. With several people creating Estimates and Orders, we had a motley variety of descriptions of line items whereas a good description makes a much more readable and understandable estimate and work order for others to follow.


how-to_automate_your_backups_to_run_at_night
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-06-03T15:23:38+00:00
Control has the ability to run a SQL backup. By default, this action is in some of the default close-out configurations so that a backup is periodically run.There is an old tech support saying that in the long run there are only two types of people in the world,


how-to_automate_your_daily_close_out
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-11-13T11:17:50+00:00
How-To Automate your Daily Close Out

Concept

This how-to guide will help you set up Control to automatically run a daily close out. The basic approach is as follows:

	*  Create a Macro to run your close out report, close day, and database backup.


how-to_automatically_close_an_order_in_sale_28running_a_sql_report_in_a_macro_29
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-07-05T15:55:41+00:00
How-To Automatically Close an Order in Sale (Running a SQL Report in a Macro)

Description

This articles discusses how to create a macro that automatically closes unpaid orders that are in Sale in a particular station. This is useful for customers when entering the orders into another accounting system for billing, but the general approach may be adapted for lots of uses.


how-to_automatically_close_an_order_in_sale_running_a_sql_report_in_a_macro
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-02-20T11:56:24+00:00
Description

This articles discusses how to create a macro that automatically closes unpaid orders that are in Sale in a particular station. This is useful for customers when entering the orders into another accounting system for billing, but the general approach may be adapted for lots of uses.


how-to_backdate_orders_during_your_initial_import
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-02-11T10:16:34+00:00
This procedure is used to backdate an order. It should only be used BEFORE the system is live in production in order to shift an order (usually one that was in A/Rs) so that the original create date is accurate.

Cautions





Concept

This approach uses a SQL command that shifts the entry dates for the following tables:


how-to_change_the_assignee_and_due_date_for_a_job_on_the_production_cloudapp
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-02-11T10:17:16+00:00
You can use the Production CloudApp (PrCA) to change the Assignee and Due Date for a Job in two places.

How to Change the Assignee via the Actions on a Job Detail Card

	*  Use either the search tool at the top of the app to find the Job you are looking for, or locate it on a Job Board


how-to_change_your_sales_tax_rates
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-02-11T10:20:08+00:00
When sales taxes change it is important that you proactively update your existing orders for the new tax rates. If you fail to do this, tax reporting will be very arduous for a few months after the change.

This article covers the guidance Cyrious provided for tax changes that several Canadian provinces under went in 2010. The approach, however, can be generalized to cover all sales tax rate changes.


how-to_check_that_a_part_cost_is_current
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:25:23+00:00
Very often you will want to warn users during the ordering process if the cost of a certain part is old. This how-to guide provides a method for doing this. Using the Formula Property of the Designer Label on the pricing_ch_18-pricing_forms, we show the user the last time a part was ordered. Additionally, we tie this code to an error message warning the users that the price should be verified if the part has not been updated in a specified period


how-to_check_that_height_and_width_dimensions_are_within_range
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:25:24+00:00
How to flag that a height selection or width selection is out of the range of a piece of equipment. For example, our photopolymer developer can handle sheets up to 17.5 x 24 inches. The object is to have the pricing form prevent a user from entering dimensions which can not be produced. This code is for use when there is a limit to both height and width. For additional discussion on validating User Input see


how-to_clock_in_and_out_using_the_production_cloudapp
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:25:24+00:00
Using the Production CloudApp (PrCA) to clock in and out is a very simple task. Once logged in to PrCA, the first page the user will view is the Clock On/Off page.

How to Clock In

	*  Click the green/blue Clock On button

 

	*  You can either Resume Last Job to automatically clock into the last Station/Job that you were using, or click Clock In to choose a Station


how-to_clock_onto_a_job_using_the_production_cloudapp
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:25:24+00:00
Using the Production CloudApp (PrCA) to clock in and out of a Job is another easy task. You can get to the Job you are looking for by either clicking on the Search icon at the top and typing in the Order/Job number you are looking for or by clicking on the Job Boards icon and then going into a board to find your Job. Below are some instructions to follow after you've gotten to the Job you are looking for.


how-to_configure_control_to_send_email
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:25:24+00:00
Description

Concept

Basic guide for configuring the ability to email from Control. Control allows two methods (email delivery option) of emailing. The first utilizes Microsoft Outlook 2000 or greater to send email. The second method is emailing using the Internal email engine within Control.


how-to_configure_control_to_send_email_with_gmail
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:25:25+00:00
Note: This feature is available Control 4.40.1040.2301 versions and later.

Concept

Basic guide for configuring the ability to email from Control using GMail settings.

Cautions

Be sure that the Control directory contains the necessary DLLs so that GMail's TLS functions will work correctly. (libeay32.dll, ssleay32.dll)


how-to_create_a_dashboard_shortcut_to_open_a_file_or_run_an_exe
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:25:25+00:00
One of the nice customizations that Dashboards provide is the ability to create shortcuts to commonly used actions in Control. Did you know that you can create a shortcut to any file in Windows and Control will attempt to open it with the default provider.


how-to_create_a_dashboard_shortcut_to_open_a_web_page
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:25:25+00:00
One of the nice customizations that Dashboards provide is the ability to create shortcuts to commonly used actions in Control.  Did you know that you can create a shortcut to any Internet address also.

Concept

Control allows you to add a web link as a dashboard shortcut.  You can add almost any valid


how-to_create_a_fedex_shipping_link_on_the_pricing_form
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:25:26+00:00
If you are using the FedEx Ship Manager, you probably love it as much as we at Cyrious do. The time savings are fantastic! We found that we wanted to enable the ability for the user to click on a link on the pricing form and jump to the FedEx page for the status. This article describes how to set that up.


how-to_create_a_new_crystal_report
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-07-05T16:49:56+00:00
How To Create A New Crystal Report

How to create a Crystal template for a new report to pull select data from the Cyrious database. This example is offered to provide examples of how a report is created which can be extrapolated to the creation of other reports specific to the user's need. After a little familiarity with the Crystal program and how Cyrious uses and links its tables, writing custom reports is no more difficult than creating Excel spread sheets or formatted Word reports, with the…


how-to_create_a_sql_report_to_set_multiple_shipments_information
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:25:26+00:00
The purpose of this page is to show you how to create a SQL Group report that lets you select multiple orders, and have their shipment information match the information from a shipment that you specify.

Concept

Create a SQL report, that is run from the Group option of the Order Explorer, that you can specify a Shipment Number on, and update the Tracking Number and Shipment Date on all of their shipments.


how-to_create_an_email_for_estimate_follow-up
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:25:27+00:00
This How-To covers how to set up Control to automatically send an email for estimate follow-up. 

Steps

Creating a macro is split up into 3 main parts, creating the macro and configuring the Description, the Trigger, and the Actions. 

Creating a New Macro and Configuring the Description tab


how-to_create_an_export_file_for_importing_to_outlook_calendars_based_on_orders
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-02-11T12:02:49+00:00
Describes how to create a file which Microsoft Outlook can use as an Import file to create an Outlook Calendar. The file contains a record for each order and does not use the Cyrious calendar. The Outlook calendar items can then be manipulated and even linked to a Google Calendar for more global usage.


how-to_create_modifier_to_override_square_foot_price
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-02-11T12:11:54+00:00
The purpose of this document is to demonstrate how to force a price per square foot override using a modifier.

Concept

Basic Discussion of Approach

Cautions

Warning or areas where the approach might not work as expected

Steps

	*  Create the modifier, name it SQFTOverride.


how-to_create_sequel_code_for_reports_macros
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-07-05T15:43:53+00:00
How To Create Sequel Code For Reports & Macros

How To Create Sequel Code For Reports & Macros

Most of us average users are rendered glassy-eyed by the idiosyncrasies of Sequel code where a misplaced comma or errant apostrophe can render the code useless or the sequence of joins and their


how-to_email_account_statements_to_companies_with_balances_due
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:25:28+00:00
A common desire it to easily send monthly account statements to customers that have a balance outstanding at the beginning of the month.

This How-To covers how to set up Control to manually send Account Statements to all companies that have orders in Sale and have a balance outstanding on them.


how-to_email_customer_when_order_marked_built_automatically
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:25:28+00:00
This How-To covers how to set up Control to automatically send an email to your customer when the order is changed to a status of Built.

Steps

Creating a macro is split up into 3 main parts, creating the macro and configuring the Description, the Trigger, and the Actions.


how-to_email_invoices_on_orders_in_sale_automatically
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:25:29+00:00
A common desire it to easily send invoices to customers when their orders reach the Sales status. This can be invoked manually or automatically when the status is changed.

This How-To covers how to set up Control to automatically send invoices to all new orders in Sales. For information on easily sending manual batches of invoices for orders recently made sales, see


how-to_email_invoices_on_orders_in_sale_manually
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:25:29+00:00
A common desire is to easily send invoices to customers when their orders reach the Sales status. This can be invoked manually or automatically when the status is changed.

This How-To covers how to set up Control to manually send invoices to all new orders in Sale since the last email was sent. For information on automatically sending invoices when the order is made a sale, see


how-to_enable_and_credit_memos
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:25:29+00:00
How to enable credit memos in Control?

Enabling Credit Memos

	*  Click on Setup | System Setup
	*  Click on Order Options.
	*  Click the Edit button on the right toolbar.
	*  Check the box to “Enable credit memos”.
	*  Click the Save button on the right toolbar.


how-to_export_a_calendar_for_importing_to_outlook
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:25:30+00:00
IN PROGRESS

Conceptual Overview

The approach here is fairly manual, but relatively straight-forward:

	*  One Time Steps
		*  Create a SQL Report in Control to Export the Data
		*  Create a Map File in Outlook to Import the Data (if required)
		*  [Optional] Set up Outlook to Sync With Google Calendar


how-to_export_jdf_information_from_control
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:25:31+00:00
The purpose behind this Wiki is to generate a JDF file consisting of XML that is compliant with the newly emerging Digital Large Format JDF standards. This is only possible on the Customizable version of Control. The steps taken here assume basic knowledge of creating variables and User Constants.


how-to_handle_an_nsf_check_and_export_into_quickbooks
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:25:31+00:00
Concept

----------

Through the course of business you're likely to encounter a case or two where you received a check from a client which was then returned NSF (Non-Sufficient Funds). If you are using an accounting system such as QuickBooks recording this NSF check and ultimate reduction of your bank account balance can be a little challenging. During this How-To we will look at how to best handle these cases so that everything is recorded properly in Control and QuickBooks.


how-to_handle_barter_with_full_accounting
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:25:31+00:00
Barter is the exchange of goods or services for other goods or services. It is a buy-sell arrangement where cash is not used as the intermediary. For example, a sign company may do vehicle graphics work for a radio station in exchange for radio advertising time.


how-to_handle_barter_without_full_accounting
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:25:31+00:00
Barter is the exchange of goods or services for other goods or services. It is a buy-sell arrangement where cash is not used as the intermediary. For example, a sign company may do vehicle graphics work for a radio station in exchange for radio advertising time.


how-to_import_addresses
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:25:32+00:00
This How-To will help you to import multiple addresses for use on the Shipment Tab. You can also view training videos outlining this feature on the customer website; log into www.cyrioussoftware.com and click Training on the main menu, then 3. Basic Training on the submenu.


how-to_install_a_control_update
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:25:32+00:00
These are steps for installing an update to Control and any associated files.

Steps

	*  Visit from the server computer for Cyrious Control.
	*  When prompted for a username and password please use the information listed below. 





	*  Click on


how-to_issue_invoices_with_payment_links
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:25:32+00:00
Concept

Including payment links in your reports is quite easy and the links will appear automatically once you have configured CCPS. If you wish to disable the links you can use the report option “Hide Payment Link”

Cautions

Payment links won't be shown if you have the


how-to_make_coding_easier_with_the_formula_builder
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:25:33+00:00
This page describes some of the features of the Formula Builder and how to save time and even create code you may not have thought possible.

Concept

Since we are “amateurs” and do not work with Cyrious all the time, the idiosyncrasies of cfl_ch_3-formulas_and_functions and


how-to_manage_order_from_explorer
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-07-05T16:38:10+00:00
How To Manage Order From Explorer

Describes the wide variety of actions possible to take on an order from the Explorer view as, for example, found in Dashboards.


Concept

There are multiple changes which need to be made to an order once created. Due Dates change, Status, Stations and stages change, UDFs need to be edited or changed, etc., etc. Most of this can be done without


how-to_mass_create_folders_for_storing_customer_information
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-02-20T11:55:47+00:00
This WIKI article discusses the approach Cyrious took when it moved all of it's customer and vendor records online.  Specifically, we wanted to place all scanned information in a folder structure that we could easily find it.

Concept

We created a folder structure that looked like:


how-to_modify_layouts_for_estimates_work_orders_and_invoices
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-02-20T12:01:07+00:00
If you use Cyrious for any length of time, you will inevitably be asked if you can change something in the Work Order, Estimate or Invoice layout. One of the things that separates Cyrious from almost any competitor is the extraordinary flexibility and range of options you have to make any screen or printout look the way you want it for your company. Not only can you use the layout to print whatever you capture in your pricing form, you can go much further and actually create additional calculati…


how-to_perform_a_manual_installation_of_control
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-02-11T12:36:12+00:00
Concept

If you have the option, please utilize a Cyrious Installation CD or Downloadable installer obtained at www.cyrioussoftware.com. If a manual installation is required you will need access to all of the following files, typically manual installations only occur when swapping the installation from one computer system to another, you are unable to locate an install cd or downloadable installation.


how-to_perform_a_server_swap_to_install_control_on_a_new_server
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-02-11T12:46:44+00:00
Control Server Swap Installation

These are the steps to move the server installation of Control onto a new computer.

Control Server Installation

Items Required

	*  Installation Disk (or download the installation executable from the Cyrious Customer Website)
	*  Installation Password


how-to_print_checks_for_direct_deposit_employees
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:25:36+00:00
If you pay employees via Direct Deposit or some other online mechanism, you can still use Control to calculate the payroll amount but you will not want Control to print actual checks.  This How-To describes how you can easily set up Control to accomodate this scenerio.


how-to_print_sales_tax_reports_on_closed_orders
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:25:36+00:00
How-To Print Sales Tax Reports on Closed Orders

Concept

Cyrious Control is based on accrual accounting, thus by default all sales tax reports are based on the sale date of orders and service tickets in Control. The sale date is used as the date in which the revenue is recognized, additionally the recognition of any sales tax liability that is then owed. At times users will elect to choose cash accounting for their small business, when this occurs the reporting of sales tax information becomes …


how-to_pull_data_from_the_shipping_tab_to_an_order_line_item
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:25:36+00:00
Once shipment information for an order exists in its shipping tab, it can be mapped to auto-populate the cost of a shipping line item

Steps:

Setting the Shipping Product Formulae

	*  Navigate to 'Setup' --> 'Pricing Setup' --> 'All Pricing Setup


how-to_retrieve_a_sql_value_in_cfl
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:25:36+00:00
“With great power comes great responsibility.” Clark Kent's Father

The CFL functions ReturnSQLNumberValue() and ReturnSQLStringValue allow you to use a SQL query to retrieve a value from the database that might not otherwise be accessible. However, because of potential performance issues, it works differently than other CFL functions. [Steve Gillispie comments: The function has 2 parameters - (1) the string being passed to Sequel and (2) the


how-to_send_faxes_through_efax
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:25:37+00:00
EFax is a service that allows you to email to a fax machine.  Once setup, you can send an email to 



with an attached PDF or Word document and it will then send the fax to the fax number in the email.  For more information on the service, including pricing, see


how-to_send_invoices_that_can_be_paid_online
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-07-05T15:34:13+00:00
Online Payments

In order for customers to be able to pay an invoice online, they need an order specific URL that enables them to open the checkout webpage where they enter their credit card details. There are 2 ways to send this URL to customers:

1. Optionally displaying a


how-to_set_transaction_udf_fields_based_on_product_characteristics
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:25:37+00:00
This How To describes how to set a how_to_set_up_and_use_udfs field based on selections or choices in the Pricing Form for a product. For example, we have a macro which generates lists when Orders have been shipped via UPS which are used to generate emails to our customers stating that their order has been shipped and the tracking number. We found that some customers do not want that notification when they are ordering for others, as might be the case with a Purchasing Department placing orders …


how-to_setup_a_product_for_use_tax
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:25:38+00:00
Sales Tax is used in the vast majority of purchases handled by Control. In some instances, however, Use Tax is charged instead. This page discusses Control's handling of Use Tax and how it can be setup to accommodate most users' needs.



Overview


how-to_setup_a_smart_part_product
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:25:38+00:00
This How-To article will walk you through creating a fully instrumented Smart Part product. This kind of setup is meant for products that need parts added during order entry, or for products that have lots of parts on an order.

	*  Create a new Variable and set its type to Part Search


how-to_setup_and_use_warehouses_for_inventory
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:25:38+00:00
Description

Concept

The concept of using different warehouses to hold inventory came about because not all shops have just one place to store their inventory. This allows customers to split inventory into different locations while still being held under one store.


how-to_setup_control_for_avalara_online_tax_processing
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:25:38+00:00
Users with the Avalara online tax processing module have the sales tax for their orders automatically calculated. This module works anywhere in the US and Canada and eliminates the need for any tax rate setup. The sales tax reports are available online from Avalara, and they even have a service to automatically file your sales taxes for you in most locations.


how-to_setup_control_for_credit_card_processing
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-02-11T13:21:50+00:00
Users with the Control credit card processing module can process credit cards online without need for terminals. This document discusses the steps to set up Control this processing.

specifications_for_usb_magnetic_card_swipes can be purchased from Cyrious or elsewhere in order to capture the magnetic track data (and obtain more favorable rates), though this is not required in order to use the module.


how-to_setup_online_payments_in_control
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-02-11T15:57:27+00:00
Overview

This article covers how to configure Control to allow online payments via Freedompay.

Requirements

	*  You must have an account with Capital Q and FreedomPay. Everyone will need to do this!









	*  Online payments were introduced in the 05.70.1623.0601 version of Control so verify you are using that version or a newer version before proceeding (Help > About Control > Version).


how-to_setup_the_production_cloudapp
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:25:39+00:00
There are only two setup steps required to use the Production CloudApp (PrCA):

Enable the Cyrious Cloud Connector

To enable Cyrious Cloud Connector, follow these steps:

	*  Click Setup > System Setup
	*  Select the Cyrious Cloud Connector option on the left menu tree


how-to_setup_the_sslip_to_run_automatically_on_boot_using_task_scheduler
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-02-11T16:02:04+00:00
One of the frequent requests from businesses is “How do I get the SSLIP to start up automatically without having to log in?”

The SSLIP was not designed to run without a user logged in. However, it is possible to do so (with later versions of Windows) using Microsoft's built in program,


how-to_setup_to_track_vat_taxes_on_bills
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:25:40+00:00
tocWhen entering Bills, Control currently only supports one line for taxes (which is charged to the expense account “Sales Tax Paid” by default). This poses a problem in places where multiple sales taxes paid must be taxed. The most prevalent example of this among Cyrious customers are Canadian customers who need to track GST and potentially multiple PST taxes.


how-to_ship_a_single_shipment
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:25:40+00:00
Orders will sometimes be shipped in one shipment. These steps will help walk you through setting up a single shipment for an order. You can also view training videos outlining this feature on the customer website; log into www.cyrioussoftware.com and click Training on the main menu, then 3. Basic Training on the submenu.


how-to_ship_multiple_shipments
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:25:41+00:00
Orders will sometimes be shipped in more than one shipment. These steps will help walk you through setting up multiple shipments for an order. You can also view training videos outlining this feature on the customer website; log into www.cyrioussoftware.com and click Training on the main menu, then 3. Basic Training on the submenu.


how-to_suppress_tabs_in_a_pricing_form_page_control
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:25:41+00:00
This page describes how to manipulate the Page Control Object in the Pricing Form (i.e. Tabbed pages) so that only the tabs or pages applicable to your immediate needs appear.

Concept

To Suppress tabs in a tdesignerpanel_pricing_form_object. We have situations where certain packages have items others do not such as an option for Poymer and Applique. The idea is to have a pricing form tab for Polymer parameters and one for Applique parameters. Depending on the package selection, the Applique or…


how-to_trigger_refreshes_in_control_from_3rd_party_applications
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T18:02:29+00:00
Concept

As the need for users to have applications (as well as SQL stored procedures and triggers) that modify Control data, it has become necessary to have a mechanism to notify Control of records that have changed.

To handle this, Chapi now monitors the data for refresh notifications.


how-to_use_a_ttabchildcontainer_to_display_child_items_on_your_main_form
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:25:42+00:00
The Tabbed Child Container (TTabChildContainer) object is a very powerful way to integrate child items onto the pricing form of their parent.

Concept

Child items are commonly used for these cases:

	*  To include separately produced items that are related to the parent product.


how-to_use_an_ipad_with_control
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:25:42+00:00
One question we have gotten from many users is “Can I use an iPad with Cyrious Control or SMS?”, or more directly “Those look cool. How do I justify the purchase of an iPad?”. Well good news ... I've been using iPad for a few weeks now and it works really well


how-to_use_gmail_with_oauth2
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2022-06-15T13:24:38+00:00
How to use Gmail with OAuth2

Introduction

The purpose of this document is to walk users through the setup process of creating an OAuth2 secured app on their Gmail account which will be required starting May 30, 2022 in order to send email from Gmail out through Control.


how-to_use_gmail_without_ssl_for_local_email
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-02-11T16:06:07+00:00
Description

More and more users are using GMail for their corporate mail. Unfortunately, GMail only supports SSL (secure) connections. Many websites, printers, faxes, etc. that can send simple emails do not support SSL. Cyrious' WebView can support SSL, but paying for, installing, and maintaining the security certificate is a bit excessive for this simple website.


how-to_use_godaddy_email
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:25:42+00:00
How To Setup Cyrious to email using your GoDaddy email account.

Cautions

None

Steps

	*  Navigate to GoDaddy's email setup page to obtain the latest settings, these settings are based on information gathered on 5/9/2012 thus they may change over time.


how-to_use_job_boards_on_the_production_cloudapp
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-11-13T18:40:06+00:00
Job Boards are a powerful new feature introduced in the Production CloudApp (PrCA). Job Boards are comprised of one or more Lists (corresponding to stations). Lists are then made up of Cards (corresponding to jobs). Cards are supposed to progress from one list to the next (via drag-and-drop), mirroring the flow of a job from start to finish.


how-to_use_the_calculatelayoutonroll_function_for_layout_calculations
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-02-11T16:07:28+00:00
CFL has several functions that are not general purpose (as those above) but specific to layout of pages and signs on a roll or sheet. Though the calculation can be (and has been) done using the general formulas, these occur so often that CFL has special functions to manage them.


how-to_use_the_calculatelayoutonsheet_function_for_layout_calculations
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-02-11T16:30:57+00:00
CFL has several functions that are not general purpose (as those above) but specific to layout of pages and signs on a roll or sheet. Though the calculation can be (and have been) done using the general formulas, these occur so often that CFL has special functions to manage them.


how-to_use_the_line_item_due_date_feature
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:25:44+00:00
Control has added the ability to set a Due Date on the Line Item level. This page contains information explaining this new feature.

Concept

Control originally supported Order level Due Dates. For many users, this is sufficiently granular since the entire order is normally due at the same time. However, this approach has some limitations for the following types of customer:


how-to_use_the_photo_feature_on_the_production_cloudapp
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:25:44+00:00
You can use the Production CloudApp (PrCA) to add a picture to an Order from the Job Details card

How to Add Pictures

	*  Use either the search tool at the top of the app to find the Job you are looking for, or locate it on a Job Board
	*  Once you are on the Job Details page, click/press on the Actions section located in the middle of the page


how-to_use_the_quick_add_address_feature
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:25:45+00:00
The process to add a new address in Control was a bit clumsy, so it was reworked to be more efficient. This new feature is available in Control 4.5.1105.2002 and later.

Concept

Previously, the process to add an address for a Contact through an Order or Estimate was a bit lengthy. We wanted to reduce the mouse clicks needed to perform this simple action and consolidate screens where possible.


how-to_use_the_shipment_explorer
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:25:45+00:00
Shipment Explorer

Cyrious has added a Shipment Explorer, which will allow users to search for shipments more easily, and without having to go into individual orders. Here is an explanation of the fields on the Shipment Explorer.

More information about the Shipment Explorer Instruments can be found


how-to_use_the_shipment_explorer_instruments
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:25:45+00:00
Shipment Explorer Instruments

Cyrious has added a Shipment Explorer Instrument and Shipment Detail Instrument, which will allow users to view shipment information more easily from their dashboard. Here is an explanation of the shipping instruments that have been added to Control.


how-to_use_the_signature_feature_on_the_production_cloudapp
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:25:46+00:00
You can use the Production CloudApp (PrCA) to add a customers signature to an Order from the Job Details card

How to Add Signatures

	*  Use either the search tool at the top of the app to find the Job you are looking for, or locate it on a Job Board


how-to_utilize_keyboard_shortcuts_in_control_to_decrease_mouse_clicks
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2024-05-23T12:44:31+00:00
Keyboard shortcuts can be used to increase the efficiency in which you perform common tasks within Control by reducing the amount of mouse clicks.

Keyboard Shortcut Listing
ActionKeyboard ShorcutChange Status to BuiltCtrl+Alt+BChange Status to SaleCtrl+Alt+S


how-to_validate_a_users_input
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:25:46+00:00
When I started implementing and testing Control 4.0 one of the first things I noticed was how easily I could accidentally calculate prices that were incorrect, from a product definition that was not flawed. The errors stemmed largely from the fact that control would allow me to enter values or make combinations of choices that were simply impossible representations of what actually happened in my shop. Being a programmer I quickly realized that I would need to add what is reffered to as validati…


how-to_void_a_credit_memo
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:25:46+00:00
Concept

This How-To wiki will explain how to void an existing Credit Memo.

Steps

	*  Open order explorer.
	*  Un-check everything except 'Credit Memos' in the Historical Orders section.
	*  Select other filters needed (i.e., Company Name, Historical Date Range, etc.).


how-to_void_an_online_payment
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:25:47+00:00
After a customer pays using the online payment method, the payment will appear in Control just like it would if it were locally entered. In certain cases, the employee may want to void the payment (perhaps the customer wants to pay with a different card or paid someone else's order by accident).


how-to_void_individual_paychecks_on_payroll
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:25:47+00:00
Voiding certain paychecks on a payroll without voiding the entire payroll period.

Concept

The basic steps to achieve this task are:

	*  View Payroll
	*  Void selected paychecks for the desired payroll period.

Detailed Steps

	*  On the Main Menu, select Payroll


how-to_write_sql_to_extract_an_xml_value_from_a_database_field
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-06-19T12:27:43+00:00
In several places (most notably Part and Product UDFs), Control stores the data in XML format inside of text fields. The primary reason to do this is to consolidate multiple records into one read/write for the database engine, thereby improving performance.


how_can_i_be_notified_of_new_content
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-02-11T16:37:48+00:00
Cyrious utilizes a WIKI service to help communicate information related to the Cyrious programs, documentation, training materials, technical articles, etc. Part of the advantage of using a WIKI for this communicating is that staff and users of the Cyrious family of products can contribute information to help the overall community of users.


how_the_shipping_integration_works
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:24:43+00:00
Control integrates with FedEx's ShipManager and UPS' WorldShip programs.

Both of these software are available (free) from the FedEx and UPS respectively, though they may have stipulations for providing it. Contact your shipping representative to obtain the software. Cyrious is


how_to_-_change_a_report_export_file_path
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-07-05T17:13:19+00:00
Explanation

This is a general how to guide for setting desired paths for your exports

Select Set up>Reporting Set up

[reporting_setup.jpg]

Select the menu associated with the location you choose to run the report, ie Quick Reports>GL Exports for Quickbooks. Then drill down to your desired report.


how_to_access_commission_tables
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:24:43+00:00
Description;

To access the data in the Commission tables -- E,g, plan names and rates for Salespersons

Concept

Pull the commission plans and rates from Storedata using SQL or Crystal as well as listings by Salespersons of the Commission Plans each are on.


how_to_activate_backdate_options_menu
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:24:43+00:00
In the list of Accounting Setup “pages”, Control provides an option screen which permits authorized users to backdate the Order Create Date, Built Date, Sale Date, Closed Date, Payments, Edits, Close-Outs and Credit Menus. Unless the proper entries in certain Control files are made, this option does not appear in the list. This


how_to_add_a_printer_to_the_cutter_list
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:24:43+00:00
There are some printers that are also usable as a cutter for a material. Rather than having to create the same part twice, we can make it so that the cutter information is stored on the printer part and that it appears in the list for cutting without having to create a identical part for it in the Cutter category.


how_to_add_fields_to_a_cyrious_report
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:24:44+00:00
Sooner or later we need to add a field to a Cyrious Report. This is done by going to the crystal_guide_ch_2-_using_crystal_reports_with_cyrious_programs -- the ,rpt document pointed to in the Reporting Setup for that Report. Earlier versions of Cyrious Templates used the manual table linking provided by the Crystal Database Manager. Since the entire table was brought into the Template, additional fields usually meant adding a table which was relatively easy if you knew what table contained the i…


how_to_add_the_pay_online_button_to_a_report
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-07-05T15:37:30+00:00
This wiki describes how to add the Pay Online button to a report. The Pay Online button is used in conjunction with the online payments feature in Control. When clicked, the customer is directed to a webpage where they can enter their credit card information to pay an invoice. For more info, see the


how_to_allow_users_to_restore_overriden_values
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:24:44+00:00
The fact that users can manually enter values in a pricing form which “override” the calculated value can be problematic as the formula for that variable is permanently disabled; so future changes to other parts of the Pricing Form which would change that value are rendered inoperative. A user returning to the form at a later time or another user editing the form might not know this has happened and an incorrect Estimate or Work Order is then created. Or even if he knows it is overridden, he may…


how_to_apply_multiple_discounts_to_an_order
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-02-12T11:14:47+00:00
This page will explain how to apply multiple discounts to one order. We are assuming that the first discount is a Default Discount on the product and the second discount is a Promotion on the order.

Concept

In version 4.4, the the handling of the default discount was fixed, but some users were intentionally using the previous behavior. In version 4.3, if you had a default product discount and added an order-level discount, it added both discounts. It should have overriden the default. The exam…


how_to_bypass_report_option_prompt_for_faster_display
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:24:45+00:00
Many reports do not require user input and therefore do not need the Option display page before “previewing” or printing. This explains how to bypass that.

Concept

Have a report display or print immediately without presenting the User Option Setup page.


how_to_calculate_a_weekday_for_a_macro_trigger
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:24:45+00:00
Description

We needed a formula to determine a weekday for a macro trigger to send reminder notices to customers that their invoice is nearing the end of the agreed term and wanted the email to be sent on a normal weekday. Since it is based on Terms, the macro trigger needed code that would determine a weekday just before the end of the Term period. Since terms are rarely divisible by 7. adding the term (E.g. 30 for 30 days) to the invoice date could not assure that the result would be a weekda…


how_to_change_a_transaction_variable_based_on_an_order_condition
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-02-12T11:16:38+00:00
We needed to create a flag which told us whether an email had been sent to a particular customer. So when the macro was triggered it would look to the flag and, if not sent, send the email and set the flag to true. If already sent once, exit the macro.


how_to_change_font_size_2c_make_characters_bold_2c_etc._on_pricing_form
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-07-05T16:07:39+00:00
How To Change Font Size, Make Characters Bold, Etc. On Pricing Form

Describes how to modify the font characteristics of Pricng Form Variables and Text Items

Concept

We want certain items on the Pricing Form to appear as Bold or larger or in a different color.


how_to_change_font_size_make_characters_bold_etc._on_pricing_form
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:24:46+00:00
Describes how to modify the font characteristics of Pricng Form Variables and Text Items

Concept

We want certain items on the Pricing Form to appear as Bold or larger or in a different color.

Cautions

Not much chance to get in trouble with this. You will see the result of your change immediately on the Pricing Form; so if you have done something you don't like, you can undo it immediately.


how_to_change_layout_features_of_reports_with_crystal_reports
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:24:46+00:00
A brief guide on how to access and make changes to the location, size, font style of fields or items on a Crystal Template. Cyrious uses Crystal Templates for the creation of Reports, Work Orders, Estimates, Invoices and everything else which you print or from which you create PDFs. This gives the user complete control over what is printed out. Cyrious Tech Support will write Custom Reports or make these changes for a reasonable charge; however with the Purchase of the Crystal Reports program fr…


how_to_change_measurement_units_from_usimperial_to_metric
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-03-06T15:36:45+00:00
Overview

This article will help you change the measurement units in Control from US/Imperial to Metric.

First, you must update the Imperial to Metric user constants. Then, you must run a SQL query on your database.



Change User Constants

First, you will need to change your user constants to metric units.


how_to_change_station_and_assign_to_in_one_step
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:24:48+00:00
This page describes the recent changes made to Service Ticket and Line Item Instruments.

Concept

Some customers have expressed a desire to cut down on the number of steps it took to change the Station and Assigned To on Line Items. Cyrious implemented a modified design of the Service Ticket and Line Item Instruments to allow users to do this on multiple line items with one click.


how_to_change_the_station_on_several_orders_at_once
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:24:48+00:00
This wiki covers how to change the status on multiple orders or estimates at once.

Concept

We will use a Action Macro to change the station on several orders at once.

Cautions

This action will change the station on several orders at once. Care must be taken to ensure the correct orders are selected.


how_to_check_part_cost_is_current_-_version_4.5_higher
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-02-12T11:19:12+00:00
Shows the modifications necessary to check that Part costs are current with Version 4.5 and higher which has made the code in the earlier How To for this subject obsolete.  ( Cyrious has added a field which records the Last Modified Date as a part of the Part Table; so a separate UDF as we had in the earlier


how_to_connect_to_a_mysql_database_like_presswise
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-02-12T11:23:37+00:00
Description

This page describes the steps to connect to a MySQL database. The particular example connects to PressWise so that data could be extracted for insertion into Control, but the general steps should work for any MySQL database.

Note: Connecting to MySQL or other databases is not standard function of Cyrious and is not covered by standard support contracts. Assistance debugging or setting up this connection can be offered under the Supplemental Support Agreement.


how_to_convert_ini_file_format_to_json
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-02-12T11:24:15+00:00
Concept

This snippet shows how to write CFL to convert an INI file formatted string to a JSON formatted string.


DECLARE INIFile :=
'Description=Friday
Quantity=5';
DECLARE JSON := "";
DECLARE line := "";
DECLARE propvalue := "";
DECLARE prop : = "";
DECLARE p := 0;
DECLARE lineend := 0;
WHILE (LEN(INIFile)> 0) DO
  lineend := pos(INIFile, CHAR(13),1)-1;
  IF (lineend0) THEN
    p := pos(line, "=");
    IF (p = 0) THEN
      JSON := JSON + '"' + line + '" : "", '
    ELSE
      propvalue := TR…


how_to_create_a_credit_balance_for_a_customer_account
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-02-12T11:24:59+00:00
How to increase or decrease a customer's credit account. For example, if a customer sends a payment for which there is no order, how and where that is recorded. See also customer_credits

Concept

There are two main scenarios that generally occur that will have an impact on customer's credit balance in Cyrious.


how_to_create_a_database_backup_with_only_a_specific_order_estimate_or_product
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-02-12T11:27:55+00:00
Describes the csp_ExportData SQL Stored Procedure.

Concept

When troubleshooting an issue in a user's database, it is often necessary to transfer a backup of their database to the Cyrious office. Most of the time, the entire database is not necessary to troubleshoot a single order, estimate, or product.


how_to_create_a_database_table_change_log_using_a_sql_trigger
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-02-12T11:29:12+00:00
The WIKI article describes the process of using SQL Triggers and some advanced SQL XML functions to track all changes to a table. It can be used, for instance, to identify all changes made to a UDF table or any other table.

A few cautions and warnings are in order:


how_to_create_a_macro_that_only_runs_after_the_first_edit_or_recompute
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-02-12T11:29:39+00:00
Summary

Describes how to create a macro that only runs after the first edit or recompute of an order.

Use cases:

	*  When you are importing orders (via SQL Bridge) from a web system and need to run a macro on each order imported. However, you don't want to run the macro until after the order has been recomputed by the SSLIP in the background.


how_to_create_a_new_crystal_report
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:24:51+00:00
How to create a crystal_reports_implementation_guide template for a new report to pull select data from the Cyrious database. This example is offered to provide examples of how a report is created which can be extrapolated to the creation of other reports specific to the user's need. After a little familiarity with the Crystal program and how Cyrious uses and links its tables, writing custom reports is no more difficult than creating Excel spread sheets or formatted Word reports, with the except…


how_to_create_a_new_division
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:24:52+00:00
How To set up a new Company Division

Concept

Use the Cyrious Setup Screen to create a new Division

Steps

Before you add a new Division you will need to enable Division setup by adding showdivisionsetup=1 in Control_Options.txt, restart Control, then check the box next to


how_to_create_a_new_division_pre_05.10.1404.1001_release
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:24:52+00:00
How To set up a new Company Division

Concept

Use the Cyrious Setup Screen to create a new Division

Cautions

None

Steps

	*  Go to the Employee Setup screen from the Setup menu. At the top level click the New Division button. This will open a text box to enter the Division Name. The Screen Shot below shows this button.


how_to_create_a_new_material_category
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:24:52+00:00
This article will give step by step directions on how to create a new material category for roll or rigid material in the OOB v2 dataset. The dataset is shipped with several default roll and rigid materials such as Print Vinyl, Banner - Digital, Acrylic, and Coroplast Sheets. In this example we will add a new Lexan category but the same basic steps can be used when creating new roll materials as well.


how_to_create_a_numeric_index_for_line_items_for_grouping_and_sorting_in_crystal_reports
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:24:53+00:00
Description

We needed the ability to group line item data in the proper sequence in an Estimate or Order with up to 4 levels of child items. 

Concept

Basic Discussion of Approach

Cyrious stores Line Item data in Outline format in the TransDetail object name {TransDetail.LineItemNumber}


how_to_create_an_estimate_follow-up_activity
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-02-12T11:31:52+00:00
Control has the ability to automatically schedule an activity on your calendar to remind you to follow up on any new estimate that get created in the system.

Concept

Premise behind this is setting up a simple Estimate Macro to automatically schedule an activity on your's (or someone else's) calendar, with a reminder in a given number of days to pop-up and remind you of the call.


how_to_create_an_odbc_link
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:24:53+00:00
This page describes how to create an ODBC connection, which will allow you to modify reports through Crystal Reports.This will also allow you to access the database from other tools and software. 

Concept

In order to create a custom report or modify a standard report in Crystal Reports, you will need to establish a link between your report and your Control database. This link is called an ODBC (Open Database Connection) link. It allows you to communicate with your database so you can pull tabl…


how_to_create_and_use_linked_lists
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-02-12T11:32:33+00:00
Description

Describes how to set up lists which point to other sub lists. In this simple example we show how the selection of a type of frame or holder results in a second list showing the parts available for only that frame. In other words, each selection generates the name of the next list in order. For a detailed discussion of Lists in Cyrious see


how_to_create_dynamic_or_variable_text_popups_for_alerts_and_user_information
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-02-12T11:33:31+00:00
Description

We want to create a popup which informs the users about information in an order when created so that any errors can be corrected before the order goes into production. In this case we wanted a popup which would trigger on the creation of a new Order or an Order's being marked Sale. The variable popup would contain a summary of the instructions and any special warnings or requests associated with sending an invoice. We wanted computer code to sort the Cyrious selections, overrides if…


how_to_create_lookuptable_reports_in_crystal
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-02-12T11:43:28+00:00
Description

Extract the Lookup Table data from the PricingTable and present in Crystal for viewing and printing

Concept

The rows and columns of lookup tables are stored in xml format in the Pricing Table. We use an SQL query for the extraction which brings the data into Crystal with each column listed separately for each row and row value. We then insert the Crystal Cross-Tab report to pivot the table on the column representing the row labels. To include the Table's Notes, we an SQL sub-repor…


how_to_create_loops_and_case_statements_in_crystal
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:24:54+00:00
Shows the code required to create a For loop and then a selection statement using Crystal's CASE code. This code can be modified for a wide variety of situations. In this case the report's subject is not important since this is intended as an example of how to set up the code. Nevertheless, this report is set up to return 6 different queries depending on the option selected in the Print Options panel from Cyrious. For example, one option would return all orders where a request for floor plans ha…


how_to_create_sequel_code_for_reports
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-07-05T15:45:58+00:00
How To Create Sequel Code For Reports & Macros

Most of us average users are rendered glassy-eyed by the idiosyncrasies of Sequel code where a misplaced comma or errant apostrophe can render the code useless or the sequence of joins and their “equal to


how_to_create_sequel_code_for_reports_macros
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-02-12T11:44:39+00:00
Most of us average users are rendered glassy-eyed by the idiosyncrasies of Sequel code where a misplaced comma or errant apostrophe can render the code useless or the sequence of joins and their “equal to” requirements overwhelm us. This How To shows a method where anyone with moderate capability with Crystal reports can use Crystal to create the code necessary for a simple macro or sequel report.


how_to_create_temporary_variables_with_declare
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-02-12T11:46:02+00:00
Description

cfl_ch_3-formulas_and_functions provides a means for creating temporary cfl_ch_5-variableswhich can greatly simplify coding and debugging. This page explains how to create and use these variables. See Also

how_to_use_declare_and_case_statements_to_simplify_layouts

Concept

Basic Discussion of Approach

We use Declare statements to make the code easier to read and follow. Instead of embedding long strings of


how_to_create_variable_text_on_a_pricing_form
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:24:55+00:00
Describes how to create a text object which displays a message or changes when certain conditions or selections are made on the Estimate or Work Order.

Concept

We want to add a message which appears when a part is selected showing the last date the Part was modified or Price Updated.


how_to_debug_formulas
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-02-12T11:46:50+00:00
Description

A description of cfl_ch_2-the_cfl_language debugger which provides a simple way to test formulas and code

Concept

Whenever writing code, we want to test whether the formulas are doing what we want, whether variable names are accurate and what values they are returning, etc. CFL has a simple and easy to use


how_to_delete_a_division
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-02-12T11:47:10+00:00
How To Delete a Division

Concept

Use the Cyrious Setup Screen to Delete a Division

Steps

	*  Go to the Accounting Setup screen from the Setup menu.
	*  Choose the Divisions folder located in the far left section - Shown in picture below
	*  Select the division that you would like to remove and click Delete -


how_to_determine_if_estimate_has_variations_how_many
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-02-12T11:48:43+00:00
Description

Use CFL code to determine if an estimate has variations and how many.

Concept

Basic Discussion of Approach

We have Product Warnings and Product Error Messages which flag when a Product is inconsistent with the Station At Sale– for example, a delivery instruction to


how_to_display_images_on_pricing_forms
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-03-19T18:11:58+00:00
How to display an image linked to a part on your pricing form.

Concept

This article will be outlining two options for displaying an image on a pricing form when a certain part is pulled onto the pricing form.

Cautions

Since the options below require making pricing form changes, companies will need to have PLUS or CUSTOMIZABLE licenses in order to make the following changes.


how_to_display_numbers_with_decimals_in_udf_layouts
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:24:56+00:00
Describes the steps to display numbers with decimals in UDF layouts.

Concept

Users may createsystem_setup_ch_10-user-defined_field_options_setup for display or Data Entry uses in much the same way you lay out Pricing Forms. However, if you have number fields with decimals such as dollars and cents values, just as with Pricing Forms, you need to change the Default Properties. The steps to do this are different from the pricing form and this page explains how to do it.


how_to_display_your_custom_work_order_in_production_terminal
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:24:57+00:00
This page describes how to manipulate the Action Toolbar menu to get your custom work order to display in Production Terminal.

Concept

By default, Production Terminal displays the WorkOrder01.rpt file. Some customers want to display their custom work order instead of the standard work order in Production Terminal.


how_to_do_a_retroactive_closeout
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:24:57+00:00
How to Insert a Retroactive Closeout

Issue

The day, month, year, or GL export was not closed by accident. This WIKI describes the process of inserting a retroactive closeout in the database.

Concept

Cyrious Control uses closeouts to track when the daily, monthly, or annual reports were created, or when the GL export file was created. This is simply a date and time entry in the Closeout table. To retroactively closeout, a new record must be manually inserted into this table.


how_to_downgrade_a_sql_2005_database_to_sql_2000
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-02-12T11:50:12+00:00
If you mistakenly upgrade a SQL database to a newer version you are unable to go back to an earlier version without a lengthy process. It is highly recommended that you make backups before attaching/detaching databases as this process requires a tremendous effort.


how_to_email_departments_of_po_receipts
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:24:58+00:00
Creates an email to our Routing Department (Tyler Proffitt) that material he has ordered has been received when the Purchase Order is marked “received”.

Concept

We are finding increasingly that the data in Cyrious can be used when combined with macros to reduce time, facilitate production through-put, and improve internal communications between departments. In this case we have a broad range of materials arriving every day from different sources, Personnel doing the receiving are charged with …


how_to_enable_priority_tracking_on_orders
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:24:58+00:00
(IN PROGRESS)

The purpose of this document is to show users how to implement priority tracking on orders. 

Step 1: Create the priority list.

	*  In Control, go to Setup/System Setup
	*  In the column on left, under the heading Order, Estimates, and Service Tickets


how_to_export_a_email_contact_list
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:24:59+00:00
This wiki will provide the steps needed to export a list of contacts with emails from Control.

Concept

Using the Contacts Explorer you can export a list of contacts to Excel or other popular file formats.

Steps

	*  In Control, click Explorer and chose Explore Contacts.


how_to_get_notified_of_wiki_updates
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-02-22T17:18:26+00:00
Purpose of this page

This page is set up to help users with the process of becoming subscribed to certain wiki articles. Being subscribed to a wiki will allow you to get notifications when the page is updated with any changes. This is useful for pages like the Release Notes, and any others that may change often.


how_to_have_different_formulas_for_a_variable_depending_on_the_product_selected
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:25:00+00:00
We want to use the same variable in different products but have it use different formulas depending on the product. For example, in one product we may want to autofill the Description Variable from a Variable named MediaType but in another product autofill the Description Variable from a List Variable named SubstrateMaterial,


how_to_hide_fields_on_a_pricing_form
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:25:00+00:00
Description of how to hide or suppress fields on a pricing form so that they appear only when certain criteria are met.

Concept

We wanted to reduce the clutter on the pricing form and to make the need to enter certain fields very dramatic and obvious. Sometimes instead of a direct entry of the price, we wanted to give the user the option for area based pricing. To accomplish this we created a check box for Area Based pricing. When that is checked, a Height, Width, and Unit Price field appear o…


how_to_import_a_oob_v1_product
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:25:00+00:00
This article gives step by step instructions for importing any product.

Basic Concept

If you try to import all of a products' components at one time, you will notice problems with the product such as selection lists that were imported but are not linked correctly to a variable. The below steps should eliminate all issues with product imports.


how_to_install_control_5.1_server_side_by_side_with_a_control_4.6_server
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:25:01+00:00
Preparation

	*  Ensure that the machine you are installing to is running Windows Vista or later. Windows XP and Server 2003 are not supported by the 5.1 SSLIP. More specifically the .NET 4.5 Framework that 5.1 needs is not supported by those earlier operating systems.


how_to_install_production_terminal_on_iis_7_for_windows_7
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-02-20T12:26:29+00:00
Production Terminal utilizes web based technology to allow employees to update Orders using the Internet Explorer and have those changes visible immediately in Control.

Before starting this setup, please verify that the customer has the Production Terminal tab module. If they do not have the Production Terminal module they must purchase this first and you can direct the customer to sales@cyrious.com for pricing .


how_to_install_production_terminal_on_iis_7_for_windows_server_2008
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-02-12T11:54:01+00:00
Production Terminal utilizes web based technology to allow employees to update Orders using the Internet Explorer and have those changes visible immediately in Control.

----------

NOTE: These instructions are specifically for IIS v7.0 or IIS v7.5 which is included in Windows 2008.


how_to_install_production_terminal_on_iis_8_for_windows_8
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-02-20T12:36:28+00:00
Production Terminal utilizes web based technology to allow employees to update Orders using Internet Explorer and have those changes visible immediately in Control.

Before starting this setup, please verify that the customer has the Production Terminal tab module. If they do not have the Production Terminal module they must purchase this first and you can direct the customer to


how_to_install_production_terminal_on_iis_8_for_windows_server_2012
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-02-20T12:46:35+00:00
Production Terminal utilizes web based technology to allow employees to update Orders using Internet Explorer and have those changes visible immediately in Control.

----------

NOTE: These instructions are specifically for IIS v8.0 which is included in Windows Server 2012.


how_to_install_web_view_on_iis_7_for_windows_7
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-02-20T12:55:24+00:00
Web View utilizes web based technology to allow employees to update Orders using the Internet Explorer and have those changes visible immediately in Control.

Before starting this setup, please verify that the customer has the WebView module. If they do not have the WebView module they must purchase this first and you can direct the customer to


how_to_insure_that_a_child_product_is_included_in_an_order_or_estimate
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:25:03+00:00
Describes how to set up an product_assemblies, move between the Parent and Child Product by using the container navigation features. Additionally, provides some tips about using variables from the Parent and child products.

Concept

Some products require child products to be complete


how_to_link_thumbnail_images_to_selection_list_rows
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:25:04+00:00
How to link an image to an item selected in a row of a Selection List

Concept

Discussed how to set up a pricing form so that a thumbnail associated with a selection list item will appear or change depending on the item selected in a list.

Cautions


how_to_make_decimals_show_in_number_variables_on_pricing_forms
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:25:04+00:00
Describes how to set the number variable on a pricing form so that it shows decimals.

Concept

We want some Number variables to show 3 and 4 decimal places on the pricing form to capture fractions like 3/16th.

Cautions

The number variable when set up can have minimums and maximums specified. Be sure that these settings do not conflict with the minimum and maximum number you want to enable on the Pricing Form.


how_to_make_server_2012_auto_login_admin_account
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-02-12T11:57:00+00:00
Concept

Many times we run into problems when servers automatically restarts from a windows update or a server reboot after a power outage, and then no one can get into Control because no one has logged into the server to get the SSLIP started. I found an easy way to set this up for those of you who do not know how to do it or for those of you who just want to know for future reference. In some cases we don't have to worry about this because it's already done by the companies who have there own …


how_to_make_variable_formulas
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:25:05+00:00
The purpose here is to demystify this process even for the newcomer to programming. Being able to create values which capture and manipulate information is essential to take advantage of the enormous power of Control. This page describes how to make a variable a formula and some errors to avoid in doing so. See also


how_to_manage_order_from_explorer
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:25:05+00:00
Describes the wide variety of actions possible to take on an order from the Explorer view as, for example, found in Dashboards.

Concept

There are multiple changes which need to be made to an order once created. Due Dates change, Status, Stations and stages change, UDFs need to be edited or changed, etc., etc. Most of this can be done without


how_to_pass_information_from_cyrious_to_crystal
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:25:05+00:00
Cyrious usescrystal_guide_ch_2-_using_crystal_reports_with_cyrious_programs to format and present all reports . Discussed how to pass variables from Cyrious to Crystal to be used in selecting, sorting, or grouping records.

Concept

You may choose almost any variable available in Cyrious to pass to Crystal to be used in creating your custom report. Cyrious has even devised an


how_to_pass_numbers_to_and_from_a_unit_variable
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:25:05+00:00
Description

Shows how to pass a number to or convert a number from a variable which has been created as a Unit Variable [our term, not Cyrious's] meaning a variable where the unit option has been selected and a unit like inches has been chosen as shown in the screen shot below. The unit type is Length and the units expected in data entry are inches and the number returned (displayed) is inches..


how_to_place_advanced_queries_on_the_dashboard
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-02-12T12:04:40+00:00
Description

Delineates the steps required to place a saved advanced query on the dashboard.

Concept

For specialized queries you want to maintain on your dashboard, you will need to create the query and then follow the steps below. In this way the query will be constantly visible and


how_to_pre-authorize_credit_cards
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:25:06+00:00
Overview

A credit card pre-authorization is much like any other charge to a credit card, except instead of actually debiting funds from the cardholder you just put a temporary “hold” on the funds that lasts for 5 days usually. At a technical level, the actual duration of the hold depends on the merchant classification code (MCC code). Some type of merchants may qualify for a longer hold than others, but in general if you are going to


how_to_preview_test_cfl_coding_results
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:25:06+00:00
Describes how to test CFL code, try out the results of functions, test layout coding, etc. quickly and easily by using Cyrious's debugger or to diagnose what part of a how-to_make_coding_easier_with_the_formula_builder code sequence is not producing the results you want or expect.

Concept

If you are an


how_to_process_a_payment_for_1_order
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:25:07+00:00
Overview

You'll see newly designed payment entry interfaces in Control 6.0. Although they look different from the old payment windows, they function very much the same with a few exceptions. Here's a list with some of those exceptions:

	*  You'll need to enter an


how_to_process_a_payment_for_multiple_orders
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-02-12T12:12:52+00:00
Overview

The multi-order payment interface is a bit different from the Quick Payment interface although these rules still apply:

	*  You'll need to enter an Amount to Pay  OR select an invoice before choosing a Payment Type.
	*  You won't see separate payment options for each credit card type (Visa, MC, AmEx, etc…) if you are processing credit cards through Control. FreedomPay will determine the card type based on the card number and assign it the correct type when processed.


how_to_remove_object_which_appears_in_the_entry_screen_but_not_the_pricing_form
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:25:07+00:00
Occasionally for reasons we cannot determine, text objects on a pricing form will vanish from the form but continue to show in Entry screens. Objects for which a fomula is set seem most susceptible to this problem. This can be a real issue as they will overprint other objects and destroy the aesthetics of the screen. The problem seems to be that the Caption property becomes lost. This page describes how to fix the problem.


how_to_reset_salesperson_due_to_inactivity
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:25:08+00:00
This article details a SQL report that is used to generate a list of non-house accounts without activity in a certain time period. The salesperson for those accounts can be reassigned to a different employee (or back to the house account) if desired.


how_to_retrieve_the_date_of_a_udf_entry
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:25:08+00:00
Description

Macros, report sorts and groupings, and other data management tasks where UDF values are determinative often require the date the entry was made. This posting describes how to retrieve that date when a value was entered or the value entered on a date or in a date range.


how_to_run_macros_on_a_second_sslip
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:25:09+00:00
Reasoning

Control can be deployed with multiple SSLIPs if configured correctly. They will all talk to the same CHAPI, who will relay messages between them as necessary. Multiple SSLIPs are particularly useful for:

	*  Users doing a lot with SQL Bridge, especially Order Recomputes. Recomputing an Order on the SSLIP is an intensive process and may slow response of the primary SSLIP. When importing orders or otherwise making calls to SQL Bridge's Recompute function, is it recommended to have a se…


how_to_save_update_and_delete_credit_card_and_ach_information
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:25:09+00:00
Overview

With the recent credit card changes in Control 6.0, the interfaces to add, delete, and update credit cards may look different but they function almost the exact same. You probably won't need much assistance adjusting to these new interfaces, but here's an overview just in case you have questions.


how_to_separate_udfs_into_tabbed_pages
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:25:09+00:00
Explains how to group how_to_set_up_and_use_udfs into smaller, tabbed pages for easier readability and ease of access.

Concept

Our application has had a steady UDF creep as more and more are added to Transaction UDFs, Part UDFs, Company UDFs, etc. We can make separate layout pages to group them which is a very handy tool but has its limits as it creates Tab clutter in the Estimate and Work Orders. Cyrious provides a way to subgroup all the UDFs in the ALL UDFs tab into separate tabbed pages.


how_to_set_length_of_drop_down_lists
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:25:10+00:00
It can make some lists much easier for Users if the list is lengthened so that there is less scrolling to find the desired selections. This is particularly useful for lists where Users might overlook a selection because they didn't scroll deeply enough. CFL provides a control object which determines how many lines are shown on a pricing form drop down list.


how_to_set_udfs_based_on_transaction_variables
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:25:10+00:00
An explanation and guide to setting how_to_set_up_and_use_udfs based on the contents or state of Transaction Variables.

Concept

UDF's can be set as True or False (0 or 1) or populated with Dates or strings based on the state of variables in a Product. However, this must be done in the Advanced Tab found under the Pricing Tab in either the Order or Estimates Save Tab formula builder. For example, in the example below, UDFs are set to true or false if booleans are checked in the Product's Pricin…


how_to_set_up_a_service_ticket_system_for_internal_ordering
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-02-12T12:54:27+00:00
Description

With a metastasizing number of computers and sales, production and administrative systems integrated into Cyrious and dependent on internal networks and servers, we needed a system to request IT Administration and Cyrious support which could be scheduled and then tracked by all concerned parties. Additionally, we wanted to accumulate times for different kinds of support to better understand the nature and extent of resources needed .And the system needed to be faster than finding so…


how_to_set_up_and_use_udfs
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-02-12T12:56:08+00:00
Describes UDFs, describes some uses for them, and then provides a simplistic guide to setting them up and accessing them.

Concept

UDF stands for User Defined Field. This is a piece of code the user can add to Cyrious to capture information not available in CFL. With UDFs you can do things like capture information about a Customer providing guidelines about product parameters. For example, a UDF to flag that a customer requires


how_to_setup_control_cloud_remoteapp_on_windows_7
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:25:11+00:00
Introduction

This page is to assist users getting setup using the RemoteApp desktop connections for Cyrious Cloud when working in Windows 7.

Steps for Setup

	*  Press your Windows key to bring up your Start Menu, or just click on the icon in the lower left corner (normal location)


how_to_setup_control_cloud_remoteapp_on_windows_8
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:25:12+00:00
Introduction

This page is to assist users getting setup using the RemoteApp desktop connections for Cyrious when working in Windows 8.

Steps for Setup

	*  Press your Windows key to bring up your Start Screen

 

	*  Type remoteapp and the Start Screen will show you the available options. You will need to go into the


how_to_setup_credit_card_processing_in_6.0
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-05-21T13:12:55+00:00
Overview

Since there were substantial changes made to the internal credit card feature in Control 6.0, users need to complete a series of setup steps to continue (or start) processing credit cards in Control. This article covers how to configure Control to process credit cards through Freedompay.


how_to_setup_email_in_control_for_office_365
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:25:12+00:00
Office 365 Email is now fixed for Control 5.1 and above.

Concept

Basic guide for configuring the ability to email from Control using Office 365 settings. These setting are for Control 5.1 and above. Not yet tested in 4.6 or lower version of Control.


how_to_show_inventory_levels_on_the_pricing_form
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:25:12+00:00
Describes how to display inventory levels on the pricing form so users can see what is available, reserved for orders, and on order. Assumes that the accounting_ch_10-managing_inventory capability has been enabled, that there are parts entered properly, and that the pricing_ch_06-selection_lists is correctly linked to the parts to be used.


how_to_spread_cost_between_line_items
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:25:13+00:00
There are many occasions where we need to spread costs between line items, particularly where the cost is a setup which occurs once for products priced in different line items. This page describes a simple but effective way to do this. It will work in situations where the cost is divided equally between line items and is not dependent on variables within the line item such as quantity or area. It can also be achieved for those situations but a more elegant solution is needed.


how_to_trigger_recalculation_on_mouse_click
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-02-12T13:11:56+00:00
Use Case

We had a scenerio where an 800+ line CFL routine was used to determine the optimal machine and materials. It looped through over 4000 options. Even though it was optimized and took only a second, that was still enough that we did not want it running in between every calculation. The user was agreeable to having a button that said


how_to_update_part_prices_from_excel_spreadsheet
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-02-12T13:13:47+00:00
This How-To guide details how to take an excel spreadsheet of prices from a vendor, and view/update those prices with a SQL report.

Concept

The goal is to take an excel spreadsheet and put it in a hot folder under a specific name to allow a SQL report to read this file, and then give you a preview report of prices that would change based on the Excel. The report matches up the SKU in the excel file with the SKU that is detailed on the


how_to_update_production_terminal
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:25:14+00:00
Overview

This document is to assist users with obtaining the latest Production Terminal files, and providing instructions on how to update them properly.

Note: You should ONLY update your files following this method if you have already updated Control to version 5.5.


how_to_update_udfs_using_sql_and_macro_triggers
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-06-20T19:33:13+00:00
Description

We want to provide tracking, load information, and production time information for internal requests for drawings, production computer files for printing and routing, concept artwork and similar requests of our Designer group. We want the fact and the status of these requests to be visible throughout the organization. And we want the time data – applied or logged time – to be costed back to the original order for variance analysis as to what was estimated or costed and what actual t…


how_to_use_declare_and_case_statements_to_simplify_layouts
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:25:15+00:00
One of our most frequent uses of cfl_ch_2-the_cfl_language is in creating layout reports for the printing of Estimates, Work Orders, and Invoices. Our delivery product began with just a few checkboxes but as we grew and the number of ways we deliver changed, we added more and more check boxes - E.g. UPS, then UPS Next Day, Then UPS 2 Day, Then UPS 3 Day, etc. The original code began to become unwieldy with multiple if statements; so we switched to the Case Statemen with Declared Variables. Now i…


how_to_use_list_filters_to_show_only_certain_rows_for_different_products
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:25:15+00:00
We have a master list of substrates. Some of these are suitable for some products while not for others. We want to have only those suitable for a product show in the drop down list on the Pricing Form. Cyrious's List Filter feature makes this possible. It can even be applied to Linked Lists, which can be distinguished by Product. Addtionally, some are no longer stocked or available. We want to exclude those from what is shown when the list is accessed.


how_to_use_loops_in_cfl
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:25:15+00:00
Occasionally, you will need to assure that certain variables are selected before a Pricing Form is saved or that the wrong combination of variables have not been selected, etc. Cyrious provides a powerful tool in the pricing_ch_03-products portion of the Product Pricing page to accomplish this. We can create code which examines each of the required variables and if a value is not found in one or is found in too many, we can notify the user of the error and force him to correct it before it is po…


how_to_use_parts_in_selection_lists
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:25:16+00:00
Selection lists are one of Cyrious' most useful features. Combined with Parts lists, it is possible to create and easily maintain complex lists of selectable items and their prices from one location - The Parts Categories. This page covers generally how to combine lists and parts


how_to_use_sequal_reports_for_event_notifications
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:25:16+00:00
We want to provide automated notifications to various associates when events occur which they need to know to properly administer an account, job or event such as an installation. There are a variety of events which occur during the sale, production, installation, invoicing, and collecting for a sign job which require someone be notified. Examples include the arrival of materials, the imminence of an installation which requires an advance appointment, notifications that materials need to be orde…


how_to_use_the_formula_builder_to_save_time_and_prevent_mistakes
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:25:16+00:00



how_to_use_the_part_price_as_a_list_or_cost_price_in_a_selection_list
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-02-12T13:16:43+00:00
This page describes our approach to using the Part Price in a selection list so that any changes or updates to the part's price are reflected in any ListPriceValue or ListCostValue calculations made for the row in the list for which the part is used. This discussion assumes a working knowledge of how lists work. For detailed discussion of Cyrious lists see


how_to_use_the_part_price_as_a_list_price_or_cost_price_in_a_selection_list
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:25:17+00:00
If you have selection lists from which you are getting a price, E.g. from the List Price or List Cost column, as you integrate Cyrious's Parts features into your code, you may as we have find the need to get the Part Price directly from the Part. Or if you have based formulas and code on Properties in a Selection List, it may not be practical to use Cyrious's powerful and convenient


how_to_use_the_same_table_for_different_variables
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:25:17+00:00
Describes how to use the same table for different settings in the same product.

Concept

We want to use tables to return the letters per minute which can be cut, weeded, and transfer tape applied. When we provide the option for 4 different letter sizes in the same product. However, each table in Cyrious is created for specific variables, but we don't want to manage 4 separate tables that contain the same information.


how_to_use_the_setvariables_function_to_set_variable_values
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T17:12:05+00:00
With great power comes great responsibility.
Signed: Every superhero's uncle.

Description

The SetVariables() function can be used to set one or more variables from within CFL.  The function takes a JSON formatted string.

The JSON syntax requires:


how_to_use_udf_change_log_tables_for_macros_and_reports
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:25:18+00:00
UDFs are one of the most powerful elements of Cyrious code. They permit the user to effect considerable customization of their Cyrious data for a wide variety of purposes. They can be used to trigger macros for emails and reports, record important metrics, document and notify of workflow steps such as the completion of production art, and a myriad of other uses. However, until the creation of the


how_to_use_udf_values_in_a_macro_trigger
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:25:18+00:00
Description

Describes how to use a value in a UDF field or a change in values in a UDF field as part of a macro trigger

Concept

Basic Discussion of Approach

We want a macro to be triggered to generate an email when a date has been entered in a UDF or when the date has been changed in that UDF. To do that we use the TableChangeLogSummary and TableChangeLogDetail tables. These are not standard in Cyrious installations but can be added. Scott St Cyr has posted how to set them up and noted a cau…


how_to_view_a_list_of_manually_entered_journal_entries
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:25:18+00:00
Create a view within SQL that can show (only) the manual Journal Entries from Control

Concept

This page will walk you step by step through generating a view and or an export from SQL that shows only manual Journal Entries from Control.

To Add the following SQL report to the report menu please follow these steps below


how_to_void_and_refund
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:25:19+00:00
Overview

As with any business, for various reasons it may be necessary to give money back to a customer. This can be done in two ways in Control - voids and refunds. Although some users may think of voids and refunds as interchangeable, there are differences between them.


how_to_write_a_macro_which_adjusts_its_search_code_based_on_the_weekday
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-02-12T13:19:11+00:00
Description

Explains how to write a macro with code that uses a different search criteria for different days of the week. We have a variety of informational email macros to notify if customers have a credit hold, whether POs for Orders have been received, that a Salesperson has an installation planned, deposits for orders near completion have not been received, etc. For these to be effective, we want to have them triggered x


how_to_write_off_receivable_amounts
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:25:19+00:00
Describes how to write off orders or parts of orders which have been marked as sale

Concept

Describes the steps to book a write-off

Cautions

Warning or areas where the approach might not work as expected

None

Steps

	*  To write off a balance, you can click on the writeoff button (where the write off amount is displayed) on the Total's tab.


identify_part_udf_differences_between_two_databases
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:25:48+00:00
Explanation of SQL

This SQL will compare the Part UDF values of two databases attached to the same SQL server. The purpose of this query is to identify if there are any differences between the two databases and what those changes are specifically. This is helpful if you are switching from one version to another and need a summarized list of changes between the two.


iis_-_http_error_503._the_service_is_unavailable
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:25:49+00:00
**Issue: **//HTTP Error 503. The service is unavailable// in IIS as shown in the picture below is caused if the application pool is paused or disabled.



Steps to resolve:

	*  Open IIS and look for the application pool of the selected website. here in this example the website name is test.


implementation_webinar
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2024-08-13T14:07:29+00:00
Who are they for?

These are FREE  for all owners of Control, even users who are not on a technical support contract. These are a great way to get help with any unresolved questions and to hear what other users are asking.

Here's an example of some of the items we've covered in the past webinars:


import_variable_mapping
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-02-13T11:12:33+00:00
Overview

The mapping capabilities provide great flexibility in transforming various orders into Cyrious Control orders. Cyrious Online orders are a good example that can be used with this. This feature is to add some flexibility for simple transforms inside of Cyrious Control.


importing_data
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:25:50+00:00
Importing Data

There are two types of imports supported by Cyrious Control:

	*  text_based_importing is used to import comma or tab delimited information.
	*  xml_based_importing is used to import product and other data that was exported by Control in its native format.
	*  control-to-customer_imports is used to import customer data from one Control database to another.  The new Control database must be completely free of customers.


income_accounts_by_product_sql
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:25:50+00:00
Explanation of SQL

This SQL query/report provides a simple listing of

	*  Product Category
	*  Product
	*  Pricing Plan
	*  Income Account

Add this as a SQL report for easiest access.

Risk of Data Corruption if Run Improperly

None. This is a selection query and no data is modified in the running of it.


income_from_miscellaneous_non-order_receipts_sql_report
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:25:50+00:00
Explanation of SQL

This SQL will give you a list of all Miscellaneous (non-order) Receipts “Income” for the specified time period.

Risk of Data Corruption if Run Improperly

None. This is a selection query and no data is modified in the running of it.


income_statement_sql_report
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:25:51+00:00
Explanation of SQL

This SQL Report exports an Income Statement for the date range given.



Risk of Data Corruption if Run Improperly

None. This is a selection query and no data is modified in the running of it.

SQL


DECLARE @DateStart datetime;
DECLARE @DateEnd datetime;
DECLARE @ShowZero bit;
DECLARE @ShowInactive bit;
--SET @DateEnd      = ;
--SET @DateStart    = ;
--SET @ShowZero     = ;
--SET @ShowInActive = ;
SET @DateStart    = '1/1/2009';
SET @DateEnd      = '12/31/2009 23:59';
SET @…


incorrect_tax_calculation_when_cloning
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:25:51+00:00
Issue:

When an order is cloned, its taxes drop completely or calculate incorrectly.

	*  When shipping is removed from the order by selecting Do Not Ship on the Shipping tab, the taxes calculate correctly. Re-adding shipping drops the taxes to zero.


inline_part_usage_posting
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:25:52+00:00
Overview

Previously, the parts grid has the ability to show the actual usage column, but that column was made non-editable with the introduction of Part Usage cards in Control 4.0. Part Usage cards are the mechanism for adding actual usage and costs to an job. Unlike the computed or estimated costs, actual costs in part usage cards create ledger entries that can be used for financial reports, management reports, or both.


inline_part_usage_posting_phase_ii
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-02-20T13:08:16+00:00
Introduction

It is not uncommon for a given product or order to contain multiple instances of the same part used. For example, an electric box sign may use sheet aluminum for the top, sides, bottom and back. All of these may be represented as separate parts on the same product. Similarly, the labor applied for fabricating the aluminum may be included as separate parts. This separation is useful for the computation of costs, but can be cumbersome for production when they have to select between t…


insert_missing_inactive_parts_in_oobv2.85_and_oobv2.86
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:25:53+00:00
Explanation of SQL

This query inserts 6 parts that are not present in the OOB v2.85 and OOB v2.86 dataset.

	*  Liquid Laminator
	*  Thermal Laminator
	*  ZeroNine NexGen-Spot Film (Cartridge)
	*  ZeroNine NexGen-Process Film (Refill)
	*  ZeroNine NexGen-Spec Spot Film (Refill)


installation_instructions
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:25:54+00:00
Installing a New Copy of Control on your Server

To install Control on your server, follow these steps:

	*  Verify that your server meets the Control Recommend Computer Hardware Specifications for the Control installation. The minimum specs are on the setup steps webpage.
	*  Insert security key or dongle in an empty USB slot. It is a good idea to plug it into a slot in the rear of the computer. This will prevent people from accidentally knocking it out of place or removing it thinking it is a …


installation_of_iis_on_windows_8
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:25:54+00:00
IIS (Internet Information Server) is a group of Internet servers (including a Web or Hypertext Transfer Protocol server and a File Transfer Protocol server) with additional capabilities for Microsoft's operating systems.

----------

Installing IIS v8.0 on Windows 8


installation_of_iis_on_windows_server_2012
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-02-13T11:43:29+00:00
IIS (Internet Information Server) is a group of Internet servers (including a Web or Hypertext Transfer Protocol server and a File Transfer Protocol server) with additional capabilities for Microsoft's operating systems.

----------

Installing IIS v8.0 on Windows Server 2012


installation_of_iis_on_windows_xp_professional
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:25:55+00:00
IIS (Internet Information Server) is a group of Internet servers (including a Web or Hypertext Transfer Protocol server and a File Transfer Protocol server) with additional capabilities for Microsoft's Windows NT and Windows 2000 Server operating systems. IIS is Microsoft's entry to compete in the Internet server market that is also addressed by Apache, Sun Microsystems, O'Reilly, and others. With IIS, Microsoft includes a set of programs for building and administering Web sites, a search engine…


integrating_user_options_into_your_sql_report
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-04-12T19:15:21+00:00
Very often you will need to design a certain amount of user-specified flexibility into your SQL Reports, similar to that which is done through options in with Crystal Reports. Control's SQL Reports allow you to build options that dynamically build a dialog for the user when running the report. This functionality is similar to, though not identical to, the options in Crystal Reports.


interdivisional_customer_credits
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-02-13T11:51:09+00:00
Cyrious Control allows the free transfer of credits between different divisions. The presumption is that to the customer, you are one establishment. As such, Control will automatically make transfer entries between different divisions when credit is applied or given.


interdivisional_vendor_credits
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-02-13T11:52:10+00:00
Cyrious Control allows the free transfer of vendor credits between different divisions. The presumption is that to the Vendor, you are one establishment. As such, Control will automatically make transfer entries between different divisions when vendor credit is applied or given.


inventory
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:25:56+00:00
Description

Cyrious Control supports several modes of inventory tracking:

	*  No Inventory Tracking.
	*  Inventory Level Tracking Only (Non-Accounting)
	*  Full Accounting Inventory Accrual (Costing Only)

These options may be selected individually for all material parts in the


inventory_asset_account_valuation_sql
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:25:57+00:00
Explanation of SQL

This query totals the inventory value for inventoried parts for each GL Asset Account.  It is based on the inventory_valuation_sql query.

Risk of Data Corruption if Run Improperly

None. This is a selection query and no data is modified in the running of it.


inventory_display_unit_faq
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:25:56+00:00
The purpose of this page is to help answer some common questions with regards to using different display units than inventory units for your parts in Control.

Why is my part not calculating the correct usage based on my display units conversion?


inventory_out_of_balance_repair
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-02-06T14:30:46+00:00
Explanation of SQL

Due to various issues in the past, it is possible for the numbers in Inventory table to not match with sum of the numbers in the Inventory Log table. This query will edit the Inventory table to match the Inventory Log table.

Notes:


inventory_out_of_balance_repair_-_pre-profits
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-02-06T14:51:23+00:00
Explanation of SQL

Due to various issues in the past, it is possible for the numbers in Inventory table to not match with sum of the numbers in the Inventory Log table.  This query will edit the Inventory table to match the Inventory Log table.

Notes:


inventory_out_of_balance_repair_-_pre-warehouses
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-02-06T14:51:47+00:00
Explanation of SQL

Due to various issues in the past, it is possible for the numbers in Inventory table to not match with sum of the numbers in the Inventory Log table.  This query will edit the Inventory table to match the Inventory Log table.

Notes:


inventory_out_of_balance_repair_sqls
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-02-06T14:54:02+00:00
Explanation of SQL

These queries are intended to repair datasets that have inventory numbers that are out of sync with the sum of the inventory log numbers.

Risk of Data Corruption if Run Improperly

High. Data is modified in this query. Do not run this except under the direction of a Cyrious Technical Support staff member. Doing otherwise may result in lost or contaminated data. All data modifications done through direct SQL


inventory_overview
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:25:59+00:00
To begin tracking a part in inventory

	*  Setup>Pricing Setup>All Pricing Setup
	*  Part Setup> Expand and select the part you wish to track
	*  Edit and check the 'Track Inventory' box located in the Accounting tab. (may need to uncheck 'Use Category Defaults')


inventory_valuation_sql
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:25:59+00:00
Explanation of SQL

This SQL pulls all inventoried parts and computes a valuation for each one.  It may be used to form the basis of a query to match the balance in GL inventory asset accounts.

Risk of Data Corruption if Run Improperly

None. This is a selection query and no data is modified in the running of it.


issue_with_image_being_short_or_stretched_on_reports_in_control
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:26:00+00:00
The logo you specify under Setup | System Setup | Address & Logo is appearing stretched, squished, or smaller than expected. The logo was created using the 400 x 300 pixel recommendation however the logo does not appear in the proper dimensions on the report.


job_monitoring
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:26:00+00:00
Production Terminal: Job Monitoring

Production Terminal has a screen to allow it to be used for job monitoring.

This feature is only available with Production Terminal version 05.00.1104.2001 and later.

Job Monitor Screen



This screen displays the following information:


known_issue_with_credit_card_swipe_on_remote_desktop
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:26:00+00:00
There is one known problems with using some swipe/scanner/reader in a Remote Desktop/Terminal Server environment. It is a problem with keyboard emulators in general. If the swipe is too fast (much faster than a person can type), then the order of the keys may get mangled when being transmitted from the local computer to the remote computer.


license_module_options
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:26:01+00:00
Description

On startup of the SSLIP, it will populate the UserOption table with all of the Control Module, so tools outside of Control can easily determine if a user has a particular module.

The Option Name is the name of the module (see the list below).  And the Option Value is either


line_item_due_proof_date_enhancements
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-02-13T12:01:03+00:00
Introduction

Previously in Control, there was an asymmetry with date management between Orders and Line Items.
   Order Level  Line Item LevelDue Date✓✓Due Time✓✘Proof Due Date✓✘Proof Due Time✓✘
This feature includes adding these three missing pieces to Control at the line item level for Orders and Service Tickets.


locate_any_products_or_open_orders_with_products_using_xsl_product_layouts
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:26:01+00:00
These queries will provide you with a list of active products that still utilize XSL based product layouts. XSL product layouts were the original format used for creating product layouts for your products. In order to use them and have this information display on your printed report you had to enable the option under Setup | System Setup | Orders, Estimates, and Service Tickets labeled


log_records_of_calls_to_customers_past_due_inquiries_directly_to_gl_and_order_record
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:26:01+00:00
We need to keep records of customer interactions which are accessible to the entire company. This includes on-site sales presentations and calls and inquiries made on past due accounts.

Concept

We want to keep all important customer records in the Cyrious database and eliminate the separate spread sheets and individual record-keeping sales and accounting were doing. We wanted something easy to use with the data easily retrievable. Almost everyone in Sales, Accounting and Production Management …


logins_currently_disabled
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2020-03-25T16:50:37+00:00
Message

Logins currently disabled: Artwork Migration In Progress.



Logins currently disabled: SQL Schema Migration in Progress



Explanation of Error

This error will populate when the user attempts to login to Control. The error itself will prevent any user from logging in using normal login methods.


lookup_table_sql
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:26:02+00:00
Explanation of SQL

This query retrieves the XML for a Lookup Table and displays the results in table format.

Notes about SQL

	*  Row and Column Titles will be shown in the first result set.
	*  You will need to replace the table name on line 1 of the query with the Lookup Table name in Control.


macro_response_type
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:26:02+00:00
The following entries in the CHAPI log (when enabled) define the ID's for the various transaction types initiated by Macros and sent to the SSLIP.
 0  rrtUndefined  1  rrtTierObjNew  2  rrtTierObjEdit  3  rrtTierObjDelete  4  rrtTierObjVoid  5  rrtOrderNew


macro_trigger_based_on_date_intervals
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:26:03+00:00
A great power of Cyrious with its database structure is that macros can be programmed to alert, warn, inform, etc users of situations which might cause errors, missed dates or other problems. Code which keys off of due date intervals must be adjusted for the weekend. This How To shows one way to create a macro alert based on interval days which change based on the day of the week on which the macro is run.


macro_trigger_changes
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-02-20T13:21:02+00:00
Changes to Macro Trigger Screen

The Macro Trigger screen has been reworked to enable you to setup macros more easily. Depending on which type of macro you are creating, you will see different options in the Change Event list to select. For example, in the macro shown below, it will only run when an order has it's status changed to Sale.


manual_setup_of_production_terminal
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-02-20T13:24:10+00:00
Production Terminal utilizes web based technology to allow employees to update Orders using the Internet Explorer and have those changes visible immediately in Control.

Before starting this setup, please verify that the customer has the Production Terminal module. If they do not have the Production Terminal module they must purchase this first and you can direct the customer to sales@cyrious.com for pricing .


marketing_and_activity_manager
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-02-13T12:19:50+00:00
Marketing and Activity Manager



Where is Activity Manger Options located?

Setup > System Setup > Marketing and Activity Manager

These options control the following behavior in Control:

	*  Show calendar screen first in activity viewer:  If this option is checked, the Activity Manager will open into the calendar view. If this option is not checked, the Activity Manager will open into the Activity List view.


marketing_and_advanced_explorer_dashboard_instruments
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:26:04+00:00
A number of new instruments focused around Advanced Explorer and marketing functionality were introduced in Control 4.2.



Topics

Extracted from the Control 4.2 Changes Manual ...

	*  Ch 1 - Using This Guide
		*  Purpose Of This Manual
		*  Technical Support

	*  Ch 2 - Overview
	*


marketing_criteria_could_not_be_found_error
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:21:54+00:00
'Marketing Criteria Could Not Be Found' Error

This error usually occurs some time after a customer attempts to update their Control installation via the online update utility.

Cause

The update did not correctly update all necessary files.

Solution


merchant_warehouse
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:26:04+00:00
Merchant Warehouse (Cayan)

Merchant Warehouse is a previously supported online credit card processing merchant for Cyrious Control.

	*  Beginning with Control 4.4 and SMS 8.9pci, the Elavon interface is the only interface that is PCI-DSS (PA-DSS) certified.


merge_divisions_sql
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-02-13T12:22:05+00:00
Explanation of SQL

This query will MERGE two divisions. More accurately, it sets one division inactive and sets all records using that division to the other one. It will:

	*  Change GL/Ledger Records
	*  Change Order and Shipping Records
	*  Change Company Records


merge_duplicate_inventory_items
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:26:05+00:00
Explanation of SQL

Due to various issues in the past, it is possible for their to be duplicate Inventory Warehouse Item Records. This query will merge the duplicates into a single record. It will also update the IDs in other tables linking to the deleted Inventory Items


merge_duplicate_inventory_summaries
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:26:05+00:00
Explanation of SQL

Due to various issues in the past, it is possible for their to be duplicate Inventory Warehouse Summary and Inventory Division Summary Records.  This query will merge the duplicates into a single record.

After running this query, it is necessary to run the


merge_macros_from_a_dataset_using_sql
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:26:06+00:00
This document describes the process (and SQLs) used to copy all macro's and related macro actions from one database to another. The source macros and macro actions are all moved to the lowest possible IDs, just above any that are already in the target database. (The minimum ID assigned will be 100.) Please Note: If a macro or macro action with the same ID already exists, it will be assumed to be the same and it will not be imported.


merge_product_dataset_using_sql
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-02-13T12:26:09+00:00
This document describes the process (and SQLs) used to merge one or more Control products from one database to another.



Concept

The idea of this approach is to use SQL queries to renumber and insert the relevant data from one table to another. The basic approach for each table will be:


miscellaneous
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-02-13T12:27:21+00:00
Miscellaneous



	*  Automatically open web page on login.  If this option is selected, a web page of your choice will open automatically when the user logs in. If this option is not selected, no web page will open automatically.
	*  URL: [ text entry ].


modifier_tree_sql
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:26:07+00:00
Explanation of SQL

This query produces a SQL of the Modifier Tree. It can be used as is, but it is often useful as a basis for other Modifier based SQL's where the data should be displayed in tree format.

Notes

Risk of Data Corruption if Run Improperly


multi-division_accounting
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-06-24T12:52:43+00:00
Description

Cyrious Control supports multi-division accounting. Each GL entry is coded to a particular division, enabling Income Statements and Balance Sheets to be broken down per division.

Topics

	*  How to Create a New Division
	*  How to Create a New Division (pre 05.10.1404.1001 release)
	*  How to Delete a Division
	*  Interdivisional Customer Credits
	*  Interdivisional Vendor Credits
	*  Vendor Credits
	*  Customer Credits
	*  Customer Payments with Divisions


negative_quantity_received_only_repair
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:26:08+00:00
Explanation of SQL

Due to various issues in the past, it is possible for the QuantityReceivedOnly total to be negative, even though this should never be the case.  This query will go through the InventoryLog table and shift the QuantityReceivedOnly adjustment to QuantityBilled when it would QuantityReceivedOnly to go negative.


new_in_control_5.5
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:26:08+00:00
[[whats_new_in_5.5|What's New In Control 5.5]]

With the release of Control 5.5 there were a handful of new major features added to the program, as well as a slew of various bugs fixed and other non-major features that have been tweaked since 5.1.


new_in_control_5.6t
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:26:08+00:00
Speed, Speed, and more Speed!!

We have made some major improvements in the area of Speed with this release. Below outlines some of those changes without going into too much technical detail.

Changes under the hood:

	*  SQL Data Retrieval
	*  SQL Data Writing


new_in_control_5.7
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-02-13T13:27:13+00:00
Whats New In Control 5.7

With the release of Control 5.7 there were two new major features added to the program, as well as a number of various bugs fixed and other non-major features added.

Below are links for each of the new major features:
calendar_cloudapp 
 Would you like to access your Control calendars on your phone, iPad, or other Internet-connected device?


new_in_control_5.75
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:26:09+00:00
[[whats_new_in_5.75|Whats New In Control 5.75]]

With the release of Control 5.75 there were two new major features added to the program. They are briefly described here.

Artwork Approval

What it is

	*  Artwork Approval is a feature that allows a business' designer to group proof images into groups, then have customers view, comment on, approve, reject, or request changes to these proof images.


new_in_control_6.0
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:26:10+00:00
What's New In Control 6.0

Significant changes have been made to the credit card processing module in Control 6.0. It is important to understand these changes before upgrading. For details about what has changed in Control 6.0, please review the Detailed Credit Card Change Announcement article


new_in_control_6.1
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-02-13T13:29:40+00:00
Whats New In Control 6.1

With the release of Control 6.1 there were several new minor features added to the program that when used together makes a noticeable difference. We have added a mix of both visual and productivity based changes to the program to help take Control to the next level.


not_able_to_add_notes_in_production_terminal
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:26:11+00:00
Cause

Error when attempting to add notes in Production Terminal:

Could not add your notes at this time.

Line item does not have the variable LineItemProductionNotes.



Solution

	*  Log into Control.
	*  Click the Setup menu at the top and select System Setup.


nxgen_canada
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2020-05-27T16:58:18+00:00
NXGen Canada markets the services of Global & Elavon and is the only approved provider for credit card processing accounts through Cyrious Control for users in Canada.

Contact Information

Contact: Lisa Gorian

Email: lgorian@nxgencanada.com

Website:


october_2011_-_dream_machine
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:26:12+00:00
Revised: 2/29/2012 (Brandon R.)

These recommendations are still current. There has not been any newly released hardware that would alter the system specification outlined in this article.

----------

A common question about computer hardware often revolves around which computer hardware will offer the best performance in Control. This is a difficult question to answer since there a lot of different variables that can influence the answer. The comments below and computer specifications listed a…


off-balance_sheet_gl_entries
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-02-13T13:38:54+00:00
Beginning with Control 4.40.0912.xxxx, all GL entries are classified as on-balance sheet or off-balance sheet entries. This page explains the concepts behind these, how they are used, and the technical implementation.

Concept

Control allows very granular cost tracking. Each widget on every order can be tracked and costed to the order. While knowing these costs is helpful, often these costs are not tracked in inventory and are expensed when they are purchased. In these cases, the costing inform…


online_payments_-_common_issues
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:26:12+00:00
Troubleshooting Checklist

	*  Is the customer authorized for the Credit Card and Cyrious Cloud Connector modules?
	*  Is the customer's HomeGate connected?
	*  Is the customer's HomeGate (Cyrious Cloud Connector service) running?
	*  Do the links being sent out pull up a checkout page?


online_sales_tax_integration
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:26:13+00:00
Control uses Avalara to calculate and process taxes. Using this sales tax automation service provides an the user an easy and hassle free way to get accurate and up-to-date tax rates for orders.

AvaTax is a service by Avalara that provides tax information for the entire US. Avalara is general purpose software, not specific for the sign or graphics industries. It is intended for retail as well as commercial businesses. Cyrious does not intend to implement every option available to Avalara subscr…


online_shipping_integration
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:26:13+00:00
Cyrious Control supports integration with both UPS and FedEx.

How the Integration Works

	*  how_the_shipping_integration_works

Setting up the Integration (Using the Shipping Tab)

	*  setting_up_ups_worldship_integration_shipping_tab
	*  setting_up_fedex_shipmanager_integration_shipping_tab
	*  setting_up_usps_endicia_integration_shipping_tab

Setting up the Integration (Using UDFs)

	*  setting_up_ups_worldship_integration
	*  setting_up_fedex_shipmanager_integration

Shipping Integration Pr…


online_tax_options
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2023-03-08T11:19:19+00:00
Online Tax Options using Avalara AvaTax

To configure and enable Avalara within Control the following items are needed.

	*  You have purchased and been authorized the Avalara AvaTax Module for Cyrious Control from Cyrious.
	*  You have your Avalara AvaTax account information.


order_and_order_detail_tree_sql
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:26:14+00:00
Explanation of SQL

This query produces a SQL of an order and it's line items.  It can be used as is, but it often useful as a basis for other Order SQL's where the data should be displayed in tree format.

Risk of Data Corruption if Run Improperly


order_entry_screens
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-02-13T13:44:02+00:00
Order Entry Screens

An order is displayed using the following tabs or pages to show the order information grouped appropriately.

Company Tab

This tab contains the customer's information, displaying the address to send the bill to as well as the address to send the products to (if different). Additional information regarding the contact for this particular order (usually the person that placed the order) is shown as well. There are additional areas of information displaying notes and flags fro…


order_parts_grid_sql
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:26:15+00:00
Explanation of SQL

This query produces a SQL of the same data that is in the parts grid. 

Notes about SQL

	*  Parts are identified using the column IsPart.
	*  If the row is not a part, it is a line item, variation, or order total.
	*  Line items totals only include parts directly attached to them. They


orders
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:26:15+00:00
Orders

Description

The order is one of the primary transaction types within Control. The order's status represents the state of the order in it's life cycle. Each status has specific financial implications. Valid statuses for orders are:

	*  New (temporary status before an order is saved)


orders_estimates_and_service_tickets
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-02-13T13:50:11+00:00
Orders, Estimates and Service Tickets



This selection specifies your default settings for the Control program. You are able to specify your settings by selecting from a list of checkboxes, selection boxes, and spin boxes. Some of the above settings were moved from System Setup to Production Setup in later releases of Control.


other_control_6.0_credit_card_changes
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:26:16+00:00
Overview

This wiki lists some useful miscellaneous information related to the credit card changes in Control 6.0. (Hint: You'll want to read on because we've saved the best news for last!)

How Charges are Incurred?

With each credit card processing pricing plan available, there is an additional flat fee per transaction. This flat fee charge changes based on the plan that you've selected. To fully understand what actions will incur a fee, we've defined what FreedomPay treats as a transaction.


outlook_email_cannot_create_file
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:26:16+00:00
Cannot send email attachments of invoices, estimates, and other reports: "Cannot create file...Right click the folder...check permissions"



Cause:

This issue may occur when the Temporary Internet Files folder is stored on a server on which you do not have sufficient permissions.


outlook_removes_attachments_when_sending_from_control
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:26:16+00:00
After installing Windows Updates KB3191898, KB3203467, and KB3191932, Outlook removes attachments when sending from Control - 2017/6/21

----------

	*  Recently (6/13/2017-6/21/2017) Microsoft released several updates in an attempt to address lingering security issues in Outlook 2007, 2010, 2013, and 2016. While these updates were able to correct these issues they also caused Outlook to classify certain attachments as


overview
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:26:17+00:00
The various changes incorporated in this document can be summarized into the following points:

	*  Decomposition of advanced explorer into search instruments.
	*  Instruments for existing functionality in marketing/searching:
	*  Creation of instruments to simplify the use of existing macros.


partial_user_account
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:26:17+00:00
A Partial User is a limited use user that can perform only specific production-related activities in Control.

Setting Up Partial Users

	*  Open Control with a user with rights to employee setup.
	*  Click on Setup | Employee Setup
	*  Click on the User that you wish to make a partial user.


parts_and_cloning
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:26:17+00:00
Often, the need may arise to create to clone a line item, order, estimate, or service ticket.  When cloning these items, it is important to understand how the parts that are on the original transaction are created in the new transaction.  The following sections seek to increase the understanding of that process.


parts_tree_sql
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:26:18+00:00
Explanation of SQL

This query produces a SQL of the Parts Tree. It can be used as is, but it is often useful as a basis for other Parts based SQL's where the data should be displayed in tree format.

Notes

Risk of Data Corruption if Run Improperly


password_requirements
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:26:18+00:00
To implement a secure system requires secure access. Password requirements are intended to minimize exposure to blind hacking attempts that try commonly used phrases or brute force approaches to cracking into a system. They also force passwords to change periodically to ensure that prior employees don't retain access to information.


payroll_ch_01-using_this_guide
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-02-13T14:24:56+00:00
This manual was created with the hope that it can answer the questions you will have as you become accustomed to your new software.

Technical Support

If we have not addressed your question in this manual, please contact our Technical Support team.


payroll_ch_02-quickstart_checklist_for_payroll
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:26:19+00:00
If you are currently using Cyrious Control and have some experience with processing payroll, this section will quickly take you through the steps to get it set up and begin using it. The following chapters go into more detail on setting up each of the components, so feel free to jump ahead if you would like more detailed information.


payroll_ch_03-payroll_concepts_in_control
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:26:19+00:00
The purpose of this section is to provide a general outline of the payroll capabilities and structures used in Control.  Detailed information about the sections identified in this chapter will follow in subsequent chapters. 

Employees

Any individual that is paid wages through Control is setup as an employee.  The following payroll information is specific to the employee:


payroll_ch_04-setting_up_payroll_options_deductions_and_accruals
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:26:19+00:00
This section allows you to setup the tax tables, GL accounts, and W2 information for standard deductions such as Federal, State, FICA and Medicare. You can also create optional deductions such as insurance, advances and garnishments. Each type of deduction has slightly different setup steps; if you still have questions about setting up deductions after reading the following sections, please call the Cyrious Technical Support Department.


payroll_ch_05-setting_up_tax_tables
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:26:20+00:00
All tax tables (Federal, State and Local Income taxes and any applicable State Unemployment Tax Tables) are created and maintained here. The Tax Table section is designed to follow the format of the Annual Tax Table found in your Circular E and in your state and local income tax booklets.


payroll_ch_06-employee_payroll_information_setup
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:26:20+00:00
Employee Payroll Information Setup

The purpose of this section is to show you how to set up your employees wages, deductions, accruals and other information.



Wage Categories and Payroll Frequency

	*  Go to the main Setup menu and select Employee Setup, and then select the employee you wish to enter payroll information for.


payroll_ch_07-using_timeclock_and_labor_usage_cards
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-02-13T14:28:34+00:00
Time Tracking Options

There are different methods for tracking an hourly employee's time in Control. Some capabilities supported by the labor time tracking in Control include:

	*  Tracking employee hours
	*  Processing payroll
	*  Comparing actual v. estimated labor hours for an order


payroll_ch_08-processing_payroll
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:26:21+00:00
Processing Payroll {{::processpayroll.jpg?nolink&|}}

Pictured above is the Process Payroll screen. When it is time to process a payroll cycle, this is what you will ultimately use to check that hours, any time off used, deductions, and taxes are being correctly calculated. All of the fields are explained below, and the payroll process itself is also detailed.


payroll_ch_09-year_end_processing
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:26:21+00:00
Year End Adjustments (Non-Payroll Income)

Some non-payroll income (e.g., use of a company-provided car) is not assessed each payroll but is more commonly recorded once at the end of the year. To include these expenses, you will need to perform the following steps:


payroll_ch_10-payroll_reports
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-02-13T14:48:22+00:00
Employee

Employee 401K Report

Summary: This report displays the amount of earnings each employee has contributed to their 401K account per pay period and displays a total.

Example:



Options The report has the following user options.
Options Description


payroll_ch_11-payroll_menu
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:26:22+00:00
The Payroll Menu will expand to grant the user access to several options. From this menu the user can setup payroll, adjust payroll, process payroll, view payroll, and create usage cards from timeclock entries.


payroll_ch_12-payroll_faq
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:26:22+00:00
----------

	*  Question: I have processed a payroll for hourly employees and the number of hours reported for the pay period doesn't match the number of hours the employee actually worked. How can I correct this?
	*  Answer: When you are processing a payroll for hourly employees, you can use the Adjust Payroll button to manually add or remove hours in the pay period. The amount of Straight Time, Overtime, Double Time, and/or Shift Differential Time entered will be added to he employee's totals …


payroll_manual
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:26:22+00:00
Payroll Manual

	*  payroll_ch_01-using_this_guide
	*  payroll_ch_02-quickstart_checklist_for_payroll
	*  payroll_ch_03-payroll_concepts_in_control
	*  payroll_ch_04-setting_up_payroll_options_deductions_and_accruals
	*  payroll_ch_05-setting_up_tax_tables
	*  payroll_ch_06-employee_payroll_information_setup
	*  payroll_ch_07-using_timeclock_and_labor_usage_cards
	*  payroll_ch_08-processing_payroll
		*  how-to_void_individual_paychecks_on_payroll

	*  payroll_ch_09-year_end_processing
	*  payro…


pci-dss_compliance
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:26:26+00:00
PCI-DSS refers to the credit card industries security compliance process for credit card merchants and software providers. More information on PCI-DSS on their offical website here.

Application Changes

	*  changes_to_4.4_to_support_pci

Compliance Process

The compliance process is arduous. These notes are intended to help you answer questions about Cyrious Control and Cyrious SMS while you are filling out your PCI compliance questionnaire.


pci-dss_compliance_implementation_guide
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-02-13T14:55:30+00:00
Using This Guide

PURPOSE OF THIS GUIDE

This guide was created to help you understand the requirements for PCI DSS compliance, and to provide guidance for implementing each requirement. This document is provided for guidance only. Please visit https://www.pcisecuritystandards.org/ for more information on obtaining compliance.


pci_certification_-_information_security_policy
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:26:23+00:00
PCI Certification requires you have all of your information security policies documented.  This is a large effort but is the only way to be sure you are following the best practices required to secure your sensitive information.

Templates

The minimum contents of the Information Security Policy are dictated in the SAQ questionaire.  Depending on the type of business you do and the SAQ form you file with, your requirements will vary.


pci_certification_-_trustkeeper_-_install_trustkeeper_agent
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:26:23+00:00
TrustKeeper is the default PCI certification agency for Elavon/Capital Q. These pages attempt to provide assistance to Cyrious users that are using TrustKeeper for their PCI certification.

----------

Disclaimer: All information provided in these pages is meant to be helpful for a typical Sign, Print, or Graphics company. If your business model differs significantly from these typical establishments, these recommendations may not apply. In all cases, you are responsible for providing the correc…


pci_certification_-_trustkeeper_-_merchant_profile_questions
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:26:23+00:00
TrustKeeper is the default PCI certification agency for Elavon/Capital Q. These pages attempt to provide assistance to Cyrious users that are using TrustKeeper for their PCI certification.

----------

Disclaimer: All information provided in these pages is meant to be helpful for a typical Sign, Print, or Graphics company. If your business model differs significantly from these typical establishments, these recommendations may not apply. In all cases, you are responsible for providing the correc…


pci_certification_-_trustkeeper_-_register_with_trustkeeper
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:26:24+00:00
TrustKeeper is the default PCI certification agency for Elavon/Capital Q. These pages attempt to provide assistance to Cyrious users that are using TrustKeeper for their PCI certification.

----------

Disclaimer: All information provided in these pages is meant to be helpful for a typical Sign, Print, or Graphics company. If your business model differs significantly from these typical establishments, these recommendations may not apply. In all cases, you are responsible for providing the correc…


pci_certification_-_trustkeeper_-_saq-d_compliance_questionaire
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:26:24+00:00
----------

Disclaimer: All information provided in these pages is meant to be helpful for a typical Sign, Print, or Graphics company. If your business model differs significantly from these typical establishments, these recommendations may not apply. In all cases, you are responsible for providing the correct answer and Cyrious assumes no direct or indirect liability with the guidance below.


pci_certification_-_trustkeeper_-_saq-d_compliance_questionaire_sms_8.6
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:26:24+00:00
----------

----------





Cyrious SMS 8.6 is NOT a PCI Certified Application. Cyrious SMS 8.9 is awaiting approval. If you are using Cyrious SMS 8.9pci, refer to the following page for assistance:



PCI Certification - TrustKeeper - SAQ-D Compliance Questionaire SMS 8.9

----------

----------

Disclaimer: All information provided in these pages is meant to be helpful for a typical Sign, Print, or Graphics company. If your business model differs significantly from these typical establishments…


pci_certification_-_trustkeeper_-_setup_and_schedule_scan
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:26:24+00:00
----------

Disclaimer: All information provided in these pages is meant to be helpful for a typical Sign, Print, or Graphics company. If your business model differs significantly from these typical establishments, these recommendations may not apply. In all cases, you are responsible for providing the correct answer and Cyrious assumes no direct or indirect liability with the guidance below.


pci_certification_-_trustkeeper_-_viewing_your_results
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:26:25+00:00
TrustKeeper is the default PCI certification agency for Elavon/Capital Q. These pages attempt to provide assistance to Cyrious users that are using TrustKeeper for their PCI certification.

----------

Disclaimer: All information provided in these pages is meant to be helpful for a typical Sign, Print, or Graphics company. If your business model differs significantly from these typical establishments, these recommendations may not apply. In all cases, you are responsible for providing the correc…


pci_certification_-_what_you_will_need
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:26:25+00:00
TrustKeeper is the default PCI certification agency for Elavon/Capital Q. These pages attempt to provide assistance to Cyrious users that are using TrustKeeper for their PCI certification.

----------

Disclaimer: All information provided in these pages is meant to be helpful for a typical Sign, Print, or Graphics company. If your business model differs significantly from these typical establishments, these recommendations may not apply. In all cases, you are responsible for providing the correc…


pci_compliance_process_with_trustkeeper
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:26:25+00:00
----------

Disclaimer: All information provided in these pages is meant to be helpful for a typical Sign, Print, or Graphics company. If your business model differs significantly from these typical establishments, these recommendations may not apply. In all cases, you are responsible for providing the correct answer and Cyrious assumes no direct or indirect liability with the guidance below.


pricing_-_onchange_event_for_variables
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-02-13T15:04:28+00:00
OnChange Event for Variables

This new feature allows a user to establish CFL procedures that are executed when the value of variable changes (either by calculation or because it is set in CFL).

How it Works

In variable setup (both globally and for an individual product), a new formula box is added to all variable types except Table and Image.


pricing_ch_01-using_this_guide
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-02-13T15:07:15+00:00
Purpose of the Users Manual

Cyrious Control is an extremely powerful tool. Like any tool, to be properly wielded requires a bit of education and experience. Cyrious provides customers with multiple formats to achieve this, including on site consulting (implementation), web classes, and this manual. We hope this will be a valuable reference guide for you.


pricing_ch_02-cyrious_and_pricing
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-02-18T12:28:12+00:00
Enter your description of the page

Introduction

Although many people believe pricing requires a great deal of creativity, you can systemize the process to ensure consistency, efficiency, and quality of delivery. It is up to the business-minded individual to discover their best system for determining accurate prices.


pricing_ch_03-products
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-02-20T19:44:39+00:00
Concepts

Products are items that customers purchase. Any finished item sold by itself, not just as an option for another item, is a product. For example, in a pizzeria, the products might be pizza, lasagna, garlic bread, etc.

Products also track basic information about themselves. Recorded information always includes quantity, but might also include other details like size, weight, and color, or particulars like the style of pizza (e.g. flat, pan, square) or type of flour (e.g. white or wheat)…


pricing_ch_04-parts
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:26:29+00:00
Concepts 
 Main Menu | Setup | Pricing Setup | Part Setup 
Parts are the components of a product. They make up the assembly details of your products. Parts are further classified as one of the following types: 
* Material Parts represent raw materials used in the production of a product or modifier (e.g., flour, grommets, the engine, and fabric)


pricing_ch_05-modifiers
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:26:30+00:00
Concepts 

Like variables, modifiers record information about a product. The primary advantage that modifiers have over variables is that modifiers are self-contained. They have their own pricing and can add their own parts, whereas pricing and parts for variables are associated with the product.


pricing_ch_06-selection_lists
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:26:30+00:00
Concepts

Control is designed to handle many different types of complexity in products. This often occurs in the form of options from which the User can select. When the options represent different answers to the same question (like “What color do you want to use?


pricing_ch_07-global_variables
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:26:30+00:00
Concepts

Variables are the basic properties, or data points, associated with the product. The most obvious purpose for variables is to capture the information necessary for pricing products; however, variables are just as valuable for capturing the information used in production.


pricing_ch_08-user-defined_constants
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:26:31+00:00
Concepts

User-defined constants are useful for two reasons: clarity and manageability.

Using User-defined constants makes your formulas more readable. For example, if the standard production rate for your Widget Maker is 6,700 widgets per hour, you could write:


pricing_ch_09-pricing_formula_templates
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:26:31+00:00
Main Menu | Setup | Pricing Setup | Pricing Formulas Templates 
When you use a pricing methodology often, you may want to create a pricing formula template. You can insert this into a pricing formula in the product or modifier pricing tabs simply by double-clicking on the template name.


pricing_ch_10-default_cost_multiplier
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-02-18T12:36:18+00:00
Main Menu | Setup | Pricing Setup | Default Cost Multipliers 
Screens

Control creates a special type of constant for cost-plus pricing that is defined automatically. These constants can be used as the cost multipliers for each type of part and are used for product pricing when appropriate.


pricing_ch_11-pricing_plans
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-02-18T12:39:39+00:00
Main Menu | Setup | Pricing Setup | Pricing Plans 
Concepts 

Different customers have different default configuration and pricing for the same product. In many systems, you are forced to create different products for these different groups. For example, Widget, Widget-Resellers, and Widget-Acme are all the same product, but are created as unique products to accommodate the different customer groups.


pricing_ch_12-pricing_levels
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-02-18T12:41:44+00:00
Main Menu | Setup | Pricing Setup | Pricing Levels 
Concepts 

You may create a set of pricing levels in the pricing setup that will apply to estimates, orders, or companies. A pricing level is any percentage you choose that will be calculated into the price of an order.


pricing_ch_13-pricing_families
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:26:32+00:00
Main Menu | Setup | Pricing Setup | Pricing Families 
Concepts  
You may find occasions where the price of an item is dependent not on the quantity ordered in one line item, but on how many are ordered in the entire order. For example, an offset printer might give a discount based on the total number of business cards printed, even if they are for different people. The order may be entered as several lines (one for each business card), yet the price is based on the quantity of items


pricing_ch_14-promotions
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-02-18T12:43:28+00:00
Main Menu | Setup | Pricing Setup | Promotions 
Concepts



You may create a set of promotions in the pricing setup to apply to estimates, orders, or individual companies. Promotions may be in the form of a percentage-off or dollar-value and are made to be set up according to your company's needs.


pricing_ch_15-commission_plans
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:26:33+00:00
Main Menu | Setup | Pricing Setup | All Pricing Setup Commission Plans

Concepts

In Control, you can establish commission plans to facilitate the tracking of sales and commission for salespeople. Commission plans can be based on margin or sales price, and can vary based on the number of salespeople that worked on a specific order as well as the pricing plan of the customer. Further options may require a customized report.


pricing_ch_16-lookup_tables
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:26:33+00:00
Main Menu | Setup | Pricing Setup | Lookup Tables 
Concepts

Screens

Figure 16 1 Lookup Tables Setup Screen

Lookup Table Name	Enter a name for the lookup table.

Category	Select the category in which this lookup table belongs.

Edit Table	Click this button to open a window with an edit dialogue.


pricing_ch_17-discount_tables
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:26:33+00:00
Main Menu | Setup | Pricing Setup | Discount Tables 
Concepts

Screens

Figure 17 1 Discount Table Screen

Discount Table Name	Enter a name for this discount table.

Variable	Select the variable this discount table will use. Does your customer get a discount based on how long a project takes? How much fabric is used? How much do the materials cost?


pricing_ch_18-pricing_forms
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-02-18T12:58:45+00:00
Main Menu | Setup | Pricing Setup | Pricing Forms 
Concepts

The Pricing Form Designer, or PFD, is a design tool for creating pricing forms in Cyrious Control. Aspects of creating products with variables, modifiers, selection lists, etc. are handled at an advanced level.


pricing_ch_19-product_layouts
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:26:34+00:00
There are two types of product layouts.

	*  Formula based using Cyrious Formula Language, or CFL
	*  XSLT based (obsolete but supported for backwards capability)
 Although Cyrious currently supports XSLT, we urge you to rework your product layouts using CFL. CFL is faster, easier to maintain, and promises greater compatibility in future releases of our software.


pricing_ch_20-default_interfaces
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:26:34+00:00
To create a started configuration for your products, you will probably want to specify which pricing forms and product layouts to use as the default. 

Each product can override these values and specify their own pricing form and product layouts.

Default Configuration Screen


pricing_ch_21-quick_products
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:26:35+00:00
In most businesses, a handful of products represent the greatest percentage of orders. Quick products are a useful way to make those key products easily accessible from the home screen and from within order entry. Quick products may be customized by the User, which is especially useful for different locations and/or divisions.


pricing_ch_22-understanding_pricing
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:26:35+00:00
Whoever is setting up the pricing must be thoroughly familiar with your current pricing methodology. Most Users switching to Control are working with personal pricing systems.

These systems range from individual ad-hoc pricing, to general spreadsheets, to semi-automated spreadsheets.


pricing_locks
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-02-18T13:02:28+00:00
Concept

A Pricing Calculation Lock (or Pricing Lock for short) refers to the ability to lock an order from price changes associated with calculated changes in the base price. The following items will not be recalculated when pricing calculation lock is in affect:


pricing_setup_manual
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:26:36+00:00
Pricing Setup Manual

	*  pricing_ch_01-using_this_guide
	*  pricing_ch_02-cyrious_and_pricing
	*  pricing_ch_03-products
		*  Adjust Product Info
		*  Product UDFs
		*  product_assemblies
		*  product_and_part_tags|Product and Part Tags
		*  cfl_reference

	*  pricing_ch_04-parts
		*  Job Costing
		*  product_driven_part_expenses
		*  inventory
		*  adjust_part_information
		*  adjust_part_cost
		*  Adjust Part inventory
		*  Part UDFs
		*  product_and_part_tags|Product and Part Tags

	*  prici…


print_unique_estimate_numbers_on_estimates
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-02-18T13:03:58+00:00
Description

Cyrious Estimates are numbered automatically by the system. However, the Estimate Number does not change with revisions. We have encountered instances where the client has selected the wrong estimate for the total price when crafting purchase orders or contracts and then pleaded confusion about which of the estimates submitted to choose from.


processing_credit_cards
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:26:36+00:00
Cyrious Control supports online credit card processing.

	*  Elavon - through capital_q (for U.S. users) and nxgen_canada (for Canadian users).

All other interfaces are no longer supported and are not compliant with PCI-DSS requirements. Control version 4.4 and newer are PCI-DSS certified when using the Elavon interface.


product_assemblies
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:26:37+00:00
Product Assemblies are used to manually or automatically link top-level Products to their Child Products.  Assemblies can be used to dynamically combine different Products into a single top-level Product (like combining all the binding and finishing options for a printing product), or to create complex


product_driven_part_expenses
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-02-18T13:09:04+00:00
Beginning with Control 4.40.1002.1901, products can now define which Expense Account will be used for each part type on line items in orders, estimates, and service tickets. Below we will explain in more detail how this works.

Concept

Prior to this version, the expense account used for a line item's part was selected directly from the part's setup. Within the product setup there is now a mechanism to control the expense account selection with more flexibility.


product_tree
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:26:37+00:00
Explanation of SQL

This query produces a SQL of the Product Tree. It can be used as is, but it is often useful as a basis for other Product based SQL's where the data should be displayed in tree format.

Notes

Risk of Data Corruption if Run Improperly


production
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-02-18T13:11:30+00:00
Production



Automatically create part usage cards for:

	*  Labor time cards when : This option allows you to choose the order status at which part usage cards will be created.
	*  Equipment time cards when : This option allows you to choose the order status at which equipment time cards will be created.


production_cloudapp
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-04-11T15:00:54+00:00
What is the Production CloudApp?

The Production CloudApp (PrCA) is a web based application designed especially for tasks that are common in the production area. Those tasks include: clocking in and out, changing stations, viewing a job board, posting time and materials to a job, etc… The application can be accessed via any web-enabled device by visiting


production_cloudapp_pricing_model
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:26:38+00:00
Overview

Production CloudApp (PrCA) is a web based application designed especially for tasks that are common in the production area. Those tasks include: clocking in and out, changing stations, viewing a job board, posting time and materials to a job, etc


production_floor_tracking_system_profits
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:26:38+00:00
This feature is currently in production, therefore the documentation contained in these pages is subject to change.

	*  profits_overview
	*  quick_start_guide
	*  warehouse_management
	*  stockroom_transfer_screen
	*  warehouse_selection_in_orders_and_estimates
	*  warehouse_selection_in_pos_and_bills


production_terminal
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:26:39+00:00
Production Terminal

	*  PT Revision History* pt_overview

NOTE: Google Chrome has officially stopped supporting external plugins (Silverlight) as of September 1, 2015. Production Terminal will still function properly in Internet Explorer.

Installation

	*  how_to_install_production_terminal_on_iis_8_for_windows_8
	*  how_to_install_production_terminal_on_iis_8_for_windows_server_2012
	*  how_to_install_production_terminal_on_iis_7_for_windows_7
	*  how_to_install_production_terminal_on_iis_7_f…


production_terminal_-_lockups_and_unstable_after_logging_in
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:26:39+00:00
Issue

Production Terminal shows signs of instability, lockups, unable to log in, stuck on loading screen, etc. 

Cause

There are several potential causes to the problem above, below is a list of a few items that could ultimately lead to issues with Production Terminal.


production_terminal_and_jdf_messaging
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-02-20T13:49:25+00:00
Overview

Both Production Terminal and JDF Monitor use a hot-folder messaging system to communicate with the SSLIP. In this system, text files (usually XML based) are used to write message back and forth between the SSLIP and the external application.


production_terminal_issues_with_silverlight_on_mac
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-02-18T13:15:04+00:00
toc  Silverlight not working on Mac/ Silverlight gets caught in installation loop

Concept

Apple has tried to phase out older browser plugins in favor of moving towards HTML5, however Silverlight is required to run Production Terminal. This article will explain how to reinstall and enable silverlight to work on current Apple Operating systems.


production_terminal_options_and_security_setup
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:26:40+00:00
Production Terminal Options



	*  Enable Production Terminal - When this option is selected, the Production Terminal module will be enabled. If this option is not selected, the Production Terminal Module will not be enabled. Note: You must purchase the Production Terminal module to be able to access it.


production_terminal_release_notes
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:26:40+00:00
Production Terminal Release Notes (by version of Control released in)



Control Release Notes 5.1.1409.2901

Production Terminal

	*  Production Terminal - #238825 - Production Terminal should show Display Units on the Part listing screen (6501)
	*


production_terminal_stops_working_on_google_chrome
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:26:41+00:00
Introduction

This article is to help users get Production Terminal back up and running in Google Chrome if the browser disables Silverlight automatically.

NOTE: Google Chrome has officially stopped supporting external plugins and has removed the NPAPI setting completely as of September 1, 2015. Production Terminal still will function properly in Internet Explorer.


products_and_parts
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-02-18T13:17:03+00:00
Products



	*  Require sale account in product entry. If this option is selected, a sale account will be required in product entry. If this option is not selected, no sale account will be required.
	*  Require Pricing Family in product entry. If this option is selected, a pricing family will be required in product entry. If this option is not selected, no product family will be required.


profits_overview
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:26:41+00:00
Overview

The combination of Cyrious’ inventory tracking and CFL’s capabilities are a power combination. Prior to 2010, Cyrious users could only track inventory at the division level. Cyrious introduced warehouses in 2010 to enable businesses to split their inventory into multiple independent warehouses within a division.


progress_billing
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:26:41+00:00
Description

For large jobs which extend over a long period of time from start to completion, progress payments and partial billing are a good and tested solution to improve cash flow and minimize the risk of a bad debt.

Cyrious's Progress Billing option through the % Complete sliders is an excellent and easy way to create and issue a progress-billed invoice. In fact, we have observed it is an enormous time-saver over alternative methods such as manually splitting orders. However, there are a n…


proof_images_do_not_appear_in_webview
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:26:42+00:00
Cause

This happens because the user account used by Internet Information Services (IIS) does not have access to the image using the path specified in Control.

Resolution

The path to the image file needs to be the same on the server and computer that added the image to the line item. For instance, if you keep your artwork on a mapped network drive (e.g. Y:\ArtworkFiles\ProofImage.jpg) then that path must be valid on the server as well. Specifically, it must be valid for the user account used b…


pt_overview
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:26:42+00:00
Production Terminal Overview

media type="youtube" key="0hopmu2XvYM" height="720" width="1280"

Production Terminal is a web-based application developed specifically with Production departments in mind. It gives users access to features in Control that are focused only on Production. This softens the learning curve for Production users by giving them only the features they need while staying fully integrated with Control so that project updates performed by either the Production, Sales, or Desig…


purchase_orders_bills_and_receiving_documents
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-02-18T13:19:08+00:00
Setup>System Setup>Purchase Orders, Bills, Receiving Documents



	*  Enable Payables and Bills -  If this option is selected, you will be able to access the Payables and Bills features in Control. If this option is not selected, you will not be able to access the Payables and Bills features.


purchase_orders_unable_to_load_part_by_catalog_items
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:26:42+00:00
Issue

When Creating PO For select Vendor and choosing Item Type “Catalog Item” you should get a drop

down for “Item Name” with a catalog part selection list if parts are associated with Vendor. In

some cases when loading “Item Name” after choosing Catalog Item as


purge_all_transactions_for_test_company_control_5.75
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:26:43+00:00
Explanation of SQL

This query will delete all Transactions and their activities that are linked to the 'Test Company' which an Account.ID = 1001. If your test company has a different ID you can change the @AccountID parameter accordingly. 

Risk of Data Corruption if Run Improperly


purge_all_transactions_for_test_company_control_6.1
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:26:44+00:00
Explanation of SQL

This query will delete all Transactions and their activities that are linked to the 'Test Company' which an Account.ID = 1001. If your test company has a different ID you can change the @AccountID parameter accordingly.

Risk of Data Corruption if Run Improperly


purge_all_transactions_for_test_company_oobv2.72
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:26:44+00:00
Explanation of SQL

This query will delete all Transactions and their activities that are linked to the 'Test Company'. The 'Test Company' was added to the OOB v2.72 dataset, so this query is only available for OOB v2.72 to OOB v2.78C. Transactions and activities linked to other companies will remain untouched.


purge_all_transactions_for_test_company_oobv2.78d
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:26:44+00:00
Explanation of SQL

This query will delete all Transactions and their activities that are linked to the 'Test Company'. The 'Test Company' was added to the OOB v2.72 dataset, however changes were made to the database format in OOB v2.78D so this query only works for OOB v2.78D+. Transactions and activities linked to other companies will remain untouched.


purge_orders_and_customers_using_sql
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:26:46+00:00
This document describes the SQLs used to:

	*  PURGE all Orders, Estimates, POs, RDs, Bills
	*  PURGE all Customers & Contacts
	*  PURGE all Customized Report Settings
	*  PURGE all Addresses and Phone Numbers for Companies, Contact, Orders
	*  PURGE all Activities (Journals) including Payments, Contact Activities, etc.


quick_start_guide
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:26:46+00:00
These quick start steps will help you jump into using Production Floor Inventory Tracking. These steps assume you have already purchased and installed the Inventory Tracking module and the Advanced Inventory Management modules.

Setting up Your Warehouses


quickbooks_2020_imports
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2020-05-18T11:45:19+00:00
*  
	*  
	*  .



	*  
	*  
	*  “”
	*  “”“”“”
	*  “”
	*  “”
	*  “”
	*  “”“”
	*  “”
	*  
	*  “”



	*  
	*  
	*  
	*  “”
	*  “”
	*  
	*  
	*  
	*  
	*  
	*  
	*  “”
	*


quickstart_checklist
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2024-12-30T15:17:46+00:00
This checklist is intended for two audiences that are implementing Control 4.x and higher:

	*  Users upgrading from Control 3.1
	*  Users migrating to the accounting module in Control from another accounting system.

Training and Information Sources


rdp_out_of_memory_error
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-02-18T14:30:54+00:00
Users of Cyrious Cloud and Remote Desktop may occasionally experience an “Out of Memory” error when running Control or other programs remotely. This is not directly a Control issue, but an issue with the local computer not reserving enough memory to work with RDP.


reconciling_interdivisional_customer_credits
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-02-18T14:31:26+00:00
Cyrious Control allows the free transfer of credits between different divisions. The presumption is that to the customer, you are one establishment. As such, Control will automatically make transfer entries between different divisions when credit is applied or given.


reconcilling_interdivisional_vendor_credits
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-02-18T14:31:49+00:00
Cyrious Control allows the free transfer of vendor credits between different divisions. The presumption is that to the vendor, you are one establishment. As such, Control will automatically make transfer entries between different divisions when vendor credit is applied or given.


remove_auto-generated_material_usage
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:26:48+00:00
Explanation of SQL

This will remove any material inventory usage that is Auto-Generated when an order is mark sale.

The was created in response to a customer who had the option set to auto-generate material usage cards on built, but did not want it set that way.  Since this customer did not use the Built status, the query is based on the Sale status.


replenishing_part_selection_list
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:26:48+00:00
Replenishing Part Selection List

	*  The following fields are a part of the Fulfillment feature added to versions 04.50.1103.2201 and later. For more information on fulfillment, click on this link: fulfillment_overview.

Selection lists have the ability to replenish (produce inventory for) a part. When replenishing parts, the option to create parts in-order is also available. The following optinos on selection lists are used for replenishing parts:


report_-_cost_analysis_by_order
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:26:49+00:00
The Cost Analysis By Order is the primary system report for analyzing job profitability and comparing estimated costs to actual costs.

The following information is provided on the report:

	*  Income
	*  Estimated Quantities and Costs
	*  Actual Quantities and Costs (for parts recorded to date)


report_file_not_specified_for_report
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-02-18T14:33:46+00:00
This error is generated when a system macro is not functioning as intended. Attempt to disable macro at the user level inside control. If this is not sufficient call Technical Support to have the IsSystem bitfield set to 0

An example of this is:

in table rulemacro


report_viewer
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:26:49+00:00
Report Viewer

With Control version 05.70.1612.0601, the previewing of reports has been removed from Control and placed in a separate application that gets embedded into Control. This change was made to get around a few issues in the Crystal Report preview. Notably:


reports
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:26:50+00:00
Cyrious Control support multiple report formats, though almost all of the standard reports are done in Crystal Report based Reports. Other supported report formats are Microsoft Word based Reports and Microsoft SQL Query Based Reports.

Report Menus

There are several different report menus in Control, including:

	*  Main Menu Reports
	*  Action Toolbar Reports
	*  Quick Reports
	*  Main Toolbar Reports

Key Reports


reports_-_cost_analysis_report
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:26:50+00:00
Description

The following cost analysis reports are available in Control.

	*  report_-_cost_analysis_by_order


request_failed_or_the_service_did_not_respond_in_a_timely_fashion
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:26:50+00:00
Issue: When trying to start SQL Server Reporting Services, an error message appear with the following text:


The request failed or the service did not respond in a timely
fashion. Consult the event log or other applicable error logs
for details


After checking the event log:


resell_parts
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:26:51+00:00
The Need

Before this feature was added, Control only allowed for a user to sell a specific product which could be made up of any combination of parts. Control allowed for the user to sell individual parts such as materials (rolls of vinyl, sheets of coroplast, etc.) to their clients without having a product that pulls in those parts.


reset_all_warehouses_back_to_default_sql
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:26:52+00:00
Explanation of SQL

This series of SQL queries will reset all warehouse records back to the default. In essence, it reassigns all past and current warehouses records to the default (ID=10) warehouse.

Risk of Data Corruption if Run Improperly

High


resetting_employee_passwords
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:26:52+00:00
When an employee loses their password, productivity is lost, and rather than having to get in touch with tech support, this is an easy way to get that taken care of.

Concept

Employee passwords can be changed by administrators within the office, and not just by Cyrious tech support.


restart_control
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:26:52+00:00
Note: This wiki applies to Control 6.0 and later.

Objective

Occasionally it's necessary to re-start all Control related software.  It's best and easiest to simply re-start the server on which Control is installed. However, during business hours this may not be desireable if users need access to files on the server while Control is being re-started. Below is the manual process that should be used when re-starting Control manually. Also, if Control does not start properly after a server reboot.


result_processing_instruments
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-02-18T14:47:42+00:00
Many of the marketing related instruments use the results obtained in the Search Results Instrument and take action on them. This section of the manual describes these instruments.

Report List instrument

This instrument displays all of the reports.


sales_management
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:26:53+00:00
Sales Management is an expansive topic which could (and does) fill an entire college curriculum. Control is not meant to duplicate or even facilitate every possible type of sales management process. However, there are numerous ways in which Control can make the sales process much easier. These WIKI pages cover some of the common ways in which Control can be used in Sales Management.The discussion of these approaches assume an underlying familiarity with Control. New users should try to walk thro…


sales_management_-_use_of_contact_activity_results
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:26:53+00:00
Whereas the Contact Activity type and Contact Activity SubTypes help in classifying the type of activity made, the Activity Result is used to classify the success or failure of the activity. While this feature has existed since the first version of Control, evidence indicates that only few users are using it to its fullest.


sales_management_-_use_of_contact_activity_sub-types
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:26:53+00:00
This feature was implemented in order to better facilitate the classification of calls, appointments, etc. While this feature has existed since the first version of Control, few users have “discovered” it and Cyrious had not implemented the reports that might make it more valuable.


sales_tax_treatment_in_control
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:26:54+00:00
The purpose of this page is to provide answers to questions (beyond just setup) that have arisen regarding sales tax treatment in Control.

Topics

	*  Why is Tax on Sale and not Orders Placed, Built, or Closed?
	*  florida_state_tax_cap_limits


scheduled_macros_not_working
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:26:54+00:00
Problem:

Scheduled report macros do not work, but show up in Completed Activities as having been completed. Error log indicates that the necessary report file does not exist in the SSLIP folder.

Solution:

Place the report file in the SSLIP folder. This should not occur in versions 5.1 and above.


search_configuration_instruments
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:26:54+00:00
Search Type Instrument

This instrument allows the user to select the type of search to be performed. Valid choices are:

	*  Customer
	*  Contact
	*  Order/Service Ticket
	*  Estimate
	*  Activity 

Almost every other instrument subscribes to the result type and adjusts based on its selection. If it is not found, customer will be the assumed result type by all instruments.


search_results_instruments
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:26:55+00:00
Search Results Instrument

The Search Results Instrument is the results instrument. Almost all other marketing instruments are used to configure and specify the data to pull (Configuration Instruments), or use its the results for further actions (Processing Instruments). Each of these categories of instruments will be discussed in the following sections.


searching_with_part_search_-_categories_and_hierarchy
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:26:55+00:00
Summary

When using the Smart Part Search component, there are two common scenarios:

1) Getting all the parts for a certain category

2) Getting all the parts for a certain category, and any subcategories

To achieve #1, a filter should use PartCategoryName=TheCategoryName


service_tickets
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:26:55+00:00
Go to: Entering a Support Ticket


set_warehouse_summaries_unitids_and_unittypes
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-02-18T15:14:08+00:00
Explanation of SQL

This SQL query will set the warehouse summary items UnitID and UnitType to the Part's UnitID and InventoryUnitType.

Risk of Data Corruption if Run Improperly

High. Data is modified in this query. Do not run this except under the direction of a Cyrious Technical Support staff member. Doing otherwise may result in lost or contaminated data. All data modifications done through direct SQL


setting_a_custom_filter_on_an_explorer
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:26:56+00:00
A new Custom Filter option was added in Control version 5.1. This allows for the setup of custom filtering on different columns in the Explorers. To set a custom filter on a column, run the mouse cursor over the column's header, then click the small down arrow that appears in the header's upper-right corner. A drop-down menu will appear containing a selection of values that have been detected in the value, as well as the word 'Custom'. To define your own custom filter, click 'Custom'.


setting_up_a_sql_report
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-02-18T15:15:16+00:00
{$Page}

A is displayed using the following tabs or pages … to show the order information grouped appropriately.

Using Parameters in the Query

Parameters are dynamically created from the SQL statement using special syntax. To use a parameter, surround the name you wish to use with


setting_up_canadian_taxes_when_pst_is_applied_to_item_cost_plus_gst
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:26:56+00:00
The purpose of this document is to explain how to setup Control to calculate taxes in certain Canadian provinces where the PST is calculated on the item cost + GST tax.

Description

In Canada, taxes on goods sold consist of the PST (Provincial Sales Tax), levied by the provinces and the GST (Goods and Services Tax) federal tax. Some provinces use the HST (Harmonized Sales Tax), which is a combination of the PST and GST taxes. There are other significant differences with HST but do not need to b…


setting_up_emv_chip_credit_card_processing_in_control
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-02-18T15:16:33+00:00
Description

Most major credit card companies have begun releasing Credit/Debit cards with an embedded “chip”. This chip cannot be easily replicated and provides much greater security than the magnetic stripe used on Cards for the past decades. This chip technology is referred to as EMV.


setting_up_fedex_shipmanager_integration
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:26:57+00:00
Summary

Cyrious Control integrates with FedEx Ship Manager so that shipping address information may be automatically retrieved and tracking and cost information can be fed back into Control during the closeout process.

*NOTE:* This article describes how to configure the FedEx Ship Manager using UDFs and not the Order Shipping Tab. Go to


setting_up_fedex_shipmanager_integration_shipping_tab
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2022-05-25T16:26:58+00:00
Summary

Cyrious Control integrates with FedEx Ship Manager so that shipping address information may be automatically retrieved and tracking and cost information can be fed back into Control during the closeout process.

----------

Setting up the Server to work with FedEx Ship Manager


setting_up_online_taxes_avalara
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2020-12-04T19:54:20+00:00
This page will walk you through setting up Cyrious Control to use the online tax calculation web service provided by Avalara.

Concept

Setting up Control to use online tax calculations with Avalara.

Cautions

	*  Microsoft .NET must be installed.
	*  Web Service Enhancements 2.0 (WSE2) must be installed.
	*


setting_up_ups_worldship_integration
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:26:58+00:00
Cyrious Control integrates with UPS Worldship so that shipping address information may be automatically retrieved and tracking and cost information can be fed back into Control during the closeout process.

----------

Setting up the Server to work with Worldship


setting_up_ups_worldship_integration_shipping_tab
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-05-28T18:08:06+00:00
Cyrious Control integrates with UPS Worldship so that shipping address information may be automatically retrieved and tracking and cost information can be fed back into Control during the closeout process.

----------

Setting up the Server to work with Worldship


setting_up_usps_endicia_integration_shipping_tab
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:26:59+00:00
Summary

Cyrious Control integrates with Endicia so that USPS shipping address information may be automatically retrieved and tracking and cost information can be fed back into Control during the closeout process.

Setting up the Server to work with USPS Endicia


setup_control_to_use_replicated_database_to_provide_data_for_reports
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-02-18T15:23:13+00:00
Concept

Control can be configured to have reports pull data from a replicated database.

Cautions

If set up improperly loss of data is possible. Be sure to back up the live database before continuing. The following steps should only be performed by a SQL Database Administrator or experienced SQL Server Users. This configuration is not supported under the Standard Support Agreement.


setup_manual
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:26:59+00:00
Setup Manual

	*  system_setup_ch_1-using_this_guide
	*  system_setup_ch_2-machine_setup
	*  system_setup_ch_3-employee_setup
	*  system_setup_ch_4-system_setup
		*  concept_access_and_general_setup_menu
		*  orders_estimates_and_service_tickets
		*  production
		*  purchase_orders_bills_and_receiving_documents
		*  company
		*  products_and_parts
		*  explorer_options
		*  marketing_and_activity_manager
		*  miscellaneous
		*  webview_options
		*  production Terminal Options and Security Setup
…


setup_new_control_user
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:27:00+00:00
Overview

The information below can be used to set up a new user in Control after purchasing a new user license. The following assumes that Control is already installed with existing users already in the system.

Validating New User License

There are two ways to validate the new license:


shared_user_account
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-03-22T12:37:44+00:00
Shared User Account Setup

	*  Enable Production Terminal  - When this option is selected, the Shared User account will be enabled. If this option is not selected, the Shared User account login will not be available.
	*  Shared User Account Security Group


shared_user_account_feature
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-03-22T12:41:21+00:00
Purpose

Many companies utilize a shared terminal for employee access. For these customers, the additional licenses to have multiple copies running and/or the time lost by switching log-ins is making Control a non-starter. The shared_user_account Feature was added to address these issues for smaller shops.


shipping_tab_overview
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:27:01+00:00
Description

With the addition of the Shipping Tab in Control, all of the shipment information is now consolidated to one location, and the ability to split Orders into multiple shipments has been added. Shipment information is also saved here, such as ship dates, tracking numbers, and quantities sent in each shipment. A few of the changes you should be aware of:


show-hide_toolbar_buttons_-_menu_actions
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:27:01+00:00
This feature gives the user the ability to add and remove toolbar buttons, and top-level menu items.

Concept

The Main Control Toolbar and Main Menu are mostly static collections of toolbar buttons and menu items. Some buttons and menus are removed based on modules or security, but most of them remain regardless of the user or their use of the system.


sidebar
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-03-09T16:16:35+00:00
Home

----------

Control

Documentation

Release Notes

How-To

FAQs




Ecommerce

Documentation

Release Notes


simple_production_tracking_on_orders_sql
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:27:01+00:00
Explanation of SQL

This SQL demonstrates a simple production tracking report you can implement at the order level.  

To use it, create an order UDF called “Production Date” that is required.  Enter this date for all orders (since it is required)!  This report generates a list of orders with a production date in the specified period, sorted by status (Closed, then Sale, then Built, then WIP).  The data is then organized by the ORDER station (not the line item station).


smart_part_summary_variable_and_component
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-07-05T16:22:01+00:00
Control - Smart Part Summary

Part Summary Component



The Part Summary component displays the information for a Part Summary Variable (PSumV), which is a summary of the total quantity, cost, and price of items from a PSV and/or a PFV. These totals may be grouped and sorted by one of the part properties (e.g. Size)


sms_error_directory_is_controlled_by_other_.net_file
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:27:01+00:00
This is an error caused by locks physically embodied in the famous .lck files – pdoxusrs.lck.

To resolve this error open the file location of the cyrious folder. 

1. Shut down SMS and the SSLIP. 

2. Open the SSLIP folder 

3. Choose to sort by file type in the detail view.


sms_errors
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:27:02+00:00
Error Message:

sms:Directory is controlled by other .NET file


solid_state_hard_drives
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:27:02+00:00
Will upgrading to a solid-state hard drive (SSD) improve the performance of Cyrious Control / SQL Server?

Information

Solid State Hard Drivers are becoming more popular hardware upgrades in today's computer systems. They add a considerable improvement in speed over their previous counterparts due to using NAND Flash Memory with no physical moving parts in the drives. The performance increase seen by using these drives over the older 'mechanical' drives can be substantial. For more information …


space.template.default
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:27:03+00:00



space.template.how-to
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:27:03+00:00
Description

Concept

Basic Discussion of Approach

Cautions

Warning or areas where the approach might not work as expected

Steps

	*  Step 1
	*  Step 2

Source

Contributor: who, company (optional)

Date: _ _/_ _/2009

Version: Control 4._


space.template.oob_release_notes
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:27:03+00:00
OOB Features

	*  
	*  

Changes

	*  
	*


space.template.pricing_form_component_reference
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:27:04+00:00
The xxxx object is a component used in the pricing form designer.  It is a container/label/??? component located on the ??? tab in desiner.



Similar Components 

Key Properties 

The key properties used by this object are:
~ Property ~ Values ~ Default


space.template.release_notes
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:27:04+00:00
Features

	*  Feature A
		*  SubFeature
		*  SubFeature

	*  Feature B
	*  Feature C

Defect Fixes

	*  Defect A
		*  SubDefect 
		*  SubDefect 

	*  Defect  B

Backwards Compatibility

These changes is/is not backwards compatible with the previous version of Control.


space.template.release_notes_detailed
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:27:05+00:00
Features

	*  Feature A 
		*  SubFeature
		*  SubFeature

	*  Feature B
	*  Feature C

Defect Fixes

Orders, Estimates, Service Tickets

	*  Defect A 
		*  SubDefect
		*  SubDefect

	*  Defect B

Reports

Bills, Purchase Orders, Receiving Documents


space.template.screen_description
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:27:05+00:00
= Screens=

A  is displayed using the following tabs or pages ... to show the order information grouped appropriately.

====

This tab contains ...

====

...

...

...


space.template.sql_query
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:27:05+00:00
Explanation of SQL

Risk of Data Corruption if Run Improperly

None. This is a selection query and no data is modified in the running of it.

or

High. Data is modified in this query. Do not run this except under the direction of a Cyrious Technical Support staff member. Doing otherwise may result in lost or contaminated data. All data modifications done through direct SQL


space.template.sql_table_structure
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:27:05+00:00
Updated: 2009-09-21

Version: Control 4.4

Table Purpose, Usage, and Notes

This table is ...

Information on Table Data

	*  ClassTypeIDs Stores in Table:
		*  xxxxx - 
		*  xxxxx - 


Table Structure
~ Table.FieldName ~ Data Type ~ Description ~ Links To


space.template.topic_summary
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:27:06+00:00
Description

The  is ...

Screens

An  is displayed using the following tabs or pages:

	*  
	*  
	*  User Defined Fields Tab
	*  Additional UDF Layout Tabs

See  Entry Screens for more information.

Options

The following options are available for the :

	*


specifications_for_usb_magnetic_card_swipes
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:27:06+00:00
This page describes the technical requirements for Magnetic Card Swipes for use with Cyrious Control and Cyrious SMS.

Magnetic Stripe Overview

The magnetic data stored on a credit card is broken down into 3 sections, or “Tracks” as they are known. Only track 1 & track 2 are used by Cyrious. Track 3 contains


spell_check
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-02-18T15:29:57+00:00
Introduction

The purpose of this project is to add spell-check capabilities to Control. The implementation of the project will consist of 2 phases. Phase 1 will add spell-check capabilities to customer-facing text. Phase 2 will add spell-check capabilities to employee-facing text.


sql_-_delete_recurring_macro_activities
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:27:07+00:00
Explanation of SQL

This SQL will query the database and delete any Scheduled Macro Activities that are no longer associated with a Recurring Activity.

Steps to Delete a Recurring Activity

	*  Create a Backup.
	*  Open Control
	*  Click on Sales and Marketing


sql_bridge
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-02-18T15:32:52+00:00
Overview

Cyrious Control uses Microsoft SQL Server as its database engine/backend. It is often desirable to interface the Control data with another business application such as a web site, production scheduling program, or other.

Knowledgeable database programmers can read the data directly from the SQL databases without danger of interference with Control provided they ensure database, table, and row level locking is disabled in their requests. This is commonly done with the with (nolock) dir…


sql_bridge_-_unlock_records_in_recompute_monitor
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:27:08+00:00
Overview

This script will unlock all locked records in the Recomputer Monitor. This should only be used as a part of troubleshooting locked records and should not be part of a typical production routine.

The script requires sql_bridge in order to obtain IDs for the inserted records. sql_bridge is a collection of SQL Server stored prodedures and functions and external modules that can be called to safely insert or update data into the Control database and notify the CHAPI service that data has …


sql_bridge_drop_assembly_failed_error
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:27:09+00:00
Issue: You may run across an error when starting the SSLIP if you have reverted from the Control 6.1 version to a previous release. The error reads: Error installing SQL Bridge: DROP ASSEMBLY failed because 'SQLBridge' is referenced by object 'SQLBridge.Config.InstallFunctions'. If you see this error, you will need to run the SQL below on your database.


sql_bridge_example_-_auto-creating_a_default_sku_with_a_sql_trigger
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:27:09+00:00
Overview

Cyrious Control's sql_bridge is a collection of SQL Server stored procedures and functions and external modules that can be called to safely insert or update data into the Control database and notify the CHAPI service that data has been updated. The CHAPI service is a controller program that will then notify the SSLIP and all copies of Control about the changes.


sql_bridge_example_-_creating_scheduled_payments
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:27:09+00:00
Overview

Cyrious Control's sql_bridge is a collection of SQL Server stored prodedures and functions and external modules that can be called to safely insert or update data into the Control database and notify the CHAPI service that data has been updated. The CHAPI service is a controller program that will then notify the SSLIP and all copies of Control about the changes.


sql_bridge_example_-_inserting_a_note_in_a_company_record
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:27:09+00:00
Overview

Cyrious Control's sql_bridge is a collection of SQL Server stored procedures and functions and external modules that can be called to safely insert or update data into the Control database and notify the CHAPI service that data has been updated. The CHAPI service is a controller program that will then notify the SSLIP and all copies of Control about the changes.


sql_bridge_example_-_inserting_a_time_clock_record
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:27:10+00:00
This function demonstrates inserting Time Clock entries (in this case a vacation record) directly into the Control database.  The insert requires 2 records in the Journal and 2 records in the TimeCard database.  (A summary/detail for each.)



Overview


sql_engine_service_will_not_start
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-02-18T15:37:41+00:00
The SQL Database Engine service shows up in the services list as having the "Automatic Startup" option, but the service does not start. It will start manually, just not automatically on-startup.

First, confirm that the issue is caused by a "Timeout" of the SQL service after logging into Windows. Open the  Windows Event Viewer  and check they System Logs to see what occurred at the time of your last reboot. Proceed to the steps below if Windows has recorded an event ID of 7000 or 7009 for the Cy…


sql_error_when_saving_shipping_account_number
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:27:11+00:00
Error

User gets an error about converting data types when trying to save a shipping account number on a contact's shipping tab.

Solution

	*  Open SQL Server Management Studio on the Cyrious server
	*  Expand the current database
	*  Expand the Tables in the database


sql_report_for_simple_tax_report_by_order_from_the_gl
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:27:11+00:00
Explanation of SQL

This query provides the same data used for the tax report - that is a record of all of the income and taxes records in the GL for a specified period.  The dates of the report are SQL parameters that can be set during running.

This report is particularly helpful as a starting point if you are trying to compare the Avalara reports with the data in Cyrious.


sql_report_of_avalara_taxes_paid_based_on_line_item_taxxml
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:27:11+00:00
Explanation of SQL

This report pulls the data that is returned from Avalara and stored in the line item record.  It formats this into a report that may be helpful for comparing to Avalara.

WARNING:  This report should NOT be used for paying taxes.  While it may be helpful for checking, it does NOT pull data from the GL.  Therefore, it does NOT properly handle any adjustments to orders made after they are a sale.  For example, an order that is marked sale in one month but voided in another will…


sql_reports_reference
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:27:11+00:00
Control supports a type of report referred to as a SQL Report. In its simplest form, this is nothing but a SQL statement that can be put in the menus. There are two primary uses for SQL Reports:

	*  Retrieve Data into a File
	*  Update Data in the Database


sql_server_version_reference
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-02-20T13:51:56+00:00
Cyrious Control uses Microsoft SQL Server as its database engine. The intent of this WIKI is to provide basic information on the Microsoft SQL products and their applicability to Cyrious Control. Links to the installation files for all versions of SQL Server that Microsoft offers can be found


sql_stored_function_-_map_tax_class_by_name
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-02-18T19:41:34+00:00
Description

The SQL function is a utility that is used by several SQL import methods. This function may be added and used as needed.

Purpose

This function is used to look up a tax class by name. It is broken out into a different routine in case a company wants to tailor their lookup rules.


sql_stored_function_-_string_split
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-02-18T19:41:59+00:00
Description

The SQL function is a utility that is used by several SQL import methods. This function may be added and used as needed.

Purpose

This function splits an input string into a table of rows. This function is built in starting with SQL 2016, but previous versions of SQL have no built in function to do this.


sql_stored_procedure_-_add_note_to_company_order_or_estimate
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:27:13+00:00
Overview

The stored procedure can be used to add a new note to a customer, order, or estimate. You only need to (and are only allowed to) specify one of the following:

	*  @OrderNumber - The order number
	*  @EstimateNumber - The Estimate number


sql_stored_procedure_-_convert_estimate_to_order
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:27:13+00:00
Overview

The stored procedure can be used to convert an Estimate to an Order in Control.

You must supply one of the following values:

	*  @EstimateTHID   - The TransHeader.ID of the base estimate.
	*  @EstimateNumber - The Estimate Number to convert.


sql_stored_procedure_-_customer_list_import
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-05-03T13:06:21+00:00
SQL Stored Procedure - Customer List Import

WARNING: This is not kids stuff. Use of this feature requires expertise in SQL Server and in the Cyrious database structure. It is very possible to irreversibly damage your Cyrious Control database if you make a mistake. Always develop your tests using a separate database on a separate machine. If you are interested in using sql_bridge but are not a SQL guru, please contact a sales or consulting at Cyrious.


sql_stored_procedure_-_import_address
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-05-03T13:16:25+00:00
SQL Stored Procedure - Import Address

WARNING: This is not kids stuff. Use of this feature requires expertise in SQL Server and in the Cyrious database structure. It is very possible to irreversibly damage your Cyrious Control database if you make a mistake. Always develop your tests using a separate database on a separate machine. If you are interested in using sql_bridge but are not a SQL guru, please contact a sales or consulting at Cyrious.


sql_stored_procedure_-_import_company
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-05-03T13:24:29+00:00
SQL Stored Procedure - Import Company

WARNING: This is not kids stuff. Use of this feature requires expertise in SQL Server and in the Cyrious database structure. It is very possible to irreversibly damage your Cyrious Control database if you make a mistake. Always develop your tests using a separate database on a separate machine. If you are interested in using sql_bridge but are not a SQL guru, please contact a sales or consulting at Cyrious.


sql_stored_procedure_-_import_contact
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-05-03T13:22:13+00:00
SQL Stored Procedure - Import Contact

WARNING: This is not kids stuff. Use of this feature requires expertise in SQL Server and in the Cyrious database structure. It is very possible to irreversibly damage your Cyrious Control database if you make a mistake. Always develop your tests using a separate database on a separate machine. If you are interested in using sql_bridge but are not a SQL guru, please contact a sales or consulting at Cyrious.


sql_stored_procedure_-_import_estimate
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-05-03T12:12:08+00:00
SQL Stored Procedure - Import Estimate

WARNING: This is not kids stuff. Use of this feature requires expertise in SQL Server and in the Cyrious database structure. It is very possible to irreversibly damage your Cyrious Control database if you make a mistake. Always develop your tests using a separate database on a separate machine. If you are interested in using sql_bridge but are not a SQL guru, please contact a sales or consulting at Cyrious.


sql_stored_procedure_-_import_line_item
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-05-03T12:06:17+00:00
SQL Stored Procedure - Import Line Item

WARNING: This is not kids stuff. Use of this feature requires expertise in SQL Server and in the Cyrious database structure. It is very possible to irreversibly damage your Cyrious Control database if you make a mistake. Always develop your tests using a separate database on a separate machine. If you are interested in using sql_bridge but are not a SQL guru, please contact a sales or consulting at Cyrious.


sql_stored_procedure_-_import_order
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-05-03T12:09:22+00:00
SQL Stored Procedure - Import Order

WARNING: This is not kids stuff. Use of this feature requires expertise in SQL Server and in the Cyrious database structure. It is very possible to irreversibly damage your Cyrious Control database if you make a mistake. Always develop your tests using a separate database on a separate machine. If you are interested in using sql_bridge but are not a SQL guru, please contact a sales or consulting at Cyrious.


sql_stored_procedure_-_import_part
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-05-03T13:11:42+00:00
SQL Stored Procedure - Import Part

WARNING: This is not kids stuff. Use of this feature requires expertise in SQL Server and in the Cyrious database structure. It is very possible to irreversibly damage your Cyrious Control database if you make a mistake. Always develop your tests using a separate database on a separate machine. If you are interested in using sql_bridge but are not a SQL guru, please contact a sales or consulting at Cyrious.


sql_stored_procedure_-_import_part_category
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-05-03T13:07:55+00:00
SQL Stored Procedure - Import Part Category

WARNING: This is not kids stuff. Use of this feature requires expertise in SQL Server and in the Cyrious database structure. It is very possible to irreversibly damage your Cyrious Control database if you make a mistake. Always develop your tests using a separate database on a separate machine. If you are interested in using sql_bridge but are not a SQL guru, please contact a sales or consulting at Cyrious.


sql_stored_procedure_-_import_payment
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-05-03T13:14:30+00:00
SQL Stored Procedure - Import Payment

WARNING: This is not kids stuff. Use of this feature requires expertise in SQL Server and in the Cyrious database structure. It is very possible to irreversibly damage your Cyrious Control database if you make a mistake. Always develop your tests using a separate database on a separate machine. If you are interested in using sql_bridge but are not a SQL guru, please contact a sales or consulting at Cyrious.


sql_stored_procedure_-_import_shipping_information
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2024-01-10T11:21:44+00:00
SQL Stored Procedure - Import Shipping Information



WARNING: This is not kids stuff. Use of this feature requires expertise in SQL Server and in the Cyrious database structure. It is very possible to irreversibly damage your Cyrious Control database if you make a mistake. Always develop your tests using a separate database on a separate machine. If you are interested in using sql_bridge but are not a SQL guru, please contact a sales or consulting at Cyrious.


sql_stored_procedure_-_import_shipping_information_detail
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-05-03T13:01:00+00:00
SQL Stored Procedure - Import Shipping Information Detail

WARNING: This is not kids stuff. Use of this feature requires expertise in SQL Server and in the Cyrious database structure. It is very possible to irreversibly damage your Cyrious Control database if you make a mistake. Always develop your tests using a separate database on a separate machine. If you are interested in using sql_bridge but are not a SQL guru, please contact sales or consulting at Cyrious.


sql_stored_procedure_-_import_text_file_to_cols
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-05-03T13:20:35+00:00
SQL Stored Procedure - Import Text File To Cols

Description

The SQL function is a utility that is used by several SQL import methods. This function may be added and used as needed.





Purpose

This routine imports a delimited file into a table containing up to 30 columns.


sql_stored_procedure_-_insert_part_on_a_line_item
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:27:29+00:00
Overview

The stored procedure can be used to insert a part into a line item in Control`

You must supply the following values:

	*  @TDID   - The ID of the TransDetail record you're inserting in to
	*  @PartID   - The ID of the part you're inserting


sql_stored_procedure_-_quickbooks_import
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-05-03T13:03:26+00:00
SQL Stored Procedure - QuickBooks Import

WARNING: This is not kids stuff. Use of this feature requires expertise in SQL Server and in the Cyrious database structure. It is very possible to irreversibly damage your Cyrious Control database if you make a mistake. Always develop your tests using a separate database on a separate machine. If you are interested in using sql_bridge but are not a SQL guru, please contact a sales or consulting at Cyrious.


sql_structure_-_account_table
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:27:31+00:00
Updated: 2009-09-16

Version: Control 4.4

Table Purpose, Usage, and Notes

This table is the header record for an account in Control.  Accounts make up the following types of objects:

	*  Customers
	*  Prospects
	*  Vendors
	*  Personal Records

Information on Table Data


sql_structure_-_accountcontact_table
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:27:31+00:00
Updated: 2009-10-13

Version: Control 4.4

Table Purpose, Usage, and Notes 

This table contains the records of contacts for companies.  This includes customers, prospects, personal listings, and vendors. For all but vendors, at least one contact record is required


sql_structure_-_accountcontactuserfield_table
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:27:31+00:00
Updated: 2009-09-09

Version: Control 4.4

Table Purpose, Usage, and Notes 

This table is ...

Information on Table Data

	*  ClassTypeIDs Stores in Table:
		*  3001 - Account Contact UDFs


Table Structure 
~ Table.FieldName ~ Data Type ~ Description


sql_structure_-_accountuserfield_table
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:27:31+00:00
Updated: 2009-09-09

Version: Control 4.4

Table Purpose, Usage, and Notes 

This table is ...

Information on Table Data

	*  ClassTypeIDs Stores in Table:
		*  2001 - Account UDFs


Table Structure 
~ Table.FieldName ~ Data Type ~ Description ~ Links To


sql_structure_-_activitytimespan_table
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:27:32+00:00
Updated: 2009-09-21

Version: Control 4.4

Table Purpose, Usage, and Notes 

This table is ...

Information on Table Data

	*  ClassTypeIDs Stores in Table:
		*  1800 - Activity Time Span


Table Structure 
~ Table.FieldName ~ Data Type ~ Description


sql_structure_-_address_table
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:27:33+00:00
Updated: 2009-09-21

Version: Control 4.4

Table Purpose, Usage, and Notes 

This table is used for the storage of all addresses used by the following objects:

	*  Accounts (Customers, Vendors, Prospects)
	*  Contacts
	*  Transactions (Orders, Estimates, POs, RDs, Bills)


sql_structure_-_addresslink_table
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:27:33+00:00
Updated: 2009-09-23

Version: Control 4.4

Table Purpose, Usage, and Notes 

This table stores the links between Companies/Contacts/Store and Addresses.

Information on Table Data

	*  ClassTypeIDs Stores in Table:
		*  4002 - Address Link


The AddressTypeID is only used for Billing, Shipping, and other standard types created to be automatically added to new companies and contacts.


sql_structure_-_advquery_table
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:27:34+00:00
Updated: 2009-09-21

Version: Control 4.4

Table Purpose, Usage, and Notes 

This table is ...

Information on Table Data

	*  ClassTypeIDs Stores in Table:
		*  22600 - Advanced Query


Table Structure 
~ Table.FieldName ~ Data Type ~ Description ~ Links To


sql_structure_-_advquerynode_table
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:27:34+00:00
Updated: 2009-09-21

Version: Control 4.4

Table Purpose, Usage, and Notes 

This table is ...

Information on Table Data

	*  ClassTypeIDs Stores in Table:
		*  22700 - ???
		*  22701 - ???
		*  22702 - ???
		*  22703 - ???


Table Structure 
~ Table.FieldName


sql_structure_-_artworkcomment_table
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:27:35+00:00
Updated: 2016-04-15

Version: Control 5.7

Table Purpose, Usage, and Notes 

This table stores the text and graphing data for all artwork comments made by employees and contacts.

Information on Table Data

	*  CommentTypeIDs in Table:
		*  0 - Undefined


sql_structure_-_artworkdefaultplayer_table
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:27:35+00:00
Updated: 2016-04-15

Version: Control 5.7

Table Purpose, Usage, and Notes 

This table is ...

Information on Table Data

	*  ClassTypeIDs Stores in Table:
		*  xxxxx -


Table Structure 
~ Table.FieldName ~ Data Type ~ Description ~ Links To  ArtworkDefaultPlayer.ID


sql_structure_-_artworkdefaultrolelink_table
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:27:35+00:00
Updated: 2016-04-15

Version: Control 5.7

Table Purpose, Usage, and Notes 

This table is ...

Information on Table Data

	*  ClassTypeIDs Stores in Table:
		*  xxxxx -


Table Structure 
~ Table.FieldName ~ Data Type ~ Description ~ Links To  ArtworkDefaultRollLink.ID


sql_structure_-_artworkgroup_table
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:27:35+00:00
Updated: 2016-04-15

Version: Control 5.7

Table Purpose, Usage, and Notes 

This table contains the information associated with each Artwork Group

Information on Table Data

	*  ClassTypeIDs Stores in Table:

**

Table Structure 
~ Table.FieldName


sql_structure_-_artworkgroupstatushistory_table
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:27:36+00:00
Updated: 2016-04-15

Version: Control 5.7

Table Purpose, Usage, and Notes 

This table stores the history of all artwork status changes for an Artwork group.  Each change of the artwork group status results in a record in the ArtworkGroupStatusHistory table.  No history record is created for the initial creation of the Artwork Group.


sql_structure_-_artworkgrouptransdetaillink_table
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:27:36+00:00
Updated: 2016-04-15

Version: Control 5.7

Table Purpose, Usage, and Notes 

This table links the TransDetail table to the Artwork Group.

Information on Table Data

	*  ClassTypeIDs Stores in Table:
		*  xxxxx -


Table Structure 
~ Table.FieldName


sql_structure_-_artworkitem_table
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:27:36+00:00
Updated: 2016-04-15

Version: Control 5.7

Table Purpose, Usage, and Notes 

This table is ...

Information on Table Data

	*  ClassTypeIDs Stores in Table:
		*  xxxxx -


Table Structure 
~ Table.FieldName ~ Data Type ~ Description ~ Links To  ClassTypeID


sql_structure_-_artworklog_table
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:27:37+00:00
Updated: 2016-04-15

Version: Control 5.7

Table Purpose, Usage, and Notes 

This table contains all of the log entries for artwork related events.  This table is mostly for diagnostic and tracking, and is not accessible within Control except via reports


sql_structure_-_artworknotificationhistory_table
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:27:37+00:00
Updated: 2016-04-15

Version: Control 5.7

Table Purpose, Usage, and Notes 

This table records the history of all artwork email notifications.

Information on Table Data

	*  ClassTypeIDs Stores in Table:
		*  xxxxx -


Table Structure 
~ Table.FieldName


sql_structure_-_artworknotificationpending_table
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:27:37+00:00
Updated: 2016-04-15

Version: Control 5.7

Table Purpose, Usage, and Notes 

This table is ...

Information on Table Data

	*  ClassTypeIDs Stores in Table:
		*  xxxxx - 


Table Structure 
~ Table.FieldName ~ Data Type ~ Description ~ Links To  ArtworkNotificationPending.ClassTypeID


sql_structure_-_artworkplayer_table
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:27:38+00:00
Updated: 2016-04-15

Version: Control 5.7

Table Purpose, Usage, and Notes 

This table is used to link individuals involved in the artwork approval to the order.  A record is created for each customer or contact involved in the artwork approval process for the order.  It contains, among other things, the URLKey (GUID) field used to allow Contacts to link directly to the approval page for that order.


sql_structure_-_artworkplayerrolelink_table
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:27:38+00:00
Updated: 2016-04-15

Version: Control 5.7

Table Purpose, Usage, and Notes 

This table  identifies which role(s) a particular player is assigned. A separate table for Players Roles handles the case when a single employee player may assume several roles for the same order.


sql_structure_-_artworkprooffile_table
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:27:38+00:00
Updated: 2016-04-14

Version: Control 5.7

Table Purpose, Usage, and Notes 

This table stores the proof files for each Artwork Group.

Information on Table Data

	*  ClassTypeIDs Stores in Table:
		*  xxxxx -


Table Structure 
~ Table.FieldName ~ Data Type


sql_structure_-_artworkschema_table
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:27:38+00:00
Updated: 2016-04-15

Version: Control 5.7

Table Purpose, Usage, and Notes 

This table is ...

Information on Table Data

	*  ClassTypeIDs Stores in Table:
		*  xxxxx -


Table Structure 
~ Table.FieldName ~ Data Type ~ Description ~ Links To  ArtworkSchema.SchemaVersion


sql_structure_-_assemblylink_table
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:27:39+00:00
Updated: 2009-09-21

Version: Control 4.4

Table Purpose, Usage, and Notes 

This table is used to link assembly child items to an assembly container (product).

Information on Table Data

	*  ClassTypeIDs Stores in Table:
		*  12077 - Assembly Link


sql_structure_-_calendarlink_table
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:27:39+00:00
Updated: 2009-09-21

Version: Control 4.4

Table Purpose, Usage, and Notes 

This table is ...

Information on Table Data

	*  ClassTypeIDs Stores in Table:
		*  1760 - Calendar Link


Table Structure 
~ Table.FieldName ~ Data Type ~ Description ~ Links To


sql_structure_-_calendarstatus_table
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:27:39+00:00
Updated: 2009-09-21

Version: Control 4.4

Table Purpose, Usage, and Notes 

This table is ...

Information on Table Data

	*  ClassTypeIDs Stores in Table:
		*  1780 - Calendar Status


Table Structure 
~ Table.FieldName ~ Data Type ~ Description ~ Links To


sql_structure_-_catalogitem_table
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:27:40+00:00
Updated: 2009-09-16

Version: Control 4.4

Table Purpose, Usage, and Notes 

This table stores catalog information which are vendor specific information for purchasing parts.

Information on Table Data

	*  ClassTypeIDs Stores in Table:
		*  12076 - Catalog Item


sql_structure_-_closeout_table
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:27:40+00:00
Updated: 2009-09-17

Version: Control 4.4

Table Purpose, Usage, and Notes 

The Closeout table is a split table with the sql_structure_-_journal_table.  It is used to store additional information specific to closeouts.

Information on Table Data

	*  ClassTypeIDs Stores in Table:


sql_structure_-_commissionrate_table
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:27:40+00:00
Updated: 2009-09-21

Version: Control 4.4

Table Purpose, Usage, and Notes 

This table is ...

Information on Table Data

	*  ClassTypeIDs Stores in Table:
		*  1301 - Commission Rate


Table Structure 
~ Table.FieldName ~ Data Type ~ Description ~ Links To


sql_structure_-_contactactivity_table
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:27:41+00:00
Updated: 2009-09-21

Version: Control 4.4

Table Purpose, Usage, and Notes 

This table is a split table with the sql_structure_-_journal_table that is used ...

Information on Table Data

	*  ClassTypeIDs Stores in Table:
		*  21100 - Contact Activity
		*  21150 - Contact Activity Template


sql_structure_-_contractperiod_table
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:27:41+00:00
Updated: 2009-09-21

Version: Control 4.4

Table Purpose, Usage, and Notes 

This table is ...

Information on Table Data

	*  ClassTypeIDs Stores in Table:
		*  30200 - Contract Period


Table Structure 
~ Table.FieldName ~ Data Type ~ Description ~ Links To


sql_structure_-_country_table
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:27:41+00:00
Updated: 2009-09-21

Version: Control 4.4

Table Purpose, Usage, and Notes 

This table is ...

Information on Table Data

	*  ClassTypeIDs Stores in Table:
		*  xxxxx -
		*  xxxxx -


Table Structure 
~ Table.FieldName ~ Data Type ~ Description ~ Links To


sql_structure_-_coursecontactlink_table
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:27:42+00:00
Updated: 2009-09-21

Version: Control 4.4

Table Purpose, Usage, and Notes 

This table is ...

Information on Table Data

	*  ClassTypeIDs Stores in Table:
		*  30050 - Course Contact Link


Table Structure 
~ Table.FieldName ~ Data Type ~ Description


sql_structure_-_courseevent_table
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:27:42+00:00
Updated: 2009-09-21

Version: Control 4.4

Table Purpose, Usage, and Notes 

This table is ...

Information on Table Data

	*  ClassTypeIDs Stores in Table:
		*  30030 - Course Event


Table Structure 
~ Table.FieldName ~ Data Type ~ Description ~ Links To


sql_structure_-_courseterm_table
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:27:42+00:00
Updated: 2009-09-21

Version: Control 4.4

Table Purpose, Usage, and Notes 

This table is ...

Information on Table Data

	*  ClassTypeIDs Stores in Table:
		*  xxxxx -
		*  xxxxx -


Table Structure 
~ Table.FieldName ~ Data Type ~ Description ~ Links To


sql_structure_-_courseuserfield_table
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:27:43+00:00
Updated: 2009-09-21

Version: Control 4.4

Table Purpose, Usage, and Notes 

This table is ...

Information on Table Data

	*  ClassTypeIDs Stores in Table:
		*  xxxxx -
		*  xxxxx -


Table Structure 
~ Table.FieldName ~ Data Type ~ Description ~ Links To


sql_structure_-_customergoodsitem_table
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:27:43+00:00
Updated: 2010-04-30

Version: Control 4.4

Table Purpose, Usage, and Notes 

This table stores all products, modifiers and courses.

Information on Table Data

	*  ClassTypeIDs Stores in Table:
		*  12000 - Products
		*  12010 - Modifiers
		*  30000 - Courses


sql_structure_-_customrange_table
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:27:43+00:00
Updated: 2009-09-21

Version: Control 4.4

Table Purpose, Usage, and Notes 

This table is ...

Information on Table Data

	*  ClassTypeIDs Stores in Table:
		*  xxxxx -
		*  xxxxx -


Table Structure 
~ Table.FieldName ~ Data Type ~ Description ~ Links To


sql_structure_-_dashboard_table
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:27:44+00:00
Updated: 10/12/2009

Version: Control 4.4

Table Purpose, Usage, and Notes 

This table is used to store the layout and properties of user Dashboards.  System dashboards are not contained here.

Information on Table Data

	*  ClassTypeIDs Stored in Table:


sql_structure_-_discounttable_table
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:27:44+00:00
Updated: 2009-09-16

Version: Control 4.4

Table Purpose, Usage, and Notes 

This table stores the header record for a discount table in Control.  The individual items are stored in the sql_structure_-_discounttableitem_table.

Information on Table Data

	*  ClassTypeIDs Stores in Table:


sql_structure_-_discounttableitem_table
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:27:45+00:00
Updated: 2009-09-16

Version: Control 4.4

Table Purpose, Usage, and Notes 

This table stores the individual discount lines for a discount table in Control.  The header record is the sql_structure_-_discounttable_table.

Information on Table Data

	*  ClassTypeIDs Stores in Table:
		*


sql_structure_-_element_table
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:27:45+00:00
Updated: 2009-mm-dd

Version: Control 4.x

Table Purpose, Usage, and Notes 

This table is used to store small elements that mostly just have a name, description, and active options.

Information on Table Data

	*  ClassTypeIDs Stores in Table:
		*  350 - Title


sql_structure_-_emailactivity_table
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:27:45+00:00
Updated: 2009-09-21

Version: Control 4.4

Table Purpose, Usage, and Notes 

This table is split table with the sql_structure_-_journal_table and is used for ...

Information on Table Data

	*  ClassTypeIDs Stores in Table:
		*  20060 - Email Activity
		*  20061 - Email Activity Template


sql_structure_-_employee_table
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:27:46+00:00
Updated: 2009-09-22

Version: Control 4.4

Table Purpose, Usage, and Notes 

This table is used to store Employee Information. Payroll setup information is also included in these records, though they are only applicable when Payroll or Advanced Job Costing is enabled.


sql_structure_-_employeecontact_table
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:27:46+00:00
Updated: 2009-00-24

Version: Control 4.4

Table Purpose, Usage, and Notes 

This table stores contact information for Employees.

Information on Table Data

	*  ClassTypeIDs Stores in Table:
		*  3501 - Employee Contact


Table Structure 
~ Table.FieldName


sql_structure_-_employeegroup_table
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:27:47+00:00
Updated: 2009-09-25

Version: Control 4.4

Table Purpose, Usage, and Notes 

This table is the parent grouping for Employees and other Employee Groups. It can also serve as a Division grouping since Divisions are enabled within the EmployeeGroup.

Information on Table Data


sql_structure_-_fedexshippinglog_table
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:27:47+00:00
Updated: 2009-09-21

Version: Control 4.4

Table Purpose, Usage, and Notes 

This table is used for the integration of FedEx Ship Manager with Control.

Information on Table Data 

This table is not a Control table and is not accessed directly by Control.  Instead, FedEx ShipManager writes to this table and a SQL Trigger is used to copy the data over to the appropriate Cyrious tables.


sql_structure_-_gl_table
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:27:47+00:00
Updated: 2009-09-17

Version: Control 4.4

Table Purpose, Usage, and Notes 

The GL Table stores all the general ledger transactional data. All GL entries are batched under a Journal entry stored in the sql_structure_-_journal_table, though many classes of Journal records don't have GL entries.


sql_structure_-_glaccount_table
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:27:48+00:00
Updated: 2009-09-16

Version: Control 4.4

Table Purpose, Usage, and Notes 

This table stores all of the information about all of the GL Accounts.Formerly split tables were used for some information, but as of Control 4.0 all information was brought into the GL Account Table.


sql_structure_-_goodsitempartlink_table
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:27:48+00:00
Updated: 2009-09-16

Version: Control 4.4

Table Purpose, Usage, and Notes 

This table stores the fixed Part-Product and Part-Modifier links.  This does not store links from selection lists (there are stored in the sql_structure_-_selectionlist_table).

Information on Table Data

	*


sql_structure_-_graphic_table
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:27:48+00:00
Updated: 2009-10-05

Version: Control 4.4

Table Purpose, Usage, and Notes 

This table stores the Store Logo, Employee Photo, and Employee Signature images.

Information on Table Data

	*  ClassTypeIDs Stores in Table:
		*  1502 - Graphic


Note: The


sql_structure_-_inventory_table
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:27:49+00:00
Updated: 2009-09-16

Version: Control 4.4

Table Purpose, Usage, and Notes 

This table is used to store the Inventory record for parts using inventory. Note that a record may still exist for Parts where the inventory is not being tracked if it was ever turned on in the past.


sql_structure_-_inventorylog_table
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:27:49+00:00
Updated: 2009-09-21

Version: Control 4.4

Table Purpose, Usage, and Notes 

This table is used to track the movement of inventory through production.

Information on Table Data

	*  ClassTypeIDs Stores in Table: 
		*  12045 - Part change activity: Created when the part name has changed.


sql_structure_-_iotemplate_table
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:27:49+00:00
Updated: 2009-09-17

Version: Control 4.4

Table Purpose, Usage, and Notes 

The IOTemplate (Input/Output Template) Table is used to store all pricing forms and product layouts.

Information on Table Data

	*  ClassTypeIDs Stores in Table:
		*  15000 - Pricing Forms (Input Templates)


sql_structure_-_journal_table
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:27:50+00:00
Updated: 2009-09-16

Version: Control 4.4

Table Purpose, Usage, and Notes 

This table is the basis of all activity tracking. Many activities are recorded only in the Journal table, while others record additional information in split tables.

Split Tables linked to the Journal (WHERE Journal.ID  SplitTable.ID) include:


sql_structure_-_link_table
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:27:50+00:00
Updated: 2009-09-21

Version: Control 4.4

Table Purpose, Usage, and Notes 

This table is ...

Information on Table Data

	*  ClassTypeIDs Stores in Table:
		*  xxxxx -
		*  xxxxx -


Table Structure 
~ Table.FieldName ~ Data Type ~ Description ~ Links To


sql_structure_-_marketinglistitem_table
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:27:50+00:00
Updated: 2009-09-21

Version: Control 4.4

Table Purpose, Usage, and Notes 

This table is ...

Information on Table Data

	*  ClassTypeIDs Stores in Table:
		*  5501 - Marking List Item

	*  Use MarketingListID to identify the type of Marketing List Item in the table:


sql_structure_-_part_table
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:27:51+00:00
Updated: 2010-04-30

Version: Control 4.4

Table Purpose, Usage, and Notes 

This table stores the Part record for all part types.

Information on Table Data

	*  ClassTypeIDs Stores in Table: 
		*  12014 - Part


PartTypeID Enumerated Values

	*  0  Materials


sql_structure_-_partinfotemplate_table
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:27:51+00:00
Updated: 2009-09-21

Version: Control 4.4

Table Purpose, Usage, and Notes 

This table is ...

Information on Table Data

	*  ClassTypeIDs Stores in Table:
		*  xxxxx -
		*  xxxxx -


Table Structure 
~ Table.FieldName ~ Data Type ~ Description ~ Links To


sql_structure_-_partinventoryconversion_table
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:27:51+00:00
Updated: 2009-06-19

Version: Control 4.4

Table Purpose, Usage, and Notes 

This table stores the unit conversions for the default and alternate units for a part.  Each part has one (the default unit) and may have many.

Information on Table Data

	*


sql_structure_-_partusagecard_table
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:27:52+00:00
Updated: 2009-09-21

Version: Control 4.4

Table Purpose, Usage, and Notes 

This table is used for storing posted Part Usage Cards.

Information on Table Data

	*  ClassTypeIDs Stores in Table:
		*  20565 - Part Usage Card


Table Structure 
~ Table.FieldName


sql_structure_-_partuserfield_table
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:27:52+00:00
Updated: 2010-04-30

Version: Control 4.4

Table Purpose, Usage, and Notes 

Note: This table is no longer used in Control versions 04.40.1004.0301 and later. The data is stored in the UDFXML field of the Part table and this table is renamed to Old_PartUserField


sql_structure_-_payment_table
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:27:52+00:00
Updated: 2009-09-21

Version: Control 4.4

Table Purpose, Usage, and Notes 

This table is a split table with the sql_structure_-_journal_table and is used for ...

Information on Table Data

	*  ClassTypeIDs Stores in Table:
		*  20000 - Master Payment
		*  20001 - Order Payment


sql_structure_-_paymentaccount_table
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:27:53+00:00
Updated: 2009-12-15

Version: Control 4.4

Table Purpose, Usage, and Notes 

This table is used to store information about the types of payments that can be accepted from customers.

Information on Table Data

	*  ClassTypeIDs Stores in Table:
		*  8002 - Payment Method


sql_structure_-_paymentplan_table
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:27:53+00:00
Updated: 2009-09-21

Version: Control 4.4

Table Purpose, Usage, and Notes 

This table is ...

Information on Table Data

	*  ClassTypeIDs Stores in Table:
		*  16100 - Payment Plan


Table Structure 
~ Table.FieldName ~ Data Type ~ Description ~ Links To


sql_structure_-_paymentterms_table
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:27:53+00:00
Updated: 2009-09-21

Version: Control 4.4

Table Purpose, Usage, and Notes 

This table is ...

Information on Table Data

	*  ClassTypeIDs Stores in Table:
		*  16000 - Payment Terms


Table Structure 
~ Table.FieldName ~ Data Type ~ Description ~ Links To


sql_structure_-_payroll_table
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:27:54+00:00
Updated: 2009-09-21

Version: Control 4.4

Table Purpose, Usage, and Notes 

This table is ...

Information on Table Data

	*  ClassTypeIDs Stores in Table:
		*  xxxxx -
		*  xxxxx -


Table Structure 
~ Table.FieldName ~ Data Type ~ Description ~ Links To


sql_structure_-_payrollpaycheck_table
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:27:54+00:00
Updated: 2009-09-21

Version: Control 4.4

Table Purpose, Usage, and Notes 

This table is ...

Information on Table Data

	*  ClassTypeIDs Stores in Table:
		*  xxxxx -
		*  xxxxx -


Table Structure 
~ Table.FieldName ~ Data Type ~ Description ~ Links To


sql_structure_-_payrollpaycheckpayitem_table
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:27:55+00:00
Updated: 2009-09-21

Version: Control 4.4

Table Purpose, Usage, and Notes 

This table is ...

Information on Table Data

	*  PayItemType in Table: 
		*  0 - StraightTime
		*  1 - OverTime
		*  2 - DoubleTime
		*  3 - ShiftDiffTime
		*  4 - Salary
		*


sql_structure_-_payrollpayitem_table
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:27:55+00:00
Updated: 2009-09-21

Version: Control 4.4

Table Purpose, Usage, and Notes 

This table is ...

Information on Table Data

	*  ClassTypeIDs Stores in Table:
		*  xxxxx -
		*  xxxxx -


Table Structure 
~ Table.FieldName ~ Data Type ~ Description ~ Links To


sql_structure_-_payrollpayitemlink_table
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:27:55+00:00
Updated: 2009-09-21

Version: Control 4.4

Table Purpose, Usage, and Notes 

This table is ...

Information on Table Data

	*  ClassTypeIDs Stores in Table:
		*  xxxxx -
		*  xxxxx -


Table Structure 
~ Table.FieldName ~ Data Type ~ Description ~ Links To


sql_structure_-_payrollpto_table
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:27:55+00:00
Updated: 2009-09-21

Version: Control 4.4

Table Purpose, Usage, and Notes 

This table is ...

Information on Table Data

	*  ClassTypeIDs Stores in Table:
		*  xxxxx -
		*  xxxxx -


Table Structure 
~ Table.FieldName ~ Data Type ~ Description ~ Links To


sql_structure_-_payrolltaxtable_table
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:27:56+00:00
Updated: 2009-09-21

Version: Control 4.4

Table Purpose, Usage, and Notes 

This table is ...

Information on Table Data

	*  ClassTypeIDs Stores in Table:
		*  xxxxx -
		*  xxxxx -


Table Structure 
~ Table.FieldName ~ Data Type ~ Description ~ Links To


sql_structure_-_payrolltaxtablerow_table
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:27:56+00:00
Updated: 2009-09-21

Version: Control 4.4

Table Purpose, Usage, and Notes 

This table is ...

Information on Table Data

	*  ClassTypeIDs Stores in Table:
		*  xxxxx -
		*  xxxxx -


Table Structure 
~ Table.FieldName ~ Data Type ~ Description ~ Links To


sql_structure_-_phonenumber_table
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:27:56+00:00
Updated: 2009-09-21

Version: Control 4.4

Table Purpose, Usage, and Notes 

This table is ...

Information on Table Data

	*  ClassTypeIDs Stores in Table:
		*  4100 - Phone Number


Table Structure 
~ Table.FieldName ~ Data Type ~ Description ~ Links To


sql_structure_-_postalcodetaxclass_table
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:27:57+00:00
Updated: 2009-09-21

Version: Control 4.4

Table Purpose, Usage, and Notes 

This table is ...

Information on Table Data

	*  ClassTypeIDs Stores in Table:
		*  5003 - Postal Code Tax Class


Table Structure 
~ Table.FieldName ~ Data Type ~ Description


sql_structure_-_prca.board.data_table
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:27:57+00:00
Updated: 2017-06-16

Version: Control 6.1

Table Purpose, Usage, and Notes 

This table is ...

Information on Table Data

	*  ClassTypeIDs Stored in Table:
		*  xxxxx -


Table Structure 
~ Table.FieldName ~ Data Type ~ Description ~ Links To  ClassTypeID


sql_structure_-_prca.board.enum.sorttype_table
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:27:57+00:00
Updated: 2017-06-16

Version: Control 6.1

Table Purpose, Usage, and Notes 

This table is ...

Table Structure 
~ Table.FieldName ~ Data Type ~ Description ~ Links To  ID  TinyInt  ID of the job board     Name  Varchar(64)  The name of the     
Related Tables


sql_structure_-_prca.board.myboard_table
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:27:58+00:00
Updated: 2017-06-16

Version: Control 6.1

Table Purpose, Usage, and Notes 

This table is ...

Information on Table Data

	*  ClassTypeIDs Stored in Table:
		*  xxxxx -


Table Structure 
~ Table.FieldName ~ Data Type ~ Description ~ Links To  BoardID


sql_structure_-_prca.board.stationlink_table
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:27:58+00:00
Updated: 2017-06-16

Version: Control 6.1

Table Purpose, Usage, and Notes 

This table is ...

Information on Table Data

	*  ClassTypeIDs Stored in Table:
		*  xxxxx -


Table Structure 
~ Table.FieldName ~ Data Type ~ Description ~ Links To  BoardID


sql_structure_-_prca.job.data_table
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:27:58+00:00
Updated: 2017-06-16

Version: Control 6.1

Table Purpose, Usage, and Notes 

This table is ...

Information on Table Data

	*  ClassTypeIDs Stored in Table:
		*  xxxxx -


Table Structure 
~ Table.FieldName ~ Data Type ~ Description ~ Links To  AssignedToID


sql_structure_-_prca.job.transactionlink_table
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:27:58+00:00
Updated: 2017-06-16

Version: Control 6.1

Table Purpose, Usage, and Notes 

This table is ...

Information on Table Data

	*  ClassTypeIDs Stored in Table:
		*  xxxxx -


Table Structure 
~ Table.FieldName ~ Data Type ~ Description ~ Links To  Depth


sql_structure_-_prca.schema_table
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:27:59+00:00
Updated: 2017-06-16

Version: Control 6.1

Table Purpose, Usage, and Notes 

This table is ...

Table Structure 
~ Table.FieldName ~ Data Type ~ Description ~ Links To  DateMigrated  DateTime2(0)        SchemaVersion  Int     
Related Tables


sql_structure_-_pricingelement_table
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:27:59+00:00
Updated: 2009-06-19

Version: Control 4.4

Table Purpose, Usage, and Notes 

This table is primarily used to store simple pricing related elements with a name, description, and Active indicator. This is most commonly used for groups or simple lists. Non-pricing related items are stored in the Element tables


sql_structure_-_pricinggraphic_table
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:27:59+00:00
Updated: 2009-10-05

Version: Control 4.4

Table Purpose, Usage, and Notes 

This table is used to store Product Images and Quick Product Images.

Product Images can be added from Product Setup as seen below and will attempt to be scaled down to 32×32


sql_structure_-_pricinglevel_table
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:28:00+00:00
Updated: 2009-09-16

Version: Control 4.4

Table Purpose, Usage, and Notes 

This table stores the information for Pricing Levels.

Information on Table Data

	*  ClassTypeIDs Stores in Table:
		*  12051 - Pricing Level


Table Structure 
~ Table.FieldName


sql_structure_-_pricinglink_table
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:28:00+00:00
Updated: 2009-09-16

Version: Control 4.4

Table Purpose, Usage, and Notes 

This table is used for various links that have a Product for one of the connections.

Information on Table Data

	*  ClassTypeIDs Stores in Table:
		*  12501 - Quick Product List


sql_structure_-_pricingplan_table
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:28:00+00:00
Updated: 2009-09-16

Version: Control 4.4

Table Purpose, Usage, and Notes 

This table stores the information about the product that is specific to a particular pricing plan (like the pricing).  You may have multiple pricing plan entries for any product, but will always have a Default entry.


sql_structure_-_pricingtable_table
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:28:01+00:00
Updated: 2009-10-16

Version: Control 4.4

Table Purpose, Usage, and Notes 

This table is used to store all Lookup Tables.  The “cell” contents are all stored in XML format in the TableElementStr field.

Information on Table Data

	*  ClassTypeIDs Stores in Table:


sql_structure_-_prodmodlink_table
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:28:01+00:00
Updated: 2009-10-14

Version: Control 4.4

Table Purpose, Usage, and Notes 

This table stores the links between products and modifiers.

Information on Table Data

	*  ClassTypeIDs Stores in Table:
		*  12070 - Product/Modifier Link


Table Structure


sql_structure_-_producttaxabilitycode_table
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:28:02+00:00
Updated: 2009-09-16

Version: Control 4.4

Table Purpose, Usage, and Notes 

This table is stores the Product Taxability Codes used to determine the tax treatment of products.

Information on Table Data

	*  ClassTypeIDs Stores in Table:
		*  5005 - Product Taxability Code


sql_structure_-_productuserfield_table
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:28:02+00:00
Updated: 2010-04-30

Version: Control 4.4

Table Purpose, Usage, and Notes 

This table stores user defined fields for Products.

Note: This table is no longer used in Control versions 04.40.1004.0301 and later. The data is stored in the UDFXML field of the CustomerGoodsItem table and this table is renamed to Old_ProductUserField.


sql_structure_-_promotion_table
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:28:02+00:00
Updated: 2009-09-16

Version: Control 4.4

Table Purpose, Usage, and Notes 

This table stores information of the Order Promotions defined in Control.

Information on Table Data

	*  ClassTypeIDs Stores in Table:
		*  12052 - Promotion


Table Structure


sql_structure_-_quickproduct_table
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:28:03+00:00
Updated: 10/6/2009

Version: Control 4.4

Table Purpose, Usage, and Notes 

This table stores the information for each of the Quick Product items.

Information on Table Data

	*  ClassTypeIDs Stored in Table:
		*  12500 - Quick Product


Table Structure


sql_structure_-_recurringactivity_table
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:28:03+00:00
Updated: 2009-09-21

Version: Control 4.4

Table Purpose, Usage, and Notes 

This table is a split table with the sql_structure_-_journal_table and is used for ...

Information on Table Data

	*  ClassTypeIDs Stores in Table:
		*  9201 - Recurring Activity
		*  9202 - Recurring Macro Activity??


sql_structure_-_reportelement_table
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:28:03+00:00
Updated: 2009-09-21

Version: Control 4.4

Table Purpose, Usage, and Notes 

This table is ...

Information on Table Data

	*  ClassTypeIDs Stores in Table:
		*  xxxxx -
		*  xxxxx -


Table Structure 
~ Table.FieldName ~ Data Type ~ Description ~ Links To


sql_structure_-_reportmenuitem_table
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:28:04+00:00
Updated: 2009-09-21

Version: Control 4.4

Table Purpose, Usage, and Notes 

This table is ...

Information on Table Data

	*  ClassTypeIDs Stores in Table:
		*  17200 - Report Menu Change
		*  17230 - Report Menu Group
		*  17240 - Action Report Menu Item


sql_structure_-_reservation_table
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:28:04+00:00
Updated: 2009-09-21

Version: Control 4.4

Table Purpose, Usage, and Notes 

This table is ...

Information on Table Data

	*  ClassTypeIDs Stores in Table:
		*  xxxxx -
		*  xxxxx -


Table Structure 
~ Table.FieldName ~ Data Type ~ Description ~ Links To


sql_structure_-_ruleaction_table
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:28:04+00:00
Updated: 2009-09-21

Version: Control 4.4

Table Purpose, Usage, and Notes 

This table is ...

Information on Table Data

	*  ClassTypeIDs Stores in Table:
		*  23110 - Contact Acitvity Action
		*  23120 - Email Action
		*  23130 - Report Action
		*


sql_structure_-_ruleactivity_table
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:28:05+00:00
Updated: 2009-09-21

Version: Control 4.4

Table Purpose, Usage, and Notes 

This table is ...

Information on Table Data

	*  ClassTypeIDs Stores in Table:
		*  21200 - Macro Activity
		*  21250 - Macro Activity Template


Table Structure 
~ Table.FieldName


sql_structure_-_rulemacro_table
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:28:05+00:00
Updated: 2009-09-21

Version: Control 4.4

Table Purpose, Usage, and Notes 

This table is ...

Information on Table Data

	*  ClassTypeIDs Stores in Table:
		*  23000 - Macro


Table Structure 
~ Table.FieldName ~ Data Type ~ Description ~ Links To


sql_structure_-_salesgoal_table
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:28:05+00:00
Updated: 2009-11-23

Version: Control 4.4

Table Purpose, Usage, and Notes 

This table is used to store Sales Goal information.

Information on Table Data

	*  ClassTypeIDs Stores in Table:
		*  12053 - Sales Goal Month
		*  12054 - Sales Goal Year


sql_structure_-_scheduledpayment_table
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:28:06+00:00
Updated: 2009-09-21

Version: Control 4.4

Table Purpose, Usage, and Notes 

This table is ...

Information on Table Data

	*  ClassTypeIDs Stores in Table:
		*  16110 - Scheduled Payment


Table Structure 
~ Table.FieldName ~ Data Type ~ Description


sql_structure_-_securityrightchange_table
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:28:06+00:00
Updated: 2009-09-21

Version: Control 4.4

Table Purpose, Usage, and Notes 

This table is ...

Information on Table Data

	*  ClassTypeIDs Stores in Table:
		*  6020 - Security Right Change


Table Structure 
~ Table.FieldName ~ Data Type ~ Description


sql_structure_-_selectionlist_table
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:28:07+00:00
Updated: 2009-06-19

Version: Control 4.4

Table Purpose, Usage, and Notes 

This table stores the header record and default values for Selection Lists.

Information on Table Data

	*  ClassTypeIDs Stores in Table:
		*  1601 - Selection List


Table Structure


sql_structure_-_selectionlistitem_table
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:28:08+00:00
Updated: 2009-09-16

Version: Control 4.4

Table Purpose, Usage, and Notes 

This table contains the rows of the selection list.  

Information on Table Data

	*  ClassTypeIDs Stores in Table:
		*  1602 - Selection List Item


Much of the data about options selection list columns is stored in XML format.  Originally these were hard-coded with 1 or 2 dedicated fields (like PartID and Part2ID), but in order to support more dynamic capabilities these fields were replaced with an XML encoded value (…


sql_structure_-_sequence_table
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:28:08+00:00
Updated: 10/6/2009

Version: Control 4.4

Table Purpose, Usage, and Notes 

This table is used to store the next number of records that require unique incremental numbers.

Information on Table Data 

This table does not use the standard Control table structure.  Instead, the next number to be used is associated with the class type of that row.


sql_structure_-_servicecontracttype_table
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:28:08+00:00
Updated: 2009-09-21

Version: Control 4.4

Table Purpose, Usage, and Notes 

This table is ...

Information on Table Data

	*  ClassTypeIDs Stores in Table:
		*  2500 - Service Contract Type


Table Structure 
~ Table.FieldName ~ Data Type ~ Description


sql_structure_-_serviceticketpriority_table
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:28:09+00:00
Updated: 2009-09-21

Version: Control 4.4

Table Purpose, Usage, and Notes 

This table is ...

Information on Table Data

	*  ClassTypeIDs Stores in Table:
		*  2700 - Service Ticket Priority


Table Structure 
~ Table.FieldName ~ Data Type ~ Description


sql_structure_-_shipments_table
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:28:09+00:00
Updated: 2012-11-07

Version: Control 4.6

Table Purpose, Usage, and Notes 

This table contains all information pretaining to a shipment added on the Shipping tab of an order, estimate, or service ticket.

Table Structure 
~ Table.FieldName ~ Data Type


sql_structure_-_shippingmethod_table
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:28:09+00:00
Updated: 2012-11-07

Version: Control 4.6

Table Purpose, Usage, and Notes 

This table contains information pretaining to individual shipping methods.

Table Structure 
~ Table.FieldName ~ Data Type ~ Description ~ Links To  ShippingMethod.AccountID


sql_structure_-_speednote_table
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:28:09+00:00
Updated: 2009-09-21

Version: Control 4.4

Table Purpose, Usage, and Notes 

This table is ...

Information on Table Data

	*  ClassTypeIDs Stores in Table:
		*  7000 - Spped Note
		*  7100 - PO Speed Note
		*  7500 - Standard Pricing Formula


Table Structure


sql_structure_-_statetaxexemptionlink_table
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:28:10+00:00
Updated: 2009-09-21

Version: Control 4.4

Table Purpose, Usage, and Notes 

This table is ...

Information on Table Data

	*  ClassTypeIDs Stores in Table:
		*  xxxxx -
		*  xxxxx -


Table Structure 
~ Table.FieldName ~ Data Type ~ Description ~ Links To


sql_structure_-_station_table
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:28:10+00:00
tocUpdated: 2009-09-21Version: Control 4.4

Table Purpose, Usage, and Notes 

This table is used for storage of all stations used by the following objects:

	*  Accounts (Customers, Vendors, Prospects)
	*  Macros
	*  Part Usage Cards
	*  Payroll
	*  Time Clock Entries


sql_structure_-_store_table
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:28:11+00:00
Updated: 2009-09-17

Version: Control 4.4

Table Purpose, Usage, and Notes 

This tables the basic store information. There should only be 1 record of this type in table.  Additional record may cause duplication of certain data when displayed on reports.


sql_structure_-_storeconstant_table
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:28:11+00:00
Updated: 2009-09-16

Version: Control 4.4

Table Purpose, Usage, and Notes 

This table stores User Constants

Information on Table Data

	*  ClassTypeIDs Stores in Table:
		*  700 - Store Constant


Table Structure 
~ Table.FieldName ~ Data Type ~ Description


sql_structure_-_systemunit_table
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:28:11+00:00
Updated: 2009-10-08

Version: Control 4.4

Table Purpose, Usage, and Notes 

This table stores the units of measurement.

Information on Table Data

	*  ClassTypeIDs Stores in Table:
		*  300 - Unit


Table Structure 
~ Table.FieldName ~ Data Type ~ Description


sql_structure_-_taxclass_table
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:28:12+00:00
Updated: 2009-09-16

Version: Control 4.4

Table Purpose, Usage, and Notes 

This table is the header record for a tax class.  The sql_structure_-_taxlink_table stores the individual links to each of the Tax Accounts (stored in the sql_structure_-_glaccount_table).

Information on Table Data

	*  ClassTypeIDs Stores in Table:


sql_structure_-_taxlink_table
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:28:12+00:00
Updated: 2009-09-16

Version: Control 4.4

Table Purpose, Usage, and Notes 

This table is contains the links for between the tax class (in the sql_structure_-_taxclass_table) and the Tax Accounts (stored in the sql_structure_-_glaccount_table).

Information on Table Data

	*  ClassTypeIDs Stores in Table:
		*


sql_structure_-_timecard_table
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:28:12+00:00
Updated: 2009-09-21

Version: Control 4.4

Table Purpose, Usage, and Notes 

This table is a split table with the sql_structure_-_journal_table and is used to

	*  Store Master Time Card Info
	*  Store Detail Time Card link info - for greater detail, view sql_structure_-_partusagecard_table
	*  Status info is broken down in the TimeClockStatus table.


sql_structure_-_transdetail.paramstr
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:28:14+00:00
Field Purpose, Usage, and Notes

This field is used to save the variables used in any transaction (order, estimate, service ticket, etc.) line item. The data within the field is saved in XML format.

Field Structure

The top element is . Within the Parameters, we can define any number of individual  below it.


sql_structure_-_transdetail_table
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:28:13+00:00
Updated: 2009-09-21

Version: Control 4.4

Table Purpose, Usage, and Notes 

This table is a record of each line item on an estimate, order, service ticket, credit memo, or recurring order.

Information on Table Data

	*  ClassTypeIDs Stores in Table:


sql_structure_-_transdetailgraphic_table
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:28:14+00:00
Updated: 2009-09-21

Version: Control 4.4

Table Purpose, Usage, and Notes 

This table is ...

Information on Table Data

	*  ClassTypeIDs Stores in Table:
		*  10600 - Transaction Detail Graphic


Table Structure 
~ Table.FieldName ~ Data Type ~ Description


sql_structure_-_transdetailparam_table
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:28:14+00:00
Updated: 2009-09-21

Version: Control 4.4

Table Purpose, Usage, and Notes 

This table is used to store individual variable values linked to transdetail records. For example, in order to show the Height variable value on a report, you must save the variable's value in this table.


sql_structure_-_transheader_table
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:28:15+00:00
Updated: 2009-09-21

Version: Control 4.4

Table Purpose, Usage, and Notes 

This table contains all order level information about a transaction.

Information on Table Data

	*  ClassTypeIDs in Table:
		*  10000 - Order/Estimate/Template/Service Tickets


sql_structure_-_transheaderuserfield_table
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:28:16+00:00
Updated: 2009-09-09

Version: Control 4.4

Table Purpose, Usage, and Notes 

This table is ...

This table is only used for Orders, Estimate, and Recurring Orders.  Bill, PO, and RD UDFs are not currently supported.

Information on Table Data

	*  ClassTypeIDs Stores in Table:


sql_structure_-_transmod_table
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:28:16+00:00
Updated: 2009-09-21

Version: Control 4.4

Table Purpose, Usage, and Notes 

This table is ...

Information on Table Data

	*  ClassTypeIDs Stores in Table:
		*  10200 - Transaction Modifier


Table Structure 
~ Table.FieldName ~ Data Type ~ Description


sql_structure_-_transpart_table
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:28:16+00:00
Updated: 2009-09-21

Version: Control 4.4

Table Purpose, Usage, and Notes 

This table is ...

Information on Table Data

	*  ClassTypeIDs Stores in Table:
		*  10300 - Transaction Part


Table Structure 
~ Table.FieldName ~ Data Type ~ Description


sql_structure_-_transtax_table
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:28:17+00:00
Updated: 2009-09-21

Version: Control 4.4

Table Purpose, Usage, and Notes 

This table is ...

Information on Table Data

	*  ClassTypeIDs Stores in Table:
		*  10500 - Transaction Tax


Table Structure 
~ Table.FieldName ~ Data Type ~ Description ~ Links To


sql_structure_-_transvariation_table
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:28:17+00:00
Updated: 2009-09-21

Version: Control 4.4

Table Purpose, Usage, and Notes 

This table is ...

Information on Table Data

	*  ClassTypeIDs Stores in Table:
		*  10400 - Transaction Variation
		*  11300 - PO Variation


Table Structure 
~ Table.FieldName


sql_structure_-_upsshippinglog_table
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:28:17+00:00
Updated: 10/12/2009

Version: Control 4.4

Table Purpose, Usage, and Notes 

The tracking information from Worldship and ShipManager can be (and usually is) exported into Cyrious Control.  For security reasons, neither Worldship nor ShipManager are allowed to write directly to any of the Control database tables.  A separate table is created that those applications write their information into.  For UPS Worldship, this is that table.


sql_structure_-_userfielddef_table
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:28:18+00:00
Updated: 2009-09-21

Version: Control 4.4

Table Purpose, Usage, and Notes 

This table is ...

Information on Table Data

	*  ClassTypeIDs Stores in Table:
		*  22000 - User Field

	*  AssociatedClassTypeIDs
		*  2000 Customer
		*  3000 Contact
		*


sql_structure_-_userfieldlayout_table
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:28:18+00:00
Updated: 2009-09-21

Version: Control 4.4

Table Purpose, Usage, and Notes 

This table is ...

Information on Table Data

	*  ClassTypeIDs Stores in Table:
		*  22001 - User Field Layout


Table Structure 
~ Table.FieldName ~ Data Type ~ Description


sql_structure_-_username_table
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:28:18+00:00
Updated: 2009-10-01

Version: Control 4.4

Table Purpose, Usage, and Notes 

This table stores information on which (and how) employees are able to log into Control.

Information on Table Data

	*  ClassTypeIDs Stores in Table:
		*  6000 - User

	*  Valid values for UserLicenseType:


sql_structure_-_useroption_table
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:28:19+00:00
Updated: 2009-09-17

Version: Control 4.4

Table Purpose, Usage, and Notes 

This table is used to store all User and Store configuration options.

The information is stored using a keyfield 

Information on Table Data

	*  ClassTypeIDs Stores in Table:


sql_structure_-_variable_table
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:28:19+00:00
Updated: 2009-09-16

Version: Control 4.4

Table Purpose, Usage, and Notes 

This table stores the global and local (product-overridden) variables for Control.

Information on Table Data

	*  ClassTypeIDs Stores in Table:
		*  14505 - Global Variable Definition


sql_structure_-_vendortransdetail_table
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:28:19+00:00
Updated: 2009-09-21

Version: Control 4.4

Table Purpose, Usage, and Notes 

This table is ...

Information on Table Data

	*  ClassTypeIDs Stores in Table:
		*  11100 - PO Detail

	*  DetailType:
		*  0 - None
		*  1 - New Part
		*  2 - Catalog Item


sql_to_identify_column_differences_between_two_rows
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-02-18T19:52:23+00:00
Explanation of SQL

This SQL can be used to to find out all the differences between two database rows. These may be

	*  The same row in two tables
	*  Two rows in the same table.

This query is helpful to compare a backup with the current table, or to compare two rows in the same table.


sql_to_identify_out-of-balance_of_finance_charges
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:28:20+00:00
Explanation of SQL

This query will help you locate discrepancies between the finance charge amount specified on the order vs. what is actually posted to the general ledger.

Risk of Data Corruption if Run Improperly

Low. This is a selection query and no data is modified in the running of it.


sql_to_insert_missing_journal_activity_entry_for_finance_charge_on_order
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:28:21+00:00
Explanation of SQL

This query will locate any entries in the general ledger that were for finance charges that do not have a corresponding entry within the Journal table. This query relies on the following information being correct, if all of these conditions are not true then you should not utilize this query alone to resolve your problem.


sql_to_insert_missing_master_payment_records_into_journal
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:28:21+00:00
Explanation of SQL

A bill payment consists of a summary record and a detail record. These records are split between the Journal and Payment tables so it is necessary to have a matching record in the Journal and Payment table. This SQL query will identify any Master Bill Payment (summary) records that are missing from the Journal and Payments tables and insert them. It relies on the detail records being present into order to insert the summary record into the database.


sqlbridge_example_-_creating_a_new_company
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-02-18T19:54:05+00:00
WARNING: If you are interested in using sql_bridge, please contact a sales or implementation consultant at Cyrious.

Overview

Cyrious Control's sql_bridge is a collection of SQL Server stored prodedures and functions and external modules that can be called to safely insert or update data into the Control database and notify the CHAPI service that data has been updated. The CHAPI service is a controller program that will then notify the SSLIP and all copies of Control about the changes.


sqlbridge_example_-_creating_a_new_order
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-02-18T19:55:32+00:00
WARNING: If you are interested in using sql_bridge, please contact a sales or implementation consultant at Cyrious.

Overview

Cyrious Control's sql_bridge is a collection of SQL Server stored prodedures and functions and external modules that can be called to safely insert or update data into the Control database and notify the CHAPI service that data has been updated. The CHAPI service is a controller program that will then notify the SSLIP and all copies of Control about the changes.


sqlbridge_example_-_inserting_a_payment
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-02-18T19:56:21+00:00
WARNING: If you are interested in using sql_bridge, please contact a sales or implementation consultant at Cyrious.

Overview

Cyrious Control's sql_bridge is a collection of SQL Server stored prodedures and functions and external modules that can be called to safely insert or update data into the Control database and notify the CHAPI service that data has been updated. The CHAPI service is a controller program that will then notify the SSLIP and all copies of Control about the changes.


ssl_is_not_available_on_this_server
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:28:26+00:00
If you receive this error when emailing from Control, try using a different SMTP port (25, 587, or 8025)


sslip_crashes_on_startup_of_control
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:28:26+00:00
Cause

This can happen on certain systems running Server 2008. This possibly also affects other operating systems,

Resolution

	*  Go to Control Panel > System Setup.
	*  Click Advanced System Setup on the left.
	*  Go to the Advanced tab and click the Settings button within the Performance section.


sslip_documentation_home
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:28:27+00:00
SSLIP Documentation

User Documentation

	*  sslip_release_notes
	*  SSLIP Overview
	*  SSLIP Database Setup
	*  SSLIP Database Browser
	*  SSLIP Security Authorization
	*  production_terminal
	*  customer_webview

Technical Reference Information

	*  importing_data
	*  Database Notes
	*  CRIX
	*  Online Credit Card Integration
	*  SSLIP Startup Options.


sslip_release_notes
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:28:27+00:00
SSLIP Release Notes

	*  Version 5.0
		*  SSLIP Release Notes 5.0.xx.xx.xx

	*  Version 4.3
		*  SSLIP Release Notes 4.3.xx.xx.xx


startup_-_close_the_month
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:28:27+00:00
Closing the month and/or year in Control provides a bookmark in time that you can use to reference back to this point. 

Once you have confirmed that the Balance Sheet and Income Statement match between your old accounting system and Control, we recommend you close the month.  Similarly, you will should set a yearly closeout at the start of the fiscal year as a reference point for the financial reports.


startup_-_entering_existing_deposits_on_wip
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:28:27+00:00
Once you have entered your WIP orders, you should post any deposits (payments) that were made against those orders.  There are several ways in Control to post payments, but this page will document two.  One method is the most obvious; the second method is involves the fewest clicks.


startup_-_entering_unreconciled_payments
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-02-18T19:57:54+00:00
One of the challenges when you are first moving to Control's full accounting is deciding how to handle payments (such as checks) written or processed in your old accounting system that are not yet reconciled. Fortunately Control has an easy mechanism for incorporating these.


startup_-_entering_your_starting_aps
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-02-18T19:59:48+00:00
In this WIKI, it will cover two items:

	*  Explain three methods for transitioning your A/P’s to Control; and,
	*  Show you the detailed steps to follow for each method.
			*  Method 1: Show you how to set your starting A/P’s up in Control using the


startup_-_entering_your_starting_ars
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-02-18T20:01:56+00:00
This WIKI will go over the steps on transitioning your Accounts Receivable in three different methods.

	*  Explain three methods for transitioning your A/Rs to Control. Choose the method you want to use. Your choices are:
			*  Method 1
			*  Method 2a


startup_-_entering_your_starting_gl_balances
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-02-18T20:03:32+00:00
One of the most confusing aspects of any accounting transition is ensuring that the starting balances of all accounts match the ending balance in the previous system. This topic provides a step-by-step guide to transferring your balances from your old accounting system into Control. There are other ways to achieve this, but unless you have a very strong accounting background we recommend you follow these steps.


startup_-_entering_your_starting_wip
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-02-18T20:04:05+00:00
Enter Orders that are still in Production (WIP Orders)

In this WIKI, you’ll load the orders that are currently in production, also known as Work-In-Process or WIP, into your new Control system.

Activate the Transition Product for WIP Orders in Control.


startup_-_posting_past_costs_on_jobs_in_wip
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-02-18T20:04:41+00:00
If you have recorded charges (time and materials normally) against past orders, you will need to transfer these charges to the WIP orders you put in. If you did not post costs against the WIP orders in your previous accounting, you may skip this step.


startup_-_setting_your_starting_bank_account_reconcilliation_balance
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-02-18T20:05:33+00:00
This step will show you how to transition your bank account(s). Each month when you reconcile your bank statement, Control tracks which checks have and have not cleared as well as the cleared balance from your bank statement. During the setup process, you may have entered a lot of information that may have already been reconciled. It is necessary to record this information and to ensure the starting bank account balances are correct. The question that most people generally have is


startup_-_transition_documents_you_will_need
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:28:31+00:00
In order to complete the transition to full accounting in Control, you will need the following documents from your existing accounting system:

	*  Accounting
		*  Chart of Accounts listing
		*  Balance Sheet as of the Transition Date
		*  YTD Income Statement as of the Transition Date


startup_-_transitioning_your_customer_credits
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:28:31+00:00
This WIKI page covers how to transfer any customer credits you might have from your old accounting system into Control.  Skip this step  

if you don’t have any credits to enter.

	*  To transfer customer credits, follow these instructions: 
		*


startup_-_transitioning_your_vendor_credits
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:28:31+00:00
This WIKI page covers how to transfer any vendor credits you might have. Skip this step if you don’t have any credits to enter.

	*  To transfer vendor credits, follow these instructions: 
		*  Click Explorer.
		*  Click Explore Vendors.
		*  Find the vendor company you want to input a credit for. Double click on the company’s name to open it.


startup_options
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2022-05-20T13:14:32+00:00
Usage

Startup Parameters/Switches/Options may be specified by command-line arguments, in the Shortcut, or in the options file. Parameters applied to the shortcut will only apply when that shortcut is used. Parameters in the options file apply to everyone who starts the program.


station_time_tracking_data_sql
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:28:32+00:00
Explanation of SQL

This query provides the basic information for tracking the time that line items stay in a particular station.  Currently this query pulls all station changes within a specific time period.  In order to use this for your particular use, you may need to modify it to pull all WIP orders, or all Sale Orders, etc. for that time period.


stations_and_job_tracking
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-02-18T20:08:21+00:00
Control job tracking relies on the concepts of Departments and WorkStations (collectively called stations) for tracking orders, service tickets, and estimates. A station is defined as a location where work is performed. Stations may be subdivided and have any number of sub-station breakdowns. A top-level station is called a Department, and it


stockroom_transfer_screen
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-02-20T15:09:47+00:00
The stockroom transfer screen was designed to facilitate the easy transfer of materials from a stockroom to a Kanban or standard warehouse using the materials. Specifically, the purpose of the stockroom transfer screen is:

	*  To present the stockroom manger or clerk with concise summary of materials that will be needed for coming jobs


store_and_user_options
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-02-18T20:10:48+00:00
Store and User Options

Control provides thousands of configuration options. These are categorized into several broad categories:

	*  System Options  - These “options” are not configurable by the user but are configured in advance in the system data. They are primarily used for features that might change (like menus and reports) and when tailoring the program between different franchises or organizations that use the software.


stored_procedure_-_copy_a_table_between_databases
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:28:33+00:00
Explanation of SQL

This stored procedure is used to create a copy of a table in another (or the same) database.  It assumes the table is in the general Cyrious format and resets the modified dates.  An index is also created on the ID field.

Risk of Data Corruption if Run Improperly


stored_procedure_-_restore_a_backup
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:28:33+00:00
Explanation of SQL

This stored procedure will

	*  Restore a Backup
	*  Place the files in the path specified
	*  DELETE the existing database with the same name (if that option is specified)

Risk of Data Corruption if Run Improperly

High. Running this query incorrectly could delete your existing database (if you restore a backup on top of it).  Do not run this except under the direction of a Cyrious Technical Support staff member. Doing otherwise may result in lost or contaminated data. All …


supported_check_styles
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-02-18T20:12:20+00:00
Formats

Control includes templates to print the following laser check formats by default:

Check-Stub-Stub (Recommended)



Stub-Check-Stub



Other formats may be accommodated, but will require a customized report template by Cyrious' implementation department.


system_data_file_failed_to_open
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:28:34+00:00
The SystemData and SystemConfig files may give an error about being opened by another user, or that you need permission to view their data when attempting to start the SSLIP. This is probably due to the SSLIP being blocked by some form of firewall or antivirus software.


system_setup_ch_1-using_this_guide
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-02-18T20:13:13+00:00
Using this Guide

Purpose of the Users Manual

We are certain your Implementer will do an exceptional job getting you geared up for Cyrious Control. However, we are also aware of how valuable a reference guide can be. We have created this manual with the hope that it can answer the questions you will have as you become accustomed to your new software.


system_setup_ch_2-machine_setup
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:28:35+00:00
This window displays current settings for your machine.
   Main Menu | Setup | Machine Setup 
 
Special Actions Toolbar Functions  
 
* Close: Closes an unedited screen. 
* Export: Exports the displayed information for use in another program. 
* Edit:


system_setup_ch_3-employee_setup
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:28:36+00:00
Main Menu | Setup | Employee Setup 
Employee Information 



	*  Name: Enter the employee's name.
	*  Group: Select a group for the employee.
	*  Position: Enter a position for the employee.
	*  Department: Enter the department the employee will work in.


system_setup_ch_4-system_setup
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-06-14T15:53:26+00:00
Concept

A program as detailed as Cyrious Control can seem overwhelming, but we have set up some tools that will make it easier to learn. By configuring Cyrious to fit your needs, you will learn the software more quickly and get the most out of your investment.


system_setup_ch_4.4-orders_estimates_and_service_tickets
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:28:37+00:00
This page covers options applicable to Order, Estimates, and Service Tickets.

Orders, Estimates and Service Tickets

Figure 2.4.1

Select 'Edit' at the right side of the screen. Select 'Save' to keep your choices.

This selection specifies your default settings for the Control program.  You are able to specify your settings by selecting from a list of check boxes, selection boxes, and spin boxes.


system_setup_ch_7-reporting_options_setup
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-02-18T20:55:10+00:00
Reporting Setup
Main Menu | Setup | Reporting Setup 


* Menu Item Name: Enter a name for the menu item.

* Show On Menu: Check this box if you want the item to be available from the menu.

* Group: Assign this menu item to a group.

* Allow Group Print:


system_setup_ch_8-security_setup
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:28:37+00:00
Main Menu | Setup | Security Setup 


	*  Add: Adds a new item for which you want to designate security rights.
	*  Delete: Removes an item from the security setup.
	*  Administrator: Administrators have rights to all areas of Cyrious.
	*  Standard:


system_setup_ch_9-pricing_setup
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-02-18T20:57:13+00:00
Main Menu | Setup | Pricing Setup 


* Main Components: Your main components are Products and Parts. You should set these up first. Our Implementation Team will guide you through this process.

* Supporting Components: Includes Modifiers, Selection Lists, Variables, etc. You must assign these to main components.


system_setup_ch_10-user-defined_field_options_setup
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:28:35+00:00
Main Menu | Setup | User-Defined Field Setup 
 
* Field Name: Enter in a name for the User-Defined Field. 
* Active: If this box is checked, the User-Defined Field is active. 
* Description: Enter in a description for the User-Defined field. 
||  || Be descriptive! It may help you out later. ||


system_setup_ch_11-user_options_setup
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:28:35+00:00
Main Menu | Setup | User Options 


	*  Default Transaction Type for Quick Products:  Designate the Quick Products you want members of this group to see when they initially log in to Control.
	*  Company entry screen appears first:  Check this box off if you want the company screen to pop up before you enter Quick Products to an order.


table_version_is...program_expects_version
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:28:38+00:00
Error:

“Table version is , program expects version .

Solution:

In SQL Management Studio, edit the ClassTypeID of the specified table's -1 record.

CAUTION: The solution includes an UPDATE statement, back up the database before running!

SELECT classtypeid FROM  WHERE id = -1


tcp_udp_ports
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-05-09T12:28:22+00:00
TCP/UDP Ports for Control






Internal Ports

These ports must be open on your internal firewall in order to allow communication between the server and client systems for Control.




SSLIP Ports

	*  UDP 2868 
	*  TCP 2879
Note: A PortOffset, if present, adds to the default port number. (ex: If PortOffset=2 then SSLIP uses port 2870 and 2881)


tdesignerpanel_pricing_form_object
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-02-18T20:58:40+00:00
The DesignerPanel object (TDesignerPanel) is a component used in the pricing form designer. It is a “container” component located on the Group Boxes tab in designer.



Similar Components

The panel is the basis for all aggregate containers. The


test_page
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:28:39+00:00
This is a test page that includes a link to another wiki. 

Test Link


text_based_importing
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-02-18T20:59:57+00:00
Control - Text Based Importing

This document will discuss how to export customers and contacts from Control and also import into Control

Exporting Customers and Contacts

	*  Choose the Company/ Contact explorer and use the column chooser for these fields to maximize the accuracy of the importing process


timing_of_income_and_expense_recognition
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-02-05T16:59:28+00:00
Income & Expense Recognition

... extracted from Control 4 Changes Manual ...





Expense Recognition for Orders in WIP

The following logic is implemented in Control's expense recognition processes for orders in WIP:

	*  When an order is created, inventoried materials used by the order are reserved.  The quantity


tips_to_optimize_speed
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-05-13T18:38:04+00:00
Tips to Optimize Speed

What’s the purpose of this setup step?



	*  Review the Recommended Hardware Specifications for Control:See the button on the Setup Steps webpage for the http://control.cyriouswiki.com/control_recommended_minimum_computer_hardware_specifications?redirect=1

	*  Check that your overall computer hardware meets or exceeds our specificationsTips for your Server  * : when everything is open and in use during your busiest time of the day


transpart_description_update_sql
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:28:40+00:00
Explanation of SQL

In Control 04.40.1003.2501, the Description field was added to the TransPart table.  But the field was not initialized to the looked up values previously used.  This query can be used to update the data, until the April 2010 release, which will include this SQL.


trial_balance_sql_report
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-02-18T21:01:28+00:00
Explanation of SQL

This SQL (Report) can be used to pull the Trial Balance for any period in an easy-to-export format.

Sample Export
RowIDFormattedNameStartingBalanceChangeAmountEndingBalance1AssetsNULLNULLNULL2> Undeposited FundsNULLNULLNULL1>> Undeposited Cash & Checks


troubleshooting_avalara
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:28:40+00:00
Provides instructions on resolving Avalara errors when pinging the service.

All Errors

If any errors occur and the Avalara account information is correct, first verify this has been done correctly.

Registering Avalara Manually instructions in setting_up_online_taxes_avalara.


troubleshooting_c3s
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:28:41+00:00
Troubleshooting C3S Issues

Checking C3S for Potential Errors

	*  Start the SSLIP.
	*  Right click on the C3SHost system tray icon.
	*  Click RESTORE. If there are any system error messages they will display on this popup.

Errors Running the C3S Host Application


troubleshooting_control_report_viewer_issues
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:28:41+00:00
Report Viewer could not be located on startup

Issue

When the Report Viewer application is not located in the same folder as the Control executable, the user will receive the following warning when starting Control:





When this occurs, all previewing of reports will be disabled throughout Control.


turn_off_the_show_whole_credit_card_number_button
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:28:41+00:00
[[toc|toc]]

Turn Off the "Show full card number" Button on the Payment Entry Screen

When a credit card number is entered, the first 12 digits of the number are masked with asterisks and a small button with the icon of a magnifying glass will appear next to the field where the number was entered. Clicking this button un-masks the first 12 digits of the credit card number. Some customers will want this button disabled in order to keep users from retrieving customer credit card information.


unable_to_email_using_office_365_stmp_servers
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:28:41+00:00
Issue

A known issue exists when attempting to email from Control using Office 365. This issue is due to a change on Office 365's end that is causing every user of Control that utilizes their service to have the problem, regardless of what version of Control you are using.


unable_to_load_communication_module
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:28:42+00:00
Symptoms

Full Error

Unable to load communication module.  Driver has not been correctly installed

Error occurred when launching the SSLIP after installing Remote Desktop Services (RDS).

Cause

This issue happened on a test server (Server 2016) after installing and configuring Remote Desktop Services (RDS) and related components. After rebooting the server, the SSLIP would no longer connect to SQL and this error was received. Connecting to SQL via SQL Management Studio worked fine. RDS was se…


understanding_freedompays_hosted_payment_page_hpp
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:28:42+00:00
Overview

Cyrious has partnered with FreedomPay to provide users with a modern, secure credit card payment solution used in the Online Payments feature and the credit card changes in Control 6.0. Although the entry form will look different from what customers are accustomed to, the same information is needed in any Control version - address and credit card details.


understanding_the_credit_card_migration_process
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-05-21T13:12:25+00:00
Summary

In Control version 5.75 and older, all credit card data was encrypted and stored in the Control database. In order to provide a more secure way to store credit cards, Cyrious is moving away from the encryption method and will be using atokenization process instead. If the term


update_averagecost_on_inventory_to_match_unitcost_on_part
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:28:43+00:00
Explanation of SQL

If you are using Divisions in Control each part has the ability to store a different average cost for that specific division. There is a setting under Setup | Accounting Setup | General, under the section labeled Inventory named


updating_existing_production_terminal_website_to_asp.net_4.0
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:28:43+00:00
When This Applies

If you are upgrading a version of Production Terminal or WebView that uses ASP.NET 2.0. Generally this is any release on or after 5/28/2010 for Production Terminal and after 10/15/2010 for WebView.

Steps

	*  Ensure you have the latest .NET 4.0 Framework installed from


upgrading_to_control_4.4_pci_requirements
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:28:43+00:00
Control 4.4 and later versions have been reworked to comply with the pci-dss_compliance standards. Upgrading from a pre 4.4 version requires a few actions from an administrator to meet these standards. This page will guide you through the process.

Concept

Upgrading to Control 4.4 and later versions.


ups_integration_process
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-02-20T15:47:13+00:00
This article describes the overall process used by Cyrious to integrate shipping with UPS Worldship. It expands on the how_the_shipping_integration_works article.

Using UDFs (Drop Ship option turned OFF / not enabled)

	*  In UPS Worldship, the order information is pulled from Control's database using the


users_manual_ch_01-using_this_guide
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-02-18T21:10:58+00:00
This manual was created with the hope that it can answer the questions you will have as you become accustomed to your new software.

How to Use This Manual

Throughout the manual, you will see items that are designed to bring your attention to Notes, Warning and Go-To's. The image in Go-To's will be an icon relevant to the location or type of


users_manual_ch_02-getting_started
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-02-18T21:12:22+00:00
Cyrious Control currently operates on Windows 2000 and Windows XP Pro. Since the two operating systems are so similar, it does not matter which version of Windows you choose to utilize, as long as you are comfortable using one of them.

You should be familiar with the following items:


users_manual_ch_03-navigating_in_cyrious
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-02-18T21:14:58+00:00
Home Page

The Home page in Control 4.x is a dashboard with the different navigation elements as instruments. (You can read more about dashboards and Instruments in the Control 4 Changes Guide and the Control 4 Instruments Guide.) The Home dashboard is accessed by clicking on the


users_manual_ch_07-employees
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-02-20T18:23:57+00:00
Every Cyrious Control action, order, report, transaction, or activity requires an employee login. For employees to gain access to Cyrious, you must first enter their identifiable information in the Employee Setup. Detailed records of all employees may be saved in the


users_manual_ch_08-payment_and_accounting
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-02-18T21:17:17+00:00
No business software would be complete without exceptional capability to track your incoming payments. Cyrious integrates your Accounts Receivable with your banking system, your inventory, and your order completion.

The point-and-click interface makes it easy for your employees to post payments to the system. Activity Manager records each payment an employee posts, providing managers easy access to records should disputes arise.


users_manual_ch_09-explorer
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-02-19T09:45:34+00:00
Explorer is a tool used throughout Control to assist you in locating companies, orders, estimates, activities, and a variety of other information you may need while using Control. You may access Explorer from the Home screen, action toolbar, or by selecting the magnifying glass icon found in multiple places in the program.


users_manual_ch_10-companies
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-02-19T09:48:15+00:00
Managing your current and potential clients begins with entering a client's contact information in the New Company screen. Here you can compile a list of all clients, their preferred contacts, billing and shipping addresses, general financial information, and any other User-Defined Fields you wish to include. The compiled information about companies is accessible throughout Control, when entering in estimates, orders, payment entry, and scheduling activities. You may also research companies with…


users_manual_ch_11-estimates_orders_and_service_tickets
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-02-19T09:58:16+00:00
The order, estimate, and service ticket screens largely resemble one another. To create an estimate, order, or service ticket, you must enter information describing the company and items included.

Control also allows you to save notes, check totals, include additional company information, and schedule/monitor jobs for each item or part involved in the ordering process. You can even create a set of User-Defined Fields to classify information about your orders.


users_manual_ch_12-activity_manager
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:28:55+00:00
The Activity Manager schedules and tracks all employee activities. This includes all contacts made by an employee as well as all activities that an employee engages in while using Cyrious.

All activities by all employees are available for viewing by all employees.


users_manual_ch_13-production_tracking
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:28:56+00:00
Production is an important part of business, because after all, what you produce is what keeps customers coming back!

Control offers many tools to help ease the burden of tracking and producing multiple projects at once.

Screens



Special Actions Toolbar Functions


users_manual_ch_14-marketing
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:28:56+00:00
The Marketing tools in Control have been enhanced to make your salespersons' jobs as easy as possible. The addition of marketing dashboards and instruments makes running regular macros and queries much easier and faster, and you still have the advanced explorer functionality if you prefer that method. Setting up macros has been simplified as well. For more explanation on how to use the marketing dashboards and instruments, please take a look at the Control 4.2 Marketing Enhancements Reference Ma…


users_manual_ch_15-reporting
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:28:57+00:00
Cyrious Software's reporting functions are an easy, accurate, reliable way to ensure that your bank receives the correct information in a timely manner. Additionally, reporting serves as a double-check for your own internal accounting purposes.

Accessing Reports from the Main Menu


using_average_costing_with_inventory
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-08-08T17:04:16+00:00
Description

Cyrious Control supports average costing for material parts that have full accounting and inventory tracking enabled. For these parts, the value of the part is accrued in an inventory asset account until it is used and subsequently expensed.


using_company_credit_cards_to_pay_bills
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:28:58+00:00
Description

Many companies use a credit card for paying part or all of their bills. This section summarizes how to handle this in Control when you are using full accounting.

There are two levels of detail commonly used with credit cards:

	*  Simple


using_control_on_a_mac
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2021-01-21T10:42:53+00:00
Overview and Requirements

This article aims to give advice for using Control on an Apple Mac.

Please note: Using Control on a Mac is not supported by Cyrious technical support.

This does not apply to Control Cloud (A2Z) customers that are connecting via Mac. Those customers should follow this article:


using_quicklaunch_load_control_faster
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:28:58+00:00
The initial load of Cyrious Control results in the pre-load of data from many different modules including reports, pricing forms, product and part data, inventory, etc. While pre-loading this information is useful for users that spend an extended period of time in an active session of Control it does increase the initial logon time considerably. If your usage pattern results in your logging in and out of Control regularly you may find that enabling QuickLaunch provides a more responsive experien…


using_this_guide
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-02-19T10:01:42+00:00
Purpose of This Manual

This document outlines the changes in the marketing functionality in Control 4.2. These changes were incorporated to provide greater flexibility and functionality coupled with increased usability.

Technical Support

If we have not addressed your question in this manual, please contact our Technical Support team.


using_vendor_credit_memos_as_return_documents
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:28:59+00:00
Concept

Vendor credits were designed to issue a credit, normally for damaged material or some other external issue related to fulfillment.  Some customers, however, have a need for a vendor return system where material is returned to the vendor in exchange for credit.  The difference between these two concepts is that the former does not affect inventory whereas the latter does.


vendor_credit_memos
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:28:59+00:00
Changes to Vendor Credit Memos

The following changes were made to Vendor Credit Memos after it was initially released.

	*  Control 4.4
		*  using_vendor_credit_memos_as_return_documents


Vendor Credit Memos

Vendor Credit Memos (VCMs) are used to adjust the vendor credit balance in the vendor record. The vendor credit balance may then be applied to bills to offset the balance due. This feature is available in version 4.2.


vendor_credits
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-02-19T10:02:27+00:00
Cyrious Control tracks the vendor's credit in the vendor record. The Vendor credit may be increased or decreased in several ways.

Adjustments to Vendor Credit

The following actions adjust the Vendor Credit account:

	*  Applying a Vendor Credit to an Bill.


view_shipping_information_in_webview
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-02-19T10:03:58+00:00
Webview shows the tracking information on orders shipped for companies that have shipping integrated in Control.

Concept

Allowing customers to view shipping information in Webview.

Screen Description

Viewing the details of an order with tracking information will display a Shipping Information grid below the line items.


violation_of_primary_key_constraint_closeout_pk._cannot_insert_duplicate_key_in_object_dbo.closeout
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:29:00+00:00
Error

Violation of PRIMARY KEY constraint 'Closeout_PK'. Cannot insert duplicate key in object 'dbo.Closeout'



Cause

The error appears when attempting to access any reports immediately after loading Control. This issue is caused by the -1 record in the Closeout table having a StoreID of -1 instead of 0.


warehouse_management
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-02-19T10:07:10+00:00
Accounting Changes for Kanban Warehouses

Accounting with Kanban Warehouses

	*  When inventory is released to the production floor, any accrued value of the inventory is transferred to the Kanban Inventory asset account.
	*  The Kanban Inventory account shows the balance of all non-consumed inventory in Production warehouse inventory at any time. The standard GL Inventory accounts show the remaining balance of all inventory not released to production.


warehouse_selection_in_orders_and_estimates
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-02-19T10:08:15+00:00
Quoting with Warehouses

Availability of inventory can be a crucial issue in the quoting of orders and estimates. Inventory issues are often complicated by the separation of inventory into different warehouses. Cyrious Control resolves these differences through the use of Warehouse Groups and separating the warehouse used in quoting from warehouse used in production.


warehouse_selection_in_pos_and_bills
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:29:05+00:00
Purchasing with Warehouses

Inventory tracking is a crucial issue in production oriented businesses. Dividing warehouses into stockrooms and Kanban warehouses helps separate inventory in the midst of production (with highly volatile balances) from relatively stable inventory.


wcf_service_model_registration
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-03-11T14:17:18+00:00
Service Model Registration Tool

ServiceModelReg.exe is used to register WCF and update scriptmaps at the Internet Information Services (IIS) metabase root and for all scriptmaps under the root. Existing scriptmaps of lower versions are upgraded to the current version.


webview
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:29:06+00:00
This is a deprecated page for older systems. For more up-to-date info see: [[how_to_install_web_view_on_iis_7_for_windows_7]]

Webview utilizes web based technology to allow customers to view their Orders, Estimates, and Statements using the Internet Explorer. With WebView, you can request reorders, approve or reject proof images for Estimates, and email the company directly.


webview_options
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-02-19T10:09:07+00:00
WebView Options



	*  Enable WebView - When this option is selected, the WebView module will be enabled. If this option is not selected, the WebView Module will not be enabled. Note: You must purchase the WebView module to be able to access it.
	*


what_are_the_preferred_configuration_settings_when_installing_sql_for_control
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:29:07+00:00
Below is a summary of the preferred configuration settings you should use when installing SQL Server for Control. Some options are intentionally left blank for security reasons. To obtain those values please contact Cyrious Technical Support.

Settings


whats_new_in_control_5.5
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-02-19T10:11:25+00:00
What's New In Control 5.5?

With the release of Control 5.5 there will be a handful of new major features added to the program, as well as a slew of various bugs fixed and other non-major features that have been tweaked since 5.1. This document is to give users a brief overview of some new capabilities of the program, and provide links to the detailed pages on each of these features.


when_printing_out_work_orders_for_certain_orders_some_of_the_text_appears_too_small
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:29:07+00:00
Cause:

This is an issue caused by Internet Explorer 9

Resolution:

	*  Go to activities tab and find out who last saved the order.
	*  On the computer of the last person who edited the order, uninstall IE9
	*  Edit the order
	*  For each Line Item effected, increase the quantity by 1. (taking note of the change you made)


windows_8.1
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:29:08+00:00
This page is dedicated to Windows 8.1 issues as it related to Cyrious Software Products.

SQL Server

The SQL Server Management Tools sometimes do not show on the Start screen in Windows 8.1, and typing 'sql' to search for them on the Start screen doesn't produce them as results.


windows_asking_for_username_and_password_when_attempting_to_launch_software
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:29:08+00:00
To fix this, you will need to turn off password protected filesharing on the server.

	*  Open Control Panel
	*  Network and Sharing
	*  Advanced Sharing settings
	*  Turn off password protected sharing.


xml_based_importing
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:29:08+00:00
XML Import Examples

xml_import_-_update_tax_rates


xml_import_-_update_tax_rates
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:29:08+00:00
Overview

One way to change several tax rates at once would be to use the Control XML Import feature. It should be noted that depending on the number of Tax Rates that need to be changed, it may be faster and easier to change them in the Chart of Accounts screen inside Control. However, to demonstrate the Control XML import feature, we'll explain how to change them all at once.


you_are_required_to_backup_your_data_before_converting_to_this_version_of_control
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:29:09+00:00
You may see an issue where Control has been updated but continues to prompt for a backup every time the SSLIP is restarted. This can be caused by old no longer needed tables inside the Control database. To troubleshoot this issue, do the following:


you_must_restart_your_computer
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:29:09+00:00
Updater gets stuck in a “You Must restart Your Computer” Loop

It is possible for a problem to arise where the updater keeps repeating the ‘You Must Restart Your Computer’ step. Only 1 reboot is actually required. To force the updater out of the loop, click ‘Restart Later’ and exit the updater, then make the following change to the system registry:


zip_postal_code_lookup
Anonymous (anonymous@undisclosed.example.com) — 2019-01-30T09:29:09+00:00
Introduction

Zip Code lookup is a new feature in Control that is used to automatically look up the City, State, and other location information based on the zip code entered. This feature will help save users plenty of time when entering in a company or contacts address.